[a / b / c / d / e / f / g / gif / h / hr / k / m / o / p / r / s / t / u / v / vg / w / wg] [i / ic] [r9k] [cm / hm / y] [3 / adv / an / cgl / ck / co / diy / fa / fit / hc / int / jp / lit / mlp / mu / n / po / pol / sci / soc / sp / tg / toy / trv / tv / vp / x] [rs] [status / ? / @] [Settings] [Home]
Board:  
Settings   Home
4chan
/qst/ - Quests


File: 1607639409630.png (2.08 MB, 2048x2570)
2.08 MB
2.08 MB PNG
> NEW PLAYERS WELCOME

3QM-NRP is a Semi-Freeform game where you roleplay as a fantasy nation. The point of the game is not to win, but to create stories and a living breathing world

> Rushing, Meta-gaming, & other faggotry will be punished
> You can start one diplo with an NPC per turn (you can continue it over multiple turns though)
> Diplomacy is free and not tied to turn order

Updates will be Monday-Sunday (6 turns per week, 2 actions per turn, Thursday no update). Players can post until 20:00 UTC
https://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/timezone/utc

You can take any actions you want as long as they are reasonable, here is a more detailed ‘system’ description with the nation submission template: https://docs.google.com/document/d/14HNy14bXFeStBhhfgMOh6pppbZGHuIS-nH32POHvB1U/edit?usp=sharing

> Discord Link (yes, you have to join)
F2Patcf

Players inactive without a prior mention for 4+ turns are considered to have left the game and their nation might be deleted/reduced to ruin or changed into an NPC. In case a player misses a turn he gets 1 make up-action next turn. If you know you will be gone for a day or two you can queue up actions.

Submitted player nations so far:
https://docs.google.com/document/d/1dR86OyihTIneDWyAWludaFiiUBgpk4BJj1yUlFv3Mes/edit?usp=sharing
>>
File: 650AC.png (2.06 MB, 2048x2570)
2.06 MB
2.06 MB PNG
>>4568969
>Lo-Hai

Expansion into the wastes is fairly simple and easy. There are plenty of Lo-Hai about still, and having more space for them is always good. Perhaps in the near future further expansion can be done, provided that there's a slight effort given to such. On a unrelated note, work on the Shell Screamer has continued, and it is found that 'dive bombing' is actually not as simple as it seemed. The first attempt saw the craft's wings snapping off after diving straight down. On the bright side it hit target as planned. This and further testing has shown that going at a more shallow dive and or shutting off or lowering the thrust of the vehicle is key to making sure this doesn't happen. It also has given insight that if the craft goes too fast the wings will break off. Other than the minor incidents of a few crashes due to the unfamiliarity of flying however, everything works as intended, and accuracy is fairly good, along with the limits of the craft being better understood.

>>4569052
>ILK

Work on the 'fortify wisdom' spell further extends the time it takes for a spirit to degrade. However, unlike before, one merely loses their sense of self, and not their memories. In fact, if enough spirit is donated sometimes the experiences and wisdom from the one who offered the donation would find themselves becoming a part of the spirit in question, furthering their experience. Still, they are themselves for even longer, and will never fully degrade provided they are given proper donations of spirit, though they will stagnate after many many years, as shown from the oldest. But stagnating in ones wisdom is better than allowing it to degrade. Regardless, it's clear much in the way of progress has been made. On the other project of the Iron Leaf, the efforts to better create cold iron would swiftly result in the creation of the extension of a number of mineshafts in the Iron mines, along with a road to better facilitate the transport of the goods in question. Further, a little deal with the Zlon would see a forge and port being set up in the Iron Leaf's lands to better produce the material, as its usefulness was quite clear to the efficiency loving Zlon.
>>
>>4569060
>Tavthalla

Further repairing the nation's many losses in infrastructure is a slow and tedious one. But it must be done. Thankfully, it is not something that the Tavthallan's need to do alone, as aid from the RRFU would hasten the rebuilding process of some of the lands of Tavthalla. Regardless of this, the main focus of Tavthalla would be that of repairing the aqueducts of Rawl and further extending the mines. The former would be swiftly done and see them greatly extended. The latter would see more in the way of Mythril being taken in and formed into weapons, tools, armor, and ammunition...However, unbeknownst to Tavthalla, one which was lost would find many answers. In their travels, they'd come across a number of nightmares and even a terror, all which they had to fight off. Yet, they would come across solid ground once more some time later, and with time, would come to understand where they were by talking with the natives, the Umitsune... This was the Sea of dreams, or Yume no Umi as the Umitsune tribal called it...But a question remained for Sybaael. Was this where she was supposed to be? Or did she end here by accident? Regardless of the answer, she at least would learn there was a way for her to leave. Simply find the tree by following the roots. Easier said than done with how large they were.

>>4569069
>Sealand

While it is truly tragic that Dulon had passed, the day would become one of celebration for all the achievements and work he had done. For he was the greatest leader of Sealand. Admittedly, there weren't really many other leaders of Sealand, but still, he had done much for the nation and was key to bringing it to where it is to this day. Besides, such a celebration and annual festival would at least give the nation a bit more of an identity. Other than this, Sealand has over many many years come to be a mix of cultures, and, a slight shift in policy would be taken. Rather than bruit force these little quirks from other nations out, it would be better to integrate them into Sealand's own culture. In essence, absorbing it and making Sealand's own culture stronger and more distinct, even if it had clear influences and familiarity to those who had visited either of it's neighbors. Though, some of the religious and ethnically minded are a bit upset about this.
>>
>>4569116
>Durmaign

Utilizing the grid to draw and transfer energy was a curios use of the spell, but one that was certainly founded on stable logic. With a bit of testing, it's found that provided the right materials are used, it can do just that, though some are more effective than others, such as copper. Regardless, what exactly this is to be used for outside the trap is not known by many, but those working on the project certainly have a number of idea's and potential applications for this other than merely enhancing the ability to better have larger traps powered more efficiently by mages. Meanwhile, the Harmonizers continue to gain prominence, and the title of such likewise grows in importance. The efforts required to gain such a title have grown by quite a bit, and many more are attempting to gain such, often taken under the wing provided they had potential and were honest, true, faithful desire inside one rather than driven by a mere desire for prestige or influence.

>>4569277
>Arcadia

While rebuilding and further construction are something that will take a fair bit more time, the ability for buildings to be created with a much more sturdy and effective foundation is paramount to being able to better rebuild and further expand upon that which we have. The application of the fairly skilled mathematics that the conclave once owned is also a good boon to such efforts, and allows for some more effective recording of what is possible and what will merely collapse in on itself, allowing for a safer ability to build larger buildings. On the more magical side of things, a much more detailed use of the spells able to turn stone to sand and dirt would prove to allow much more creativity and greater access to unique rocks than ever before. From sand stone, to jet, to marble to olivine. Almost any kind of stone could be transferred into another. Though, interestingly, some of the experiments with this new magic would show some stones make less of the material after the spell is used than others. Why this is remains to be seen, but it's not a problem to our efforts.

>>4569335
>Ithempeli

Yet more effort is put into the Playright Plague. First off, work would be done to make it so magical influence would cause the infected to burst...This would come with a problem as it was found out that it was a bit...finicky. For if an infected individual was, say, surrounded by magical energy caused by an active spell for long enough, there would be a chance of bursting, which is only furthered should they have any open wounds. Still, it works like intended, and once triggered, it caused the infected to bloat a moderate amount before bursting. Working upon hunger however is a much easier and simple process. It undoubtedly will create greater levels of infectivity and death than before, and there's no issues with it at all, other than if they are not able to find any meat they will usually bite off a few fingers and consume them...But this is hardly a problem.
>>
>>4569339
>Meoswilum

With Spherism having become the national faith, much in the way of old statues, art, and so forth would need to be dealt with. Yet, traditions do not die easily, and many wished to be remembered with more than just names in a book without any description, their appearance forgotten to time. And so, much in the way of flowery writing, metaphors, and even more unique guises of mathematics and cartography. Regardless, it does well to make those who are faithful yet wish to be remembered be put at ease. Though, it'd be a long and slow drawn out process to map the faces of previous rulers. For merely removing the face from their art wouldn't sit well for many. While this would become the main focus of most of the nobility, that of the south which were... less faithful to spherism or more focused on profit would not be too fond of the decision to split off the tigerkin from the nation to form their own, mainly due to their own ventures, lands, and efforts. But they were minor, and they would hardly voice their complaints due to their lower standing.

>>4569387
>Al'qaye

It wasn't something expected, that emotions of fear and suffering would be an oh so delectable seasoning upon the brain of a creature. Even so, this would find a purpose greater than mere satisfaction from consumption, but of searching the inside of said creatures and slowly trying to discover what did what. It'd be a slow process, but there would be some clear obvious ones, such as the lungs being for breathing, though others wound be far different enigma's. Attempts to actually preserve these organs work poorly however, but it is still progress being made. While cthilium had only been recently taken back once more, it'd come back with a burst, many utilizing the maddening material in an attempt to see Xigua and learn wisdom from it. Further, many would utilize some parts of the material to adorn trinkets, baubles, idols, symbols, and more. Needless to say, with so much influence and exposure, everyone would start to become a bit insane...More so than they were originally, that is.

>>4569465
>RRFU

Further focus on internal work would be done for the Restored Royal Fraternian Union, this time focused on unearthing the gold and lead in the RRFU's lands and being able to turn it into trinkets or useful goods. It'd help trade and get more craftsmen working in the nation at the very least, and further the economy once more. Along with this, some of that wealth and gained prosperity would be sent over to Tavthalla to aid them in the rebuilding of their nation, which would be reported to have been going fairly well. Though, some devastation still remained. There was some concerning news coming in however of a new plague. No one else as far as we know has this plague so far, and it seems to cause infectious boils. Other than being painful, annoying, and uncomfortable, it's not that dangerous. Though, it still can kill, even if such has been found to be rare.
>>
>>4569727
>Nothpuezkahn

Experimenting with the very little amounts of mythril would find that it is lightweight, extremely durable, and most importantly, magic resistant. Attempts at alchemy or making a poison with it magically would fail, and it'd seem impossible to reforge. Further, it seemed to require a good deal of effort to corrode the thing after hours of work. But all of this was minor nonsense compared to the fact it was resistant to magic. And, with this, a thought would come to mind. Could the material in question have its natural magic resistant properties extended? And if so, how? Other than this, efforts to get beasts of burden would be swiftly put underway. A number of potential animals would be taken in that potentially could be useful, and it'd swiftly come to be found that two horses or stids are perfectly fine for transporting pulling carriages and wagons. Though, animals capable of pulling heavier things would be harder to find, but still, some large creatures could be gotten. While they require food and care, it's easier to get than golemancy, and likely just as good.

>>4569919
>Marca

Further expansion of port facilities in order to better transport goods and people to and from the colony and mainland would be done with out any issues, further, such work would also aid in trade in the region with other powers, albeit to a lesser extent than the more important and original purpose of the port in question. More importantly however, work on actually forging a iron mythril alloy would be finalized, and the production of such would be able to be done with ease. This 'adamantine' would be extremely effective at reducing the cost. Though, the protectiveness from magic is clearly reduced, and the material made heavier. Of course, it being heavier isn't a bad thing, considering how useful blunt weapons are against armor. Still, all of this will be extremely useful in getting more and better equipment into the hands of the soldiers, or at least the mounted nobility.
>>
posting for arcadia

Its Monday and therefore I need someone to post for me.
1. Wity the large boost in foreign spells entering the nation time us taken to spread that knowledge through the population to allow for greater spell versatility.
2. With the new architecture research the golem factory and fisheries are finally rebuilt.
>>
>>4570329
Fixes:
Upgrade my mythril mine twice from last turn (So add 4 +’s including this turns)
All cities along the road should have an aqueduct of rank 2, so have a + next to them.
Add an aqueduct to Rawl complying with this

Action 1: Upgrade mythril mine (to rank 10, I believe since last turn it wasn’t updated)

The mythril mine, now known as Razhal Vaariihl is unofficially considered the sixth city of Tavthalla due to the sheer activity that takes place in its bowels, but more of its riches will be needed yet for the war against the shogun.

Action 2: Repair the city of Raleth
Devastated and left abandoned for so many years, it is time to now retake Raleth. For the first time in hundreds of years, all four of the great and ancient cities of Tavthalla will be restored and lived in st the same time.
>>
1. Have menachem explore the land for natural resources. We have claimed much land, but by the same token much has been left a mystery to us. We shall suss out its secrets and through knowledge we can begin the process of taming and harmonizaiton.

2. Create the bardic school of magic 1/3. We have always known of the power of music. It being the echo of the universe. However much of our relation with it has been instinctual and material. With these singing ropes however a glimpse of their potential is seen and we can begin to work on properly coaxing its power.

3. Create Spell of the First Sun (astrology, name will be changed depending on whats discovered). There is much power in the celestial bodies. We have channeled the power of their interactions with one another to bring great boons upon us and divine the best time to take action. We have also seen glimpses of other nations taking inspiration such as channeling the light of the sun to create weapons to banish nightmares and darkness, but this is only a simplistic and materialistic use of their power. The suns are givers of light to be sure, but each has their own character and deeper metaphysical significance beyond simple heat and light. Through careful study we will discover the signicance of the first sun and how to channel this first mystery.
>>
>>4570328
1.
Two buildings are constructed in the mana wastes, both are workshops, one dedicated to the construction of Shell Screamer, the other to mana batteries. It is hoped the manufactories will help with the cost of both, and create a battery surplus.

2.
A road is paved from Grsthld to the new buildings, in the interest of supplying them with their needed goods.
>>
Things had gone fairly well for the Imperii, and the Heáhcásern. Her training had done well, but now was the time to focus on the future. Slowly but surely, the grand Amphitheatre would continue its construction, the foundation was set, and the basic support structure had been set. Now was time for the proper walls of the construct, followed by their decoration. The construct was likely to take forty more years to finish. But that was fine. It gave the Heáhcásern much more time to train. Regardless, much in the way of volcanic ash would be imported in order to get the concrete required for the construction, as naturally, with such a large monument, the quality of the material made from it needed to be the best of the best. Regardless, by the end of the construction cycle, the building would be half way to having the main exterior walls completed, and once they were finished, the main covering so that sunlight wouldn't disrupt any events, yet fresh air would still come in. After would be the finalizations of simply decorum, but all these were some time away...

And so, with this time, the Heáhcásern would focus on her training once more. However, her focus would not be one that most would think of. It would be her reaction time. Being better able to react to the swing of an enemies blade or a flying arrow, or even simply better be able to correct a mistake in a swing or execute a flawless feint is vital to survivability and being able to keep an opponent on the back foot. One could go so far as to argue that reflexes were more important than armor or shields, while not necessarily true in a proper battle, in a one on one duel, it arguably is the most important thing bar skill alone. She knew what she would focus on next, though she planned on a great many things to better enhance herself. For her goal was something she wasn't going to stop working towards. Especially with all she had focused on it now. She just hoped all of this effort wouldn't ever be for naught. Especially considering the one most effected by the actions of that tyrant had died gloriously in battle...Thinking about it, there was another great project for the Imperii to work upon...But later.

>Action One, Work on the Amphitheatre

>Action Two and Three, reaction training.
>>
>Action 1: Improve Spell: PWP - Genetic Masking
The disease is adapted such that it merges into the bodies of its victims like a cancer, embedding itself into their DNA and making itself appear as if it were a natural adaptation. This adaptation is intended to make the disease much harder to detect and fix the quirk of it exploding in the presence of harmless magic. No longer does the infected explode for simply walking through a magical magnetic zone and the disease can better avoid detection or scrying magic without requiring self destruction. The infected still explodes if a magic can pierce through its disguise either by a highly advanced spell or a brute force attack such as searing through the flesh with a fireball.

>Action 2: Improve Spell: PWP - Animal Infectivity
Maintaining a steady supply of test subjects is a challenging process without attracting too much attention to oneself. No longer must this be a concern though as the plague is adapted to afflict the animal kingdom as well, resulting in contaminated meats and milks, an insatiably hungry pig spreading the plague to its entire herd through its bites, and rabid rodents spreading the plague through bites and filth like they are infamously capable.

>Plague Summary
- Magically self sustains
- Resistant to Medicine
- Infectious explosions in contact with Magic
- Causes Madness, Paranoia, and eventually a desire to spread the disease
- Causes insatiable hunger only sustained by flesh
- Painless boils burst cause infectious vapors which infect well in indoor environments
>>
File: First Mandate.png (285 KB, 1200x800)
285 KB
285 KB PNG
>>4570297
>First Mandate
>Purple
>Capital: Inner Sanctum (put me somewhere with less people lol)
>Traditionalists, imperialists. Wary of outsiders, but willing to engage in limited diplomacy. Prizes inward perfection. Loyal to the Emperor.
>A massive disaster sent the wayward peoples of the former Tian Dynasty west, to seek a new beginning in exotic lands.
>Taoism/Confucianism
>Human with a smattering of Orc (or equivalent magical/mechanical constructs) labourers
>>
>>4570461
my bad didnt see the rest of the template

> Writing System: Proto-chinese
> Coinage: Gold
> Government System: An Emperor rules the nation. Rose to power by being heir to the throne.
> Hero: Ecclesiarch II
> Head of State: Only known as Shi Huang-Ti by commoners. In fact, all emperors before and after him will have that title from cradle to grave.
His true name, if he even has one, has never been revealed.

> 15 starting actions
5 cities (5pts)
4 farms, 4 mines (if i start with resources nearby), 2 smithies, 2 military installations (6pts)
Spend the final 4 points scouting my immediate vicinity.
>>
>>4570332

Actions

- As they dig every deeper into the sciences of the flesh, many more questions than answers make themselves known. Though they have learned much, there is far more in the way of theory and speculation than hard understanding behind the true nature of biology. Yet for the little they learned already proves itself useful in some cases and many scholars believe they have reached the limits that their current method and tools will allow. But some dare to press forward, ill-content to leave things as they are. They walk down weirded paths, experimenting in transplanting organs and limbs between living patients, and in some cases even between different species. These practices result more in the satisfaction of their morbid curiosities, yet in some rare instances, macabre insight is gained.

- It is not simply in the nature of Xiguras to know all, but to twist all as well, and his faithful mirror these devious passions. Applying his corrupting touch to whatever knowledge they uncover so they may revel in blaspheming the world's very laws that would otherwise bind more sane creatures. Their advancements in biology are used to further their pursuits in the necromantic arts, learning to assemble rather profane mockeries of life. Expanding off of the method of binding, they curiously dabble in ways that might begin to merge nightmares more seamlessly with mortal flesh.
>>
>>4570332
>Medical Action: Contain the spread in the Provence where the illness has been found are to be locked down. and ships from the inner sea until this threat has been contained will be quarantined in the harbor till it can be determined if any infected are on board.

Action Medical: Study the illness using Diganos and past experiences with other pandemics to understand what it does and how best we can treat and cure it
>>
Even with those people who consider the general mixing of culture to be a bad thing, with other nations being so close by and on good terms for several hundred years, it only makes sense that Sealand would form its own strong culture as a mix of all of them from being the center of it all. Not only that but a trade empire that has set its eyes on trading with a majority of the known world. It would only make sense that its a place where several distinct peoples would be able to call Sealand something they can go to and still feel like it has a little piece of home in store for them.

1 action: Implement aqueducts
Seeing as how the information was gifted some time ago when the Taurs had their war but never implemented is a testament to how dire Sealand's cultural situation was. Edward, seeing how things are finally settling down a little on the cultural front decides to put some of the nations resources to constructing them out of marble. A clean and white stone that will look magnificent with water running down it.

1 action: Upgrade the mountain Temple
On a personal trip up to the Zephyr temple with Anti-mage Captain Yon onlyto find it in a much less grand state than that of Leviathan. Practically storming back to the capital he demand explanations from the various WO-5s that were in charge of the operations as to why no work has been done from when it was first constructed. Some people are demoted, some people are discharged entirely, and some are forgiven. He oversees the work personally to make sure that it gets done in a timely manner and properly this time.
>>
>>4570333

>Action 1: State-Mandated Worship
With some reports of a minor plague spreading from Menzentia, both a reminder and a mandate is put in place, reminding the entire nation to pray at the disease-curing altars of our holy churches daily. While they likely have been doing this already, it's best to ensure the safety of our large population nonetheless.

>Action 2: Military Reconnaissance
The Kos'loh have attacked the Marcans of Austrocia and it's surrounding countryside for far too long. Our attempts to convert them have failed, and our only course of action now is to respond with force. First, however, we can use our Rocs to scout out the Kos'loh lands. Where their army (if any) is, and how large it may be, farms, extraneous settlements, etc.

Additionally, in preparation for this invasion the Sons of Melanie, and as many other troops and cavalry as we can safely transport into Austrocia and it's accompanying fort are sailed across the strait from Masos.

Long overdue fluff:

The passing of the old kind of Lower Marca, Austrocian Masos occurred some time ago. His first born son, Haythus Masos (The First) has been inaugurated to take his place. He is remarkably similar to the personality of his predecessor, mild mannered and benevolent.

With the aging of the king of Upper Marca and his own son becoming of age, it was only a matter of time before the old King, Parthas Shayra abdicated his throne for his son. The new King of Upper Marca, Yadrias Shayra has assumed the throne. In typical Upper Marcan fashion, he is somewhat materialistic (at least when compared to the southern counterparts) and conservative.
>>
>>4570297
1.
>Create a spell compendium to store the knowledge we have gained through our own research and Arcadia
Being able to collect all our knowledge and immortalize it in writing is essential to make magic easier to learn and more accessible. This will be important for spreading newer magical disciplines like the Lightning magic and Arcadian magic.

2.
>Invent spell, Create Lightning Elemental
The elementals we have been working with do a good job, so we decided to try to make one out of lightning. It is efficient, fast and deadly but it is even deadlier when connected to the grid, being able to transfer at higher speeds and borrow plenty of available energy. It will make easy work of the common metal armor wearing warrior so it makes for a good shocktrooper.
>>
>>4570879
>>
Imperii
>>4570422
The amphitheater grows even grander than before, soon it will be grand enough to hold the greatest games of all time. As for the Empresses training once again shows itself the problem of there being noone able to match her… even more so now afterall there is little difference to doging arrows from 50 archers rather than 100. Thoughts bring her to the ruins on Aka Island, maybe the tongue has some advice to overcome this plateou too?

EVENT: In the south of the nation a new movement starts which rapidly spreads, what it it? Well a fashion trend inspired by the southern tigerkin, drawing black stripes on your body. your society also slowly starts tending more towards a matriarchical one.

Ithempeli
>>4570442
“genetic” masking or rather embedding yourself into the essence of being is a great idea to avoid simple detection with magic… but the manipulation of the very essence of being is also the main domain of Fraternitan biomancy. With such the disease has crossed into a treshhold of being possible to be analysed using it. An unitended consequence of such also is the disease becomming inheritable… what a vile plague indeed.

Animal infectivity is also achieved… animals currently capable of spreading the infection are limited them being pigs, elephants, boars, megalo elephants, whales and dolphins. These animals now freely roaming and unsuspcted spread to nearby lands… and more importantly often are taken onto merchant ships as food for sailors… the disease thus would become known as Mezentian Sailor Madness.

EVENT: Among the rocks in random areas of Ithempeli weird lightblue glowing mushrooms sprout. As you go near them they seem to slowly kill you, why such thing is happening? Who knows… well for all you know you don’t know. Just as things come near them they die after a while.
>>
Lo-Hai
>>4570409
The two factories are constructed and the new road created.

EVENT: The planeswalked after a bad nightmare would wake up seeing their shell covered in unhealable crabs as if a grand shark tried to much down on him. A foreboding feeling fills him. He shall never be able to leave dry land… a truly awful fate for a Lo-Hai.

Durmaign
>>4570879
An organisation of scribes to enscribe and pass down knowlege both mundage and magical is created these mages shall be the backbone of our nation’s magical education. It is a question, how widespread should the magic be? For everyone? Monopolised by the state? By the nobility?

Your nation lacks the know how to make elementals as such lightining golems are created instead. They are very unstable though dissolving back into lightining if in touch with electrcity… though they can be used as suicide attackers delivering lightning strikes. Some think using them this way might be cruel though.

Marca
>>4570731
State mandated worship is introduced and as such all nonbelievers are kicked out of the nation or thrown in jail, as the nations purity spiral puts it closer to zealotry. Prayer brings are revelation as one of the priests comes up with a ban “A ban of meat of pig”. He wishes the Marcans to enforce it and possibly bring it to the church at large.

Kos’loh land is wildn and untamed jungle trees hiding the view, but many important trade routes and settlments are potted pinpointing spots for an attack. Though oddly enough those supposed to scout further into kos-loh territory have never returned… but considering the other Kos’loh failed at shooting us down something else must be lurking there.

EVENT: The Art of the Zealot Berserker spreads and soon their found their own warrior lodge, not much different to what the staterun palladins do. The greatest of such warrior lodges are the “Sunstruck”
>>
>>4570333
Action 1:
Spell: Delay Toxin Effect ("Enchantment" for toxins)

Action 2:
Morhas, content that she will only have 1 rival to go against Morhas uses obscure toxins and substances which are not toxic by themselves to subtly sabotage her rival Ælfþryð, not trying to kill her but attempting to decrease her fertility through extremely small doses of fertility damaging poisons, some she has worked up an immunity to and which is essentially shed off of her Nothpuez jewelry over time and some smuggled in through otherwise mundane items from Nothpuezkahn such as rice wine and in hidden compartments in the containers transporting letters from home. In Nothpuezkahn the art of harem politics has been refined by first the Druid women and then Nothpuez slave girls taken as wives. Her clan itself owes much of its political power to the subtlety and cunning of its wives, inheriting much through this and more conventional methods. Everything used can easily be chalked up to accidental contamination or is not recognizable by the toxin identifiers of Ceorshas, as anti-natal properties any of these substances have is not widely known as are most of the substances themselves.
Morhas even attempts to increase her own fertility through the consumption of spices and even attempts to bid the gods to give her fertility...
>>
Sealand
>>4570691
Aqueducts are implemented and built in two of your cities. The mountain temple is upgraded making it grander than it was before grander. Specially aligned holes are dug into the temples walls so at speciffic times of the day the wind may start playing songs in the walls whistles.

EVENT: An odd disease grips sealand known as “Magesbane” the disease is caused by what seem to be worms living in peoples guts, no effective treatment exists curently and no cure either as it seems after romoving the gut worms they soon reappear. Those infected have their magic go haywire and act randoly while slowly loosing their cogntive ability and muscle streangth. Humans and Lo-hai have shown themselves immune to it with only Elves and Telrac so far possible to infect.

Arcadia
>>4570379
The new magic spreads thoughout the nation finding application in various form quickly. Your nation posesses large amounts of magic, for people to reliably learn it some sort of grand accademy would be useful.

The golem factory and fishery are sucesfully restored. While golems are made trough magic either way an organised manufactorum makes things just so much quicker.

EVENT: In the north of your nation a large portion of peopel start regularly interracting with the northern elves thus becmming very freindly to them. These people who make up a sizable portion of the northern poppulace become great alchemists and poisoners. The more friendly you are to the elves the happier thei’ll be… and vice versa.

Fraternitas
>>4570610
The sick are hard to detect, the old tactic of pumping magic into them so they explode is not working. As such only obvious cases go trough. A full lockdown is eventually initiated, but that too misteriously enough fails as cases among Sailors in the inner sea and all nations bordering it slowly spring up and even further in the fraternitan mainland. The diesease thus would be dubbed the Mezentian Sailor Madness (MSM).

The disease seems to cause you to explode if you are exposed to magic and chab=ge the very essence of being of the infected. First disease the Fraternitans saw which does it. Other sympromsi nclude evnetual onset of madness and the craving for flesh.
>>
>>4570957
Delaying a toxins effect is possible, though many wonder why you would do such a thing.

Ælfþryð is poisoned and looser her fertility, though it soon is found out she was, suspicions obviously first fall on the wolfkin servants. As their kind is known for using poisons in their assassinations.
>>
Tavthalla
>>4570380
The Mythrill mine is updated.

The criminals and nightmares squatting in the ruins are kicked out and the ancient city is restored. Or rather a new one is built because truth be told “the old” city as it would be known would still linger and even be more of a ruin than before as whatever stood would be slowly dismantled form material to build the new one. Still hidden mysteries in it’s underground remain.

EVENT: Your nation is befallen by a minor eclipse the 5th and 7th moon eclipse the two suns in your region and some nightmares run rampant on your mainland, but no major damages are done.

Al’qaye
>>4570559
This odd form of transplantology… well… fails. It seams unless there is something ambiable at the core or the beings transplanting flesh onto the semiliquid creatures. Though transplantion between living beings does seem like a possibility itj ust needs further research. (one more action)

Analysing the remains of the great hero it is found that a nightmare froms from flesh like fire forms from wood. One needs to sacrifice flehs for nightmare to emerge from it and trough propper application of riuals and rites thic could be done in a controlled manner.

EVENT: One of the banks in your nation posesses more wealth than one would have though it is so full with gems... it bursts!

Nemean
>>4570387
You find another Hellstone deposit, but also Amethyst and Marble.

The essence of magic is slowly understood as expected muxic as all sound is vibrations. it is the feeling you get when music is loud and shakes your being to your very core, including your own soul. But what is the true nature of magic?

The new spell would be known as Sun Dance as it would allow those participating in it to trough dance attune their body to the suns even when they are not up having their body gently glow up with sunlight. It is too weak for combat use, as 2 are needed for the sun dance.
>>
First Mandate
>>4570461
>>4570478
The nation known as the First Mandate of the far north would be established in the far center north. Your slaves are Giants about twice the size of man, not Orks. Your neighbours to the south you got glimpses off. They are giant crabs out of stone, but they seem civilised and rather advanced too.

(scouting is unnecessary, feel free to put those actions so 6 actions next turn, you’ll also get a biggger introduction then as this turn there will be no map due to the previous turn’s QM’s screw up)

CCF
EVENT: A joyour occasion then umber of CCF worshippers in Mezentia has grown considerably enough for there to be made a Church there… but that church might harbor some seret heresies.

MSU
EVENT: The MSU is raided by the Black Diamond Pirates… or rather is about to be. In exchange for leaving them alone they offer safe harbor to the Pirates. The MSU looses some cash… but are left in peace from Pirates. Though things might not be as fun for their neighbours.

Waking Order
EVENT: The Mezentian cell of the cult awakens once more. the nation has still not recovered from the BFT Civil war or from the Long Night. Where is the mercy? In those dark times the Mezentians feel pulled towards the cult… especially the Alphas not wishing to repress their true nature no more. (cult expands in Mezentia RRUF or Marca loose 1 influence there which the cult gains
>>
The Iron King has gone into her second lifetime, part of her hair loses it's color, but thanks to her melanism, she retains most of her color, unlike other Wolfkin. Even so, one of her eyes turns pink and she finds sunlight uncomfortable. Hiro meanwhile shows signs of advanced age, his size doesn't grow, but he gets wrinkles, which sees him lose much of his appeal. Meanwhile Mikære finally keels over, being a mortal, and Miho does too, though she has lived a venerable life. But Miho doesn't stay dead, oh no, she has her undying spirit transplant itself into a Phylactery Golem. Yuri and Akane are set to replace Mikære and Hiro respectively.
Still, for our projects for now, we need to bolster our trade with the Zlon, and for that, more iron needs to be brought forth from below. We also shouldn't ignore our relations with the Kos'loh, and a road is to be made reaching them. But the last one, rekindling our relations with the UFC, now the RRUF, they wish to repair the mind of their champion, and we need to keep the mind intact on our Undying Souls, so we can benefit them and us at the same time.

Hero Update: Hiro Kokaen is no longer a hero, Akane Kyodai is now the hero of the Iron Leaf Kingdom. She is a Wolfkin-Kitune hybrid, borne of the Iron King and the Shogun, an heir he has not managed to sacrifice, and is therefore a strong candidate for his throne, should he die. She is famous for many things, particularly her huge tail.

Action 1: Upgrade Iron Mine.
With the Zlon to aid us, we should be able to dig even further into the earth, bringing forth yet more bounty from below. Perhaps there are better ways of digging than just hacking at rock with a pick.

Action 2: Invent Mind Magic > Fortification > Fortify Self Awareness.
We have an issue of minds bleeding into the mind we wish to preserve, contaminating it. This spell seeks to amplify the awareness of self, to self-analyze and thus be able to identify if something is wrong with yourself, so you can then deal with it.

Action 3: Construct road from Iron Mine to Kos'loh. Excess time is to be spent extending a road to the ruined Hunting Lodge.
We have neglected our Kos'loh allies, with this road we can more easily bring them our iron and then bring back the goods they want to offer us. Who knows, maybe some of them wish to visit our capital. Also, we should restore our Hunting Lodge soon.
>>
>>4570956
1.
The fate of the Planeswalker is a tragic one, some fell fate causing this. He is granted gifts to help ease his separation from the sea, ranging from a great many books to read, to Sunglow shrooms. He is contacted to make a contract with a spirit of the Skies, to watch over our pilots. (And perhaps he may travel by air?)

2.
A facility, (fort or city, or airport icon, I don't care )is constructed out in the waste, named "Skul'lok" or "Sky-Break". It is a series of long roads covered in ice for our Shell Screamers to land and take off from, as well as covered buildings to store them. It is here talented Lo-hai mages if they can pass the entrance test, may be schooled in the art of flight from our first pilot Sun'chrg.
>>
File: I am the Tongue of Aka.png (213 KB, 575x1024)
213 KB
213 KB PNG
(sorry I'm late)


An eerie wind blows through the ruins of a once mighty city, a maze of marble and porphyry. Fern and creeper spring from the cracks in the stone all about, the only signs of life that remain. Treasuries long since looted, temples desecrated, house and shop and plaza now rubble. Countless stories lost to time, countless lives forgotten. Ozymandian the ghost of what was lingers. From toppled columns and crumbled walls, little can be surmised. What remains is archaic in design, though frequent is the motif of the hornéd serpent, which creeps along the foundation stones, or coils around the pillars.
All nations come to the ruins beneath the the canopy of Aka's Nest to hear the prophecies of the Discordant God's disciple. None dare fight upon the holy ground, fear of His stirring keeps order and peace among them. Wisdom comes in the riddles of the seer, whose veiled form even kings beseech.

>The Tongue of Aka is a mystical figure, their face and body covered with a heavy veil under which no features can be seen.
>Aka is the God of Discord, who is said to slumber in the great tree which covers the ruins in shadow. The Tongue of Aka is, in a way, His prophet.
>You CANNOT commit violent acts whilst in the ruins
>AFTER your nation has discovered the ruins, you may spend an action to ask the Tongue of Aka TWO questions, which will be answered with Delphic riddles.
>For your questions to be answered, TAG THIS POST, and give an offering to the veiled prophet.
>The Tongue of Aka "nation" will not expand, not explore, not exterminate, and can be considered quasi-QM "nation" as I am a part of the QM group.
>>
>>4570329
Action 1: Finish the Bolt Caster (6/6)

The finalisation of development of a truly elegant weapon, one of swift and rapid death from great distances, firing great and sleek bolts with peerless accuracy with enough force to crash through thick stone walls.

2: Mythril mine upgrade to rank 12

Razhal Vaariihl, The Deepmines, King Xalteis Veins, Crowns Roots, Thrones Blood.

All are names for the great complex of underground tunnels, networks of underground bridged chasms, the whole place a flurry with activity now as a community appears to fulfil the needs of this great complex.

Food, lodging, underground marketplaces and stairs winding up and down for fast transit around, it’s title as Tavthallas unofficial sixth city is not unearned, for all of this is required to extract as much mythril as the site possesses.
>>
>>4570959
1. Fulfilling our pact with the Lo-Hai the Vivimancers will work to make a breeding group of "Long Fish" for them. The domestication and loyalty of dogs will be focal with the added traits of water breathing and many body traits of sharks along with aquatic mammals like whales. The Vivimancers will work to get as close to the desires of the Lo-Hai as possible while focusing on desired traits over looks.
2. With the gift some decades ago to the three legged cat spirit spurned the craftmanship of the Arcadic craftsmen would be absolutely insulted. As such a grand gift would be made, partially out of pure spiteful showmanship, with the hope that a grand gift to the spirit's god will mean they may ask more questions or get better answers. The first will be a small grove of trees mixed with the trait of inner flame from the deermen alphas. The second will be a statue of nightmares using pitch black stone depicting the nightmares cowering and dying as a false sun is fixed upon a glass point in the center of the statue. The third will be another statue but this time using the silver skeletal elephant statue but this time on a malachite base with bronze skeletal lions hunting in a scene of hunting the elephant. Finally is a stone statue with the Lo-Hai magic circuits of the skeletal scene found in these ruins having the statues on a timer do a small dance. The information sought is that of the afterlife and the worlds beyond our own.
>>
>>4570967
6 actions :
>x2 port
>x4 lumber
>x6 farm
>>
>>4570955

The Amphitheater is almost finished with regards to its externals, only the highest walls needing to be finished before the construction of the covering. Overall, the structure has taken shape, and it already looks quite impressive. Still, as it grows grander and grander, a number of architects would be inspired to come up with idea's for newer buildings, and, some would even start planning future mega projects. Even so, their more grandiose ideas would have to wait as the Imperii focused its efforts on the construction of it's greatest work yet. However a number of questions would start to arise as it's construction passes the mid way point. Just what would the official name of the building be? A number of idea's would be thrown about, but none would be settled upon, at least for now. It was likely when the Heáhcásern returned that she would be able to weigh in and decide upon a name, or simply come up with one herself.

Speaking of the Heáhcásern, she had gone to Meoswilium, the main reason being quite simply to visit her daughter who she had heard was poisoned. She suspected that the poisoning was done on the orders of someone, but who she did not know. Sadly, the main suspect in her direct poisoning was executed, and as such she didn't really have any real way to find many leads. But, at least she could make the best of her time there. Mainly by further training and discussing some things with their king. In the case of training, her main focus would be that of magic. For, it had many utilizations that she could work upon. And, a better understanding of magic would bring with it a better understanding of her own power gained during the long night. After all, the hydromancy that Meoswilium had wouldn't be too different from the hemomancy she had gained, right? Either way, it'd allow her to experiment, and it'd give her more tricks up her sleeves, one that wouldn't be expected and could tip the balance further more than mere further power through strength. Additionally, while there, she could prevent further intrigue nonsense from effecting her youngest daughter...Something she thought was quite important.
>>
>>4571816
(Forgot to add this)

>Action One. work further on the Amphitheater

>Action Two and Three. Training with magic in Meoswilium.
>>
The King is dead. Long Live the King! King He Raflaed has died of old age... or so the official story says. He died as he lost the will to live after the death of his son, stopped drinking blood and plainly withered away. His duty is done.

The new king... or rather. King of Meoswilum, Caliph of the Sphere of Fungi and Nobility as well as high Lord of Destruction is He Ken Xan. May he have a long and prosperous reign.

> Action 1: Rebuild the two broken farms
been a while since the Long Night, time to fix those.

> Action 3: Train the Telrac Empress in Magic
however boring it may seem to the esteemed ancestor. She'd have 5 hours a day of continuous magic study. Mainly agricultural mushroom magic as well as water magic. Magic theory as well as combat use. Even magic circuitry is taught to her however useless said magic might be in a combat scenario.

Big Emphasis is put on water magic as many of it's principles can be translated to the Esteemed Ancestors ability to manipulate blood.

> Action 3: Combat training
As expected the Empress... is better than any swordsman in Meoswilum, though learning the nations unique style of swordfighting which mimics fencing should find some use. Especially when fighting an opponent with overwhealming power such as the shogun.

Speaking of overwhelming power. The Empress is to be sparring with the Pulgasari. the Giant beast will finally get some battle experinece and it's healing factor should keep it in tiptop shape. The main use of the Pulgasari is training the Empress's raw power, though such things as pushing contests with the city-sized beast.

Lastly The Empress will fight litches with light swords. Them having disposable bodies means both she and them can go all out and they are the best fighters the nation can offer. Them wielding light swords means that the Empress can't underastimate them either. The point is to push her to her limit. If she wishes to fight the Divine Shogun... we can't go easy on her.
>>
>>4570956
1.
>Create four divisions to assign disciples of magecraft to
The Flame division will continue the practice of fire manipulation that has been taught down for generations. The Lightning division will focus on understanding the principles of lightning magic, it will be hyped up to increase the number of lightning practitioners among human and wisp. The Balance division will focus on understanding balance by learning of the earth school and understanding the elemental creation process we traded for, this field will mostly be made up of humans and the occasional Harmonizer. The Mixer division will not focus on one discipline of magic but a mix of disciplines, though the most common mix will be fire and lightning.
2.
>Study into elemental beings
The Balance division will be studying how to manifest beings of the elements in order to use them to contribute greatly to balance of the elements.
>>
>>4570959
>action medical: with standard methods failing a more intensive means is needed a new Biomancy spell is created, Essense analysis- Within a bio pod the person's very being is decoded and recorded, everything about their core being is recorded and understood.

>Action medical: With the new Biomancy spell infected and noninfected volunteers are gathered to have there core essence studied and compared so that we can isolate the plague essence so that we can remove it with restoration and prepare the damaged essence of the infected
>>
1. Build a temple in Ur. In our travels we have found many fabulous constructions that have taken great work to complete. While we should shun personal luxury so that we may avoid growing soft and decadent that would make us lax in our vigilance in guarding the harmony. Is it then not appropriate to invest what is not used into its defense? With this idea we shall take all that we have learned and build a grand monument to our sphere.

2. Create bardic school of magic 2/3. We are tapping into the fundamentals of the universe itself. With each pluck of the string a moment of enlightenment is felt. How raptorous is it not when one soon learns how to strum a chord.
>>
>>4570963
Action 1:
Mykearn develops a new spell, one which only he uses - Scholarize Toxin
The spell scans a toxin by delving into the aether, whether that be dreamspace or some other magical realm in order to catch glimpses of the history of a disease, from when it first afflicted creatures until today. With a focus on recent history as through that symptoms and possible weaknesses can be discerned. Study of the magically reactive disease is done through the use of Delay Toxin Effect, which is used to delay the violent reactions of the disease so that it wont be volatile while magic is being used on it. Thus it can be studied in relative safety especially by one as powerful as Mykearn, whose magical skills and supply of slaves to sacrifice is vaster than any other in the region
Action 2:
Make haste, such a dangerous new disease means that the knowledge available to us may be lost, so then we buy up all we can using our great supplies of preserved rice and beans. The scare this disease must have caused will surely allow us to better obtain wealth to use to buy books as many fear being isolated by the disease, especially in areas where food is primarily imported from other regions (upgrade library)
>>
>Action 1: Improve PWP: Predatory Bacteria (Infectivity/Durability)
The bacteria is one unique for its eternal lifespan; Of course such a thing is wasted if the poor bacteria finds itself a sneeze into a discarded tissue, or a cough directed at a neglected corner. Now the Bacteria gains some understanding of its surroundings and the ability move at a surprisingly rapid pace, making it both challenging to contain, dangerous to work around, and overall more infectious in areas otherwise neglected.

>Action 2: Improve PWP: Ithempeli's Blessing (Infectivity/Chaos)
In its medium to later stages when it's most likely the infected would be discovered, the plague infects the stomach of its host and begins to control the associated chemistry, increasing stomach acid production and allowing the infected to launch the corrosive and infectious material as a projectile within 15 feet. On initial contact, this can be extremely deadly, though afterwards it's just another mass of infectious material.
To the power hungry this deadly attack could even be an appeal of the plague. To other's its a necessity to defend themselves as the infected have been observed to be exploded and caged by those meant to help them. To the havoc-bound animals however, this is a deadly tool to level the playing field against the humanoids they lust for the flesh of.
Those that shun Ithempeli's gift face difficulties as the buildup of stomach acid can become debilitating to their health if not at least semi-regularly disposed somewhere.

>Plague Summary
- Magically self sustains
- Resistant to Medicine
- Infectious explosions in contact with Magic
- Causes Madness, Paranoia, and eventually a desire to spread the disease
- Causes insatiable hunger only sustained by flesh
- Painless boils burst cause infectious vapors which infect well in indoor environments
- Genetically embeds into its hosts, becoming very challenging to detect and even inheritable
- Infects animals, eventually making them into dangerous manhunters due to the flesh lust.
>>
>>4570965

Actions:
-The Xigua form is far too volatile for accept foreign entities into its own being. Even if transplanting was successful, the organs or limbs in question would simply be lost or misplaced as they altered their shapes. Yet when applied to other mortal entities there are promising results, so much so in fact that they decide to continue on with their studies in a final spark of curiosity. Ix'thula especially takes note of their accomplishments and commands that all their findings be cataloged and stored within the library, under a series of works that would come to be known as the Compendium of flesh.

- To receive, one must first offer. This is no new concept to the Realm. Though they hailed from the darkness of the fantasea, nightmares were still life albeit a dark reflection and life could not be purchased without another. This truth, gleamed from the remains of Ivnis, results in the crafters attempting to bind nigthmares to living creatures. They prepare elaborate workspaces, etching unto a table similar glyphs to that used in a séance. Atop the table the specimen rests, still alive, while binding symbols are carved into their flesh to mark the creature for corruption. Once done the crafter chants in a ceremonial manner before he plunges a ceremonial dagger used in ascension into the animal, sacrificing it so the nightmare may take its place and thus its flesh.
>>
As diplomats respond, Sealand prepares to hold its meeting to discuss the well being of all nations. Edward Oak makes sure that there are guards posted about and that there are anti-mages aplenty to ensure that should magic begin to overload, they are able to shoot the delegates with some anti-magic, hopefully quelling their demise.

1 action: And, privately, aside, Oak orders a small team to be formed to keep track of the delegations without their discovery. Just keeping an eye on them and primarily providing support to the FBI. Particularly looking for any that are loyal KMT that have managed to sneak in, and at the Ithempeli to see if there is any druidic evil going on from them.

1 action: And as per agreement with Nemean, assist them with the development of their school of bardic magic, going off of their research.
>>
File: ahhh scary.jpg (692 KB, 1024x730)
692 KB
692 KB JPG
Spell: Delay Toxin Effect ("Enchantment" for toxins)
Through the power of dance (and sometimes a bit of blood to sacrafice) a Toxin, a specific one is affected within a body so that its effects do not take shape until a later date. This is dependent on the severity and quantity of the affected disease or toxin. This does not cause a toxin shock where all the time the toxin was not active have not accumulated, instead its just neutralizing the affliction. For instance a skin infection will cease spreading and causing active itching, or joint swelling a result of arsenic poisoning will not start until a later date. This does not freeze the toxin in place either, it can still flow around, its just it cannot affect the host and acts as a neutral agent.
>>
Does anyone have QM1 discord name n' tag please?
>>
>>4573425
Why'd you need that?
>>
>>4573428
Need to ask him a few questions
>>
>>4573454
Fucking weird.
Viorp#9520
>>
>>4573469
>Viorp#9520
And i think i cant friend him, fucking yikes, eitherway, off to /v/ i go
>>
>>4573508
You didn't even send a request
>>
>>4573509
i did, it says its invalid or check if there capital letters >:(
>>
>>4573516
Just join the discord link then. Or actually check the goddamn letters cause that's my tag.
>>
>>4573520
but viorp me boy , i did and i'm banned on the discord :(, it aint workin'
>>
File: Map Turn 56.png (2.94 MB, 2048x2570)
2.94 MB
2.94 MB PNG
Amelia:
A source of sulfur is found, the foul smelling substance isn't too appealing to most, but the dryads manage to find a use for it, causing their soil to become more fertile than ever. Nobody is sure how, though.

MSU:
The president has taken in a student, a Longolo with a fire in their heart, literally. The Alpha is very well read, but also has a fiery rhethoric, they may soon rival the President, but they're on good terms.

FBI:
Among the crystal blighted lands, a storyteller weaves an epic of beautiful tragedy, of a fierce warrior maiden who went on a long quest to cure her blight, but though she saved a great many lives and made many friends, she never managed to cure herself, becoming a crystal so mighty it carried aloft an entire island up into the sky.

Golyemat:
Through trade and intrigue, the people of Golyemat have managed to negotiate joint ownership of Tarnatos' salt mines, and even bringing the salt over to them, letting them sell the white goodness to the southern nations.

--

Turn 55's ILK update (Written by Viorp):
>>4570972
The iron mine is sucessfully upgraded.

The spell can only amplify what is already there. When a ghost is being fed Sisu chunks of it's self are being ripped out and replaced by what people think they are... after such replacement happens said spell only fortifies the hybrid of both. Instead it finds use in restoring sanity to the insane or generally streangthening memories. As to helping the ghosts... having a diary helps.

The road is constructed, while it is done so the Wolfkin would be informed of giant eagles lately flying over their land. Some claiming people are triding them. Can;t be a good omen.

--

Lo-hai: (0 cooldown)
>>4571131
Our pilots find themselves with fortunate winds, saving many lives from would-be accidents. Yet Planeswalker says even the air above the sea is the sea's domain.
The new facility is jokingly referred to as a "birdfield", but the ready access to aeroplanes maks the airforce grow to a size capable of defining it's own branch of military.

Tavthalla: (0 cooldown)
>>4571308
This boltcaster is as good as we can make it, without wearing out our engineers. It can shoot far, it's quite accurate, it can shoot fast and not even mithril will save someone from it's sheer impact. Even Taurs fear this thing.
The Mithril Mine becomes as deep as it can become, with a developing settlement within, relying not only on imported food, but also some of the wildlife found within the underground tunnels.
>>
Arcadia (Written by Williechops): (1 cooldown)
>>4571316
1. Fulfilling our pact with the Lo-Hai the Vivimancers will work to make a breeding group of "Long Fish" for them. The domestication and loyalty of dogs will be focal with the added traits of water breathing and many body traits of sharks along with aquatic mammals like whales. The Vivimancers will work to get as close to the desires of the Lo-Hai as possible while focusing on desired traits over looks.
2. With the gift some decades ago to the three legged cat spirit spurned the craftmanship of the Arcadic craftsmen would be absolutely insulted. As such a grand gift would be made, partially out of pure spiteful showmanship, with the hope that a grand gift to the spirit's god will mean they may ask more questions or get better answers. The first will be a small grove of trees mixed with the trait of inner flame from the deermen alphas. The second will be a statue of nightmares using pitch black stone depicting the nightmares cowering and dying as a false sun is fixed upon a glass point in the center of the statue. The third will be another statue but this time using the silver skeletal elephant statue but this time on a malachite base with bronze skeletal lions hunting in a scene of hunting the elephant. Finally is a stone statue with the Lo-Hai magic circuits of the skeletal scene found in these ruins having the statues on a timer do a small dance. The information sought is that of the afterlife and the worlds beyond our own.

Mandate: (+1 cooldown)
>>4571741
On the forest we have, we have made our lumberjacks, providing a wealth of material for out ports, where we now dock many of our ships. But most importantly, we use it for a veritable fishing flotilla. Our lands are mainly desert, though the oasis provides land for a farm, most of the farm projects become fisheries instead.

Event: Influence from the south has made a warrior culture emerge among the lower class, they are a troublesome bunch, often starting bar brawls and engaging in street fights. Still, when straightened out in the military, they're a force to be reckoned with.

Imperii: (0 cooldown)
>>4571816
>>4571818
The amphitheatre's walls stretch high into the sky, it's like a man-made mountain, some say it could be done faster, but the precise acoustics of the structure is second to none once the action starts.
The Heáhcasern becomes better still, now becoming familiar with the Meoswilian spell arsenal, though... fatigue sets in, the constant work on self improvement becomes dull, even with a change of locale. The Heáhcasern is becoming godlike on the field of battle, she is becoming frustrated fighting regular combatants, their behavior has become predictable.
>>
Meow:
>>4571906
The rebuilt farms offer food for the Pulgasari once more, quenching it's unyielding appetite.
The Heáhcásern attains magic at a frightening pace, either she's just really compatible, or her sheer magic power just lets her brute force her way through the lessons and then refine them later.
The sight of the Heáhcasern managing to wrestle the Pulgasari is certainly not something you see every day, though she would be able to snipe the mages with ease, she can't do much damage against the beast itself, until she managed to identify weak spots, causing a knee joint to shatter, which took some time to repair. The fight against the liches... was a slaughter. While the mere presence of a light sword's swing hurts the Telrac, once she shifted onto the offensive, she tore through the army with ease.

Durmaign: (+1 cooldown)
>>4571981
The four divisions, being separate, can now focus on their own specialty. The venerable Flame division needs no introduction, though the encumbent Lightning one sees many new recruits. The Balance and Mixer divisions are setup, but have yet to show results.
The elementals are a bit contradictory in their nature, requiring an element to exist yet ceasing to when submerged in it, usually existing within other elements, where their edges are more defined. It is uncertain if they even can help find a balance as they have no mind of their own, only what mind we impose upon them. Though, we've found a theoretical solution to disolution, pressure. By maintaining an increased pressure within the elemental, it may be possible to keep it's edges defined within it's own element.

Event: A couple of Wisps have learned and applied the Shorino tactical structure. With a focus on using infantry to delay the enemy before striking with Shrine Maidens. Shorino culture spreads, but if you face any other force using similar tactics, you'll be able to hit them where it hurts.

RRFU:
>>4572073
The new spell peels away to and analyzes the underlying keys to someone's makeup. It is a bit too deep for proper understanding, but it does allow us to see a pattern repeating. The current disease has some oddities though, it lacks the plethora of varying patterns, instead only having a couple, and each variation is always an improvement, there are no missteps.
The experiments see a few be cured, but it is labor intensive, requiring several biomancers to dig deep and meticulously undo the damage. Though among those cured, a fair few experience a sense of... wrong, some also later experience mutations, but still, they're not ill.
>>
Nemean:
>>4572090
The new temple stands tall, and people flock into it's halls, there's even pilgrims coming over from abroad.
The veil of the world hums in rhythm to the cords, indeed, it manipulates the very fabric of the universe with every strum. Though it seems even the vocal chords can strum in tune with the veil. The various bards record notes and their effect, different bards use different notes for the same effect, but there are some commonalities, we just need to find the universal chord. (2/3 progress)

Nothpuez:
>>4572098
Mykearn's work on cataloguing the various toxins earn him quite the reputation, but his spell is certainly useful, even if it's less effective on diseases, due to it being more than just a toxin coursing through their veins.
The library is greatly expanded, more and more floors and shelves are put in. There's even some collapses happening from overstrained support beams and corpses to be cleared out, but still, the library stands taller than ever.

Ithempeli: (0 cooldown)
>>4572145
Making the disease able to move independently is... a fool's errand. Once on the floor, it's on the floor. Though it's durability does increase it's infectivity, as it sticks to surfaces for days on end.
The vomiting mutation however, is very effective, spreading the infection practically everywhere. But this isn't very subtle, people will notice something's up, you can't really ignore this shit.

Al'qaye: (0 cooldown)
>>4572160
The new creations, a mix of nightmare and flesh are created, able to survive hits that would kill any other, though even death can't stop them as the nightmare consumes them and takes over. Though they really don't like sunlight.
The new ritual is a success, it is a quick and reliable way of summoning nightmares, though once the flesh of the sacrifice runs out, the nightmare starts to shrivel up. Luckily you just need to keep feeding it, and nightmare takes on traits of the sacrifice.

Sealand: (1 cooldown)
>>4572166
The investigation teams spy alongside the FBI, who have much to teach them. But ultimately, there's no sign of KMT supporters in their midst. The investigation team does find people getting ill, especially those who have met with the delegations, all of them.
Studying the Nemean recordings, the elves string together a universal chord. This is a single chord that anyone can play, instead of one fine tuned to each individual player. Thus, Bardic Magic can be used by anyone in tune with magic (Bardic Magic 3/3 progress).
>>
>>4574292
[I was tired and did a derp. Not Willie's fault, all mine. Anyway...]

Arcadia: (1 cooldown)
>>4571316
The Long Fish are... interesting creations. The various Vivimancers come up with 3 general configurations for consideration. One is tanky but slow (Orca-like), one is speedy but weak (Marlin-like), and the last is fast and tough (Shark-like). Domesticating them however is easier said than done, as you've been mixing together apex predators here. (1/2 progress)
The four items are quite the work, the craftsmanship alone is glorious. Though, the first one is certainly quite substantial in size, even if they're done in bonsai tree form. The fourth meanwhile is the most complex, being mechanical. Either way, the 4 are fine pieces, worthy of a king's palace. It remains to be seen if the remains to be seen are accepted.

[May as well make the announcement here. Turn updates done, feel free to post for turn 57.]
>>
>>4574292
Send 2 fleets to explore east- one directly sailing east, the second sailing towards the southeast.

>Influence from the south has made a warrior culture emerge among the lower class, they are a troublesome bunch, often starting bar brawls and engaging in street fights. Still, when straightened out in the military, they're a force to be reckoned with.

Begin a mass recruitment program to recruit specifically these rowdy lower classes.
Send an envoy, headed by Ecclesiarch II to the Lo-Hai, to open diplomatic channels.
>>
>>4574293
1.
>Expand Lightning Grid network within our territories
The grid is to be expanded throughout our lands in order to better utilize its strengths. We use wealth in order to purchase additional copper for this project.
2.
>Bleed Factor testing of elementals on a small grid
We have termed the elemental's inability to exist within its own element as the bleed factor. In theory a weaker elemental force will be swallowed up by a stronger elemental force of the same affinity. When a rain droplet hits a pond it ceases to exist as a rain droplet, while a rock will still be a rock even when submerged. In theory a mono-element grid of metal would be able to sustain non metallic elementals, but would the presence of other elements such as heat and lightning make the grid a better medium to call elementals from?
>>
>>4574292

It was somewhat upsetting, how everything felt so...so easy. Was the Shogun going to be much different? Akin to Sybaael when she first faced her. Or, would he simply just be resilient and nothing more, taking hit after hit until eventually the slow and slight damage built up, a death of a thousand cuts. Or would he even be that? Had she focused too much on her own abilities at the expense of other work that could have allowed her to beat him sooner? Or was she still not ready, and all of this was just simply because she needed to face what few who were out there and were more powerful than the rest of their people...But who exactly existed like that? Æðelþryð would try and push these thoughts aside. Her main focus right now should be mastery over her inherent abilities. If everything which was normal was easy, something that was abnormal ideally wouldn't be. And ideally, Meoswilum would still be able to offer some support.

Regardless, the work on the grand, still nameless, amphitheater was coming to a close. The final portions of the external building were being finished. All that was needed were the external decorations, the covering to protect the viewers and participants from the sun, and all the internal work of the building. And, the former two would be worked upon. By the time of their completion the grand work would finally be realized, and Æðelþryð's plan could go through, provided no external factors disrupted it... Regardless, even if it was never to be used for her plans, it was still a grand structure, and once it was finally completed, could be used for all manner of entertainment, from bloodsport to races, to even grand musical displays. But, that was for the future, when the structure was finally finished...

>Action One & Two. Æðelþryð's work upon her mastery over Hemomancy.

>Action Three. Finish the last of the external structure of the Amphitheater
>>
>>4574290
Action 1: The Tavthallor
For this war on Shorino we will need more than a warrior, or an admiral, or a general, but a warlord.

A warlord capable or organising and leading such a conflict, of masterful skill enough that no man may best him on the battlefield or on the waves, and able to command not just his own brilliant forces, but those of his allies in this war.


Action 2: Bolt caster integration into ship hulls
We have boats and we have bolt casters, for a long time simply placing our artillery on our boats was enough.
This is Shorino, however, and they will demand excellence of us.

Devise integration of bolt casters into the very hulls of our ships, allowing us to fit more of them onboard without compromising our hull integrity, and also making them harder to hit by enemy quarrels.

Warpost:

Once it has been made sure that all pledged nations are sticking to their promise and ready for the war to begin, the war would indeed begin in earnest.

Ga’ga’ul, Ithempeli, the golems of golem island.

Lo-hai, Wolfkin, once foes and now allies of convenience.

Arcadia, opportunists as always

And lastly Tavthalla, architects of the war.

These six nations sworn to bring war to the shogunate, now bring forth their best to battle.

Tavthalla uses the ILK ports as a vital staging ground for their attack, restocking there for food and supplies before moving on forward to attack their enemies north of that point.

Tauric boats, also aided with Deeptaur packs seek out to riddle enemy ships with rapid fire artillery bolts from afar, while deeptaur slaughter anyone fleeing to water to make their escape and rip apart boats themselves while protected from fire by the fact that they are beneath their enemy.


>>4571131
>>4571316
>>4572145
>>4574290

The Tavthallor makes a formal but optional request of the nations joined to war to place their navies under his command to better organise the conflict.

Those members with ports on the outer sea would be offered the knowledge of basic carrack construction should they agree.
>>
>>4574460
Also:

Please put a level 2 aqueduct on Rawl.

>>4574290
>>
>>4574352
>Arcadia
1.
The Long Fish are beautiful creatures, how they carry through the water and swim with grace despite their bulk. The Orca type is chosen- Pens are constructed on the Isle west of Ok'dl, for these large beasts to be bred and tamed.

2.
>>4574460
The Lo-hai place their ice panel long ships under the command of the Taurs, their cannons no doubt shall aid the battle, however the Scintelectrum Shells are kept in reserve for the Shell Screamer planes, while the navy occupies the Shorino ships, our planes unleash their blue death payloads upon the Shorino port nearest Ok'dl, to prevent the enemy from deploying from there.

>Diplo
>Mandate
>>4574381
The Arbiter of Jörg'blg throws his arms up in the air at these strange two legs from the north, how strange that they pick now of all times to come out of hiding.

"We Have Been Upon This Isle For Many Generations, We Will Leave Your People Alone Now, For Greater Purposes Call Us. Should You Return, Bring Something To Fill Our Bellies, Or You May Find You Will."

>The Lo-Hai are going to ignore you somewhat, but you can use the in character chat in discord now

>make sure next time to bring a tribute of food for the Lo-hai, or they will be deeply offended.
>>
The Iron Leaf Kingdom is called to war. Yet despite it all, the Iron King knows we are not prepared for it, at least the land war part. As for naval warfare, we can do that. Still, we're in this for the long game, so for now, we must ensure our logistics are up. So, Miho is given permission to continue extending the life of the Phylactery Golems, Moriko deepens our iron mine and then comes the third project. We could use our forces to create a forward operating base, but our navy will be busy dealing with Shorino ships, so it may be best to do something with our land forces, we have yet to meet this Yukiji, time to meet her.

Diplomatic action: Tavthalla will be granted access to our ports and be able to repair and supply on our tab, we want this war won. Though the carrack design is certainly a welcome addition. It'll take time to build suitable numbers, but still.

Action 1: Upgrade Iron Mine.
We shall whisper into the Taurs' ears to get ourselves someone with experience in mining, if they know of any. After all, if we can mine more iron, we can provide more supplies to repair their ships with.

Action 2: Invent Mind Magic > Fortification > Iron Will.
With our souls replacing parts of themselves with that of others, it would be prudent to steel the original mind to resist mind effects, to make them retain their own will as long as possible, before the effects of extended life kicks in.

Action 3: Explore south, find the library.
Using an ample supply of Phylactery Golems, we shall explore the lands where Yukiji rampages. She may be powerful, but can she punch ghosts? Besides, the ghosts should be able to fly, while we have yet to see the Kitsune do the same.

War Action: Grant Tavthalla naval command, but have our efforts focused on recon.
We have ships familiar with these waters, and they are fast, they would be excellent for scouting. They are however nowhere near as armed or armored as the Tavthallan warships, so in combat we will prefer to harry their fleets with war darts and chasing down fleeing ships, maybe even capture them. If we can commandeer a large enough force of them...
>>
>Action 1: Improve PWP: The Feigning Plague (Durability)
Having witnessed the discussions on how they intend to go about treating the disease, the Statues know good and well that they'll be mashing together herbs until they can make a break with it. As such, the plague is altered such that it can fake its own cure, temporarily limiting infectivity but vastly increasing durability, causing infected cells to appear dead while others burrow even deeper and become even harder to detect or remove. This is intended to make experimentation very difficult and further protect the plague from herbal remedies.

>Action 2: Improve PWP: Ithempeli's Great Tragedy (Durability)
Conversations of anti-magic and the possibility of worship as a treatment are alarming to the Statues. While masters of the arcane, they have little tools at their disposal to combat divine intervention. Still, they must be prepared for everything. Having some understanding of magic cast directly from the divine which behaves in rules separate from the arcane in Marca, the devout Statues dedicate quite some time in prayer, sacrifice, and tribute appealing to Ithempeli to accept the plague as his own great tragedy, one which may spread misfortune like never before seen. They urge him to share his divine power to the Spirits sustaining it or the plague itself such that it could be divine magic and the greatest Tragedy yet to face the earth may come to fruition.

>War Action
The Statues are not known for the power of their navy and as such primarily rely on boarding Zlon, Lo-hai, and Trygon vehicles primarily when moving to the vanguard. These two people are understood to be immune to the disease and are typically vanguard fighters, swinging weapons in close range combat. Truly the perfect catalysts of the plague which can bring the mighty Kitsunes to their knees. As such, the Statues will board whatever ships will take them upon which they serve as a long range railgun, firing their similarly infected blades and nails at opponents which now return, granting the Coalition ships a repeated source of firepower. Statues which can not find a ship to board typically stay back, defending from counter-invasion and awaiting a safe landing position on land where their magic is far more versatile.

>Statue Warriors Equipment
- Anti-Magic Golden Shield
- Infectious Blades
- Zlon Black Market Carapace

>Plague Summary
- Magically self sustains
- Resistant to Treatment (2x)
- Infectious explosions in contact with Magic
- Causes Madness, Paranoia, and eventually a desire to spread the disease
- Causes insatiable hunger only sustained by flesh
- Painless boils burst cause infectious vapors which infect well in indoor environments
- Genetically embeds into its hosts, becoming very challenging to detect and even inheritable
- Infects animals, eventually making them into dangerous manhunters due to the flesh lust.
- Causes a deadly and infectious acidic spit attack to development in the mid-late stages
>>
>>4574535
The disease was spread to the Theocracy of Al'Quaya, Sealand, and in small part to Trygon last turn.
>>
>>4574294
>Small retcon to results:

There are still many secrets of the flesh, but for now the Realm learns all it can. The Compendium is created and is made available for all to learn within the library.

The new ritual results in the host body being accepted and corrupted by the nightmare that infests it, becoming a warped image of itself. Despite this there are some draw backs. The creature must eat a steady diet of fresh flesh or wither away, and the sun will still burn it away if left exposed to its light too long. There is still much work that needs to be done before its perfection.

Actions:
> The misfortunate touch of fortune.

The diplomatic mission to Borevia was less than productive, but it cannot be said that the delegation left empty handed. Huligurath's infectious parting "gift" goes undetected by the Realm long enough for it to spread to numerous Xigua. At first the fleshseers sought to understand it, but as the symptoms worsened and the situation grew more severe they quickly realized that its nature was far beyond their current understanding, leaving the odds of a cure being developed near hopeless.

Resorting to extreme measures, a village dubbed Nivuroq is built in the southern most tip of the island, far away from Atulantu. The capital itself is evacuated, and the Xigua resort to living in scattered tents outside its walls. The overseer class make frequent trips throughout the distanced masses to see who displays symptoms. Any that are found to be ill are sent to Nivuroq to live in isolation until the disease passes, or claims them.

Eventually as the diseased are cleared from the ranks of the healthy populace, life begins to return to the city yet caution is still exercised less anyone bring it back in. Yet in Nivuroq, things were from over. At first it was merely a town for the ill. The sick gathered and shared in their suffering, but this only lasted for as long as they held unto their minds. Eventually the disease that claimed their bodies would take even that from them as well, but this only resulted in a new way of life.

The Xigua that were confined here benefited the most, for everybody that was sentenced here was just more food they could enjoy. It became a giant buffet to them, and the insane would feast on former borevian, taur, and even their kin until they were practically ready to burst. In their delirious states, they erected strange statues as well, depicting a figure they had come to worship. Zobu, the god of the eternal feast. To them, the disease was his gift to relish in and eventually, once it became severe enough, the diseased Xigua would seek to share it. They would retreat into the ocean, where they would assume the form of a large fish and swim to all corners of the world where they would allow themselves to be caught and eaten to spread Zobu's blessing.

Ix'thula himself was not immune, and now roams city to city, spreading it for as long as this life remains.
>>
[Posting for Williechad]
>>4574290

>>4574490
Since my second action is a war action, this is my 2nd

2.
In Grsthld the armies of the various cities of the Lo-hai begin to trickle together, performing drills and behaving a cohesive army in the preparation zone, once more the National Army of Pleocyemata is formed. May they be prepared to taste Shorinese blood. They hail and salute the Shell Screamers over head as they take the first strike against the Shogun. Cleave chains are sharpened, and plate armor is polished be it of bronze or mythril.
>>
1/2. Upgrade the 3 temples in Sealand and upgrade 1 of the Meoswilum temples. This epidemic has brought great chaos to the mainland at a critical juncture of their reform. There have also been troubling reports from this "RRFU" that even those cured have been feeling "wrong" and even physically mutated. Obvious signs that this is a disease that strikes directly at one's sphere and imparts great corruption to the point that even those that are ignorant are innately aware of its effects. Treatment for such a thing can only come from rigorous purification and we must do everything we can to prepare them for it. A shipment of supplies will be sent out from our capital. This shipment will then be loaded into smaller boats to which those that are to receive them will arrive in a boat of their own and bring them to their appropriate destinations. Removing any chance of contamination for the exporting crew. These supplies includes various guides, mysteries, and great quantities of mythrill that will then go out to the holy places and be given to their clergy while our missionary orders assist in harmonizing them to the grander song. Through this we hope to ensure that their sphere is safeguarded and restore itself from any subversion. We shall start in Darsana for they are not only the closest, but also because they are the ones currently organizing the response to this crisis and so we must ensure they are always in their best state. During this we will also sail down the river and go directly to Meoswilum's heart of Jabon and give the same assistance there. From which the lifeblood that is the truth may begin to flow outwards into the rest of their nation. Giving a headstart for the next phase of harmonization once Darsana is fully completed.
>>
>>4574292
1. Two wars are upon us at once. The Borevian threat is minimal and as such a force of volunteers will be sent to aid the Golemant forces. Legion golems, veterans from the first Borevian war, will be sent too and allowed to be uplifed. They will train the Golemant army in the use of the bucket spear and anti-Borevian tactics developed during the war. Thankfully their army will not have the weakness of the golems being able to be seduced to the enemy through uplifting.
2. Spies are also sent into the Borevian nation. No doubt the Ithempeli Plague has been starting to show symptoms in this land as well as their golem masters have purposefully spread it. The spies will spread the truth, that the disease was made by the Ithempeli and spread with the aid of their leaders to kill all non-golems; including the lower class. That Solomon the Wise, a rebel from Arcadia, has decided to rather side with his once tormenters than the Borevians. It is hoped that the non-golem population and what good golems there are in Borevia will be roused to rebellion.

War: As some forces go to aid the Golemants most go to the western front as the Shogunate war has begun. The tactics are simple as the terrain has been damaged greatly by the Aetherium blight ravaging the lands. The wolfkin can not employ their old ambush tactics in unfamiliar terrain and flying familiars give great scouting from above for such ambushes. In an open battle the wolfkin would be hard pressed to fight the golem forces and air superiority for artillery mages give great vantage for their assault. The plan is to take the floating island in the desert as a base the woflkin can't reach and use it as a resupply base for airships. The army will then move south on the capital provinces. They are to take prisoners if possible; especially those considered specialized in a craft or mages. Quick light signals will be used to communicate between airships and light golems on the ground used to scout for night ambushes. Sun mages will heavily disorient the pale wolfkin. In short remove their advantage of ambushes, push them into a straight conflict, take a forward base to threaten their capital, and take prisoners where possible.
>>
With UFC having an imperfect cure, Sealand begins investing a large majority of its resources into perfecting this cure to effectively eradicate any of the side effects it shows. During this, they also quarantine any that are found to be infected, along with relatives to them.

2 actions: Assist the UFC in perfecting the cure
>>
>>4573524
Pls answer :(
>>
File: Turn 56.png (1.79 MB, 2048x2570)
1.79 MB
1.79 MB PNG
Imperii
>>4574412
The bloody ascenssion of the Telrac Empress further continues using her knowlege from water magic she perfects her blood arts. Finally a crescendo is reached where she gains full and conscio9us controll of even her tinies blood vessels letting her use her blood akin to muscles or harden them into near inpenetrable armor. Soon the news of the war against the Shogun would reach the Empress… he plan has failed.

On the construction side the construction of the grand colosseum continues. it continues to grow in grandure. Towering over the rest of the city it stands in on one hand a monument to the grandure of Imperii architecture, on the other a massive sink on the economy.

Impetheli
>>4574535
The new plague improvement is sucessful… though many nations have herbalism more advanced than what the plagues deffenses are. Though this should proove hard to deal with for the less technologically advanced nations.

As for the prayers. Ithempeli listens, the plague has received his blessing though in exchange it seems that he has a demand. 200 of ithempelikind are to be sacrificed every day to keep it that way. I mean why shouldn’t it be a tragedy for them?

Lo-Hai
>>4574490
The longnecked aquatic beasts soon a find a new home and while possible to keep contained they need to also be tamed. With their streangth and ferocity the creatures would remind the Lo-Hai of the now near-extinct Wargs in the north.

The lo-Hai Navy is formed, may it rule the waves!

Durmaign
>>4574404
The network of bronze pipes streatches troughout the nation connecting Dwent and the capital. It is sure to increase the nation’s deffenses… even if it’s bound to bleed the coffers dry. A guard is also insilled along the path the rod goes as such rod is a ripe target for thieves wishing to make a quick buck selling the raw materials.

The theory is right. As an elemental mixes with the same material it’s consciousness get’s dispersed accordingly. A water elemental in a pond get’s dispersed so much it looses itself and efffectively dies. Once mixed the elemtal admixture can’t be gotten rid off limiting the lifespan of all elementals after all for a water elemental every droplet of water is a step closer to death.
>>
>>4575443
Seland
>>4575176
Funds are sent on ships to the RRUF to assist them in developping a cure to this awful affliction. Sadly most of the ships transporting them fall prey to Pirates and never reach their target destination.

Arcadia
>>4575040
The training of the Golyemant forces goes well, but the timeframe is short as very soon it is found out that the war will be much harder than anticipated. As such while effective the training is cut short.

Spies are sent in, but the Borevian serves plainly don’t believe the Arcadians outing one ofter another themselves. They have not forgotten the horrors of the invassion of Borevia and seem deeply indoctriated. Only a few deeply religious Soulists convert to your cause. (Borevia still has higher culture than you thus people remain loyal to them)

KIL
>>4574510
The iron mine is upgraded increasing your nations supply of iron even if said iron is more and more reliant on the Zlon residing in it. In other news the creation of iron will is sucessful and the magic works exactly like planned.
As for the exploration. Your explorers return as ghosts. Their shells smashed and left behind. They only remember the whizzing of metal as they got closer and when they awoke in their ghastly form they awoke in piles uppon piles of giant eagles and dead Marcans. Giant eagles as were lately seen above the Kos’loh… additionally not all ghosts made it back.
>>
Tavthalla
>>4574460
The Tavthalllor is appointed warlord giving him absolute power to the absolute dismay of the nation’s Royalists. If the nation ever becomes a Kingdom again we know who will be King… and they are not going to be from the royal bloodline.

This new invention indeed is useful even if it makes actually damaged ships harder to replace. Still it should help the ships more resilient and Bolt Casters more efficient.

Your nation experiences a minor raid from the Black Diamond Pirates.

Al’quaya
>>4574744
Moving into tents and isolating the sick in a new location helps only little. It seems the disease has a long period of dormancy as well as just of staying on sufaces. the new more difuse way of living on the liquid flesh beings should make the new plague spread at least somewhat slower.

The misterious man would travel the world as the plague took him. First infecting the Tavthallan slaves, then the Liberdantoci, then the Imperii, elves, meoswilans and finaly would realise the Lo-Hai are immune as his flesh gave out in that land.

Ix’thula then would reincarnate among the Poison Elves of Nothpuezkahn. Born in Karta, to a family of lower nobility.

Nemean
>>4574814
the two grand elves temples are redecorated to fit Spherism and made even grander, while in their colony a new temple rises. The meoswilan main temple is also made larger and grander than before.

EVENT: Your nation’s ruler has fallen ill, his afliction is unknown, but is progressing rapidly. No known cures work, but in the very least it’s not contagious.

Nothpuezkahn
EVENT: Trough divine blessing your people gain a new spell or rather… toxin. Berserker juice. The toxin seems to work on animals and elves as far as you checked, but likely all which is organic andn ot a plant is susseptible. The Toxin makes the afflicted person go into a berserker rage destroying and killing everything arround them. (Uesugi worship pops up)

First Mandate
>>4574381
As the nation explores east it stumbles upon many sizable islands. Some are covered in thick jungle, others in desert and some in moderate calm plains. The land seems calm and welcomming. Perfect for settling.

The new recruits seem promising in fact they seem to be obsessive when it comes to war. Their natural tactic is to wear heavy thick armor and to neglect mobility in exchange for high deffense.

CCF
EVENT: On the holy Island suddenly out of the ground zlon pop up. Made out of stone they are like newborn babies knowing of nothing, but learn what they need within days. Soon workshops and smithies pop up… their expert craftsmanship is sure to be useful, but the stone men don’t seem very religious which might undermine the power of the Church on their home turf.
>>
File: Turn 56war.png (1.79 MB, 2048x2570)
1.79 MB
1.79 MB PNG
SHOGUNATE NAVAL FRONT
The Tavthallan army resupplying among the Wolfkin launches a war of attrition on the Shoguns navy. Currently only the Lo-Hai having joined them on the front the Tauric, ILK and Lo-Hai forces are hopelessly outmached.

The Lo-Hai canons as slow and unprecise as ever as useless in naval battle, as they are specialised for siges. The Tavthallan Boltcasters here fare much better though wielding wind magic deffensively it is very hard to do any real damage to shogunate ships. The ILK Navy prooves itself utterly useless, their naval technology only matching the KMT they soon find use in harassing them while avoiding the supperior Vesanti and Shogunate ships. The Shogun’s forces wielding water magic are also making it so the Deeptaur are only effective if teamed up with Lo-Hai or Cuvier water mages, still that tactic is most effective taking down ship after ship.

Still being hoplessly outmached in numbers and industrial capacity, the Lo-Hai, ILK and Taurs can only hope their allies soon join the war in ernest.

The greatest loss in the early stages of the war, would be the utter annihilation of Ok’dl. Shrine Miaden forces would level the island. In a display of absolute power the Sogunates forces would conzentrate earth magic and water magic to entirely wipe out the island from the face of the world. Where once an ancient city, farms, ports and Lepper farms stood now was only still ocean and a sea of floating corpses.

The Ithempeli involvement… is minimal. The Zlon choose to currently abstain from the war, seeing how badly the allied forces are currently doing against the Shogun. As for the ithempeli the Lo-Hai are, immune the Taurs less so, purebloods already a rare breed suffering the diseases full symptoms while the lesser taurs only very mild ones. The Tauric slaves bear the brunt of the plague… though with that at least spots on the Tauric ships are freed and statues are thrown below deck to be moving the boats forward.

KMT FRONT
The Wolfkin indeed can use ambush tactics in this new cryistaline terrain… they’ve been living in it for over a century. only the oldest remembering the fields and forrests of old. Light golems and scouting work on preventing the tried and true Wolfkin ambush tactics and that goes well soon the only tactic of their which pays off is hiding in holes akin to foxes more than wolves. The light golems on the other hand proove useless, to counter them the Wolfkin use up their sisu to light up bring like the sun themselves, causing the light golems to dissipate. Currently the progress of the arcadians is safe and steady though the naturally formed flying islands prove themselves a hard hurlde to overcome acting as natural fortresses of sorts. Bombings from above also are not very useful against a nomadic people who predominantly live in tents.
>>
BOREVIAN FRONT
Borevia is much stronger and more prepared than last time. Knowing of the palgue and frankly controlling it they soon purge it from their lands, by sending the infected as an army of the damned into Arcadia. (keep in mind Borevia is not Borevia +Waking Order if you wonder why they are stronger now)

Following them a large force of Nightmares, Golems, war slaves, undead and Aurons themselves marches into arcadia and Golymeant. To the surprise of the Golyemant the war soon gains a civil war component as the Southern fort and nations main golem factory deffect along with the land surrounding the Ithempelian accademy. The Arcadian forces being located mostly within the KMT the borevian advance is explosive and soon leads them to siege Ogutanrest. In the south west on the other hand mezentian boats arrive, but uppon reaching harbor go on a mindless rampage destroying it before they are restrained.
>>
>>4575445
>As the nation explores east it stumbles upon many sizable islands. Some are covered in thick jungle, others in desert and some in moderate calm plains. The land seems calm and welcoming. Perfect for settling.

Action 1 : Scour the claimed land(s) for resources. If one action permits only one tile to be uncovered of resources, take a random tile within the claimed areas - if not, search the entire place.

Action 2 : Build two military outposts, Installation SM in the desert, Installation SL in the forest.

>Diplomatic actions
1 - Claim every island outlined in red as part of Mandate territory. It will respond in force to any outsider trying to claim our rightful soil for themselves.

>>4574490
2 - Send Ecclesiarch II back to the Lo-Hai to inform them of our findings.
>"The fleets of the Emperor has found new lands to the Far East. What we lacked in our first meeting, we now repay a hundredfold. As a sign of friendship, please accept these two islands (outlined in purple). Their lands, fertile, and the fish plentiful."

>Ecclesiarch II hands a very important-looking seal to the Arbiter of Jörg'blg, along with a basket of assorted nuts and fruits.
"We also formally invite you to our newest Forest Installation to participate in wargames. Perhaps we could both learn a trick or two from each other."
>>
>>4575443

With the spread of a new, dangerous disease, the Heáhcásern would return and order a change of plans. Only the internal workings of the Amphitheater were needed, and as such, that could wait. The external structure alone was enough to inspire awe. Instead, focus would be shifted to that of the medicinal, along with something that Æðelþryð remembered from long ago. In the effort of the former, the Medicus would come to focus on disease in general rather than this specific disease, and in this a theory would come about as to how disease spreads. That being through blood, of course. This is a massive oversimplification, but in essence, the theory is that all diseases come from living things, and utilize the blood and other fluids to travel through the body to specific places, where in they cause symptoms. As such, standing near someone infected for too long would potentially spread the disease to someone should any fluid from the infected individual, from sweat and saliva to blood and bile, touch the uninfected person. Another idea, relating to surgery, also comes about to this, but it has yet to gain traction to make much of a difference.

Relating to the rise of Blood Theory comes an old practice once done by the Servus to cleanse their blood of impurities and rot. Long ago, the Imperii had an issue to rot spirits, back when the espionage war with Tarnatos was going on. This old system of making 'bets' to Kyuu in gladiatorial fights worked in the past. And now with the newest disease, it was only natural for it to be encouraged again, and for the priests to look into it further once more as a way to cleanse the blood of the infected. If faith can work as a cure or a treatment, it would do much to aid the Imperii in fighting off any sort of plague thrown at it. Even if it requires quite a lot of investment from the infected to entertain Kyuu enough to aid them in this way, it would be worth it to have as it would aid quite a few people. Besides, Kyuu, while certainly not merciful, was likely not too interested with plagues outside of the tragedy it can cause. As it more often then not would cause quite the anticlimactic end to some... At least with such a method of cleansing, they could potentially perish in their quest to cure themselves in a way not of the disease. A much better way of dying, certainly.

>Action One. Blood Theory.

>Action Two and Three. Always bet on Kyuu.
>>
>>4575445
>releasing of Arashad energy
The warrior culture formed when Arashad conquered the druids of their region of the jungle still lives in the poems and hearts of its most aspiring warriors, whose ferver has been cut short due to a lack of territorial aggression by Mykearn and the lords of the clan.
Seeing an opportunity to aid their clan's escapades within meoswilium and in order to potentially fight some druids (or at the very least hated enemies) droves of Arashad youth and veteran warriors go off to join the meoswilium armies. Using their abilities to act as scouts and using the new toxin, when necessary to form bands of devastating shock troops who can mulch through enemy forces which rely on numbers rather than quality, backed by meoswilium equipment while also being possible to be used as a more devastating and fast distraction than the slower and less nimble zombies.
Hired Ceorshas magicians also come along, getting payed primarily in the promise of wealth, captives and exotic materials. They serve as support personal, using their magics to help tend to wounds and doing the extremely important job of using their magic to detect instances of the deadly disease and to determine the proper course of action for more mundane afflictions

Action 2:
>The Arziuil - The Wanderers
Many guild toxomancers are sent out to regions afflicted by the disease in both the north and the south (the vast majority head south). Most of them are sent due to crimes and for redemption, although a large minority are simply relatively inexperienced toxomancers looking to make a name for themselves. Yet others go for further glories beyond what they have in Nothpuezkahn. They work as watchers for disease, giving magical scans of even healthy bodies in exchange for food, shelter and coin. They often travel alongside native healers, cataloguing and learning of the ways of healing used throughout the nations of the south. They are marked via branding and oath, and shall never be allowed to return until the plague has ended.
This is a time of collection, using this opportunity we shall end up having many of them return, filled with the knowledge and writing of these experienced nations. Then we shall be able to catch up. If they are able, it would be good if they also pick up local magics, but if they can't so be it.
Ahead of time, before they are sent and while they receive as much training as they can on such short notice, envoys are sent (The Arziuil are only sent into nations which are allies or neutral to meoswilium at the moment and which have the disease present in them) to eligible nations in order to pick up simple greetings and phrases and ask the hosting nations for cooperation.
>>
>>4575615
Action 3:
>integration of uesegi worship
Nothpuez society picked up some deviant forms of worship during their time in the jungle, this is due to a good portion of the original settlers brought along being tarnatos inspired old pagans. They had faced little expansion after initial waves of conversion in Sealand, and nobody much liked them to much anyhow. Thus most of them were sent to be apart of the expedition, providing the bulk of female settlers. Thus their believes melded with traditional sealander beliefs over time, including influence from nations such as "southern sealand" and even the Imperii. But over time they all melded into one belief system, one which integrates everything it comes across, although occasionally it rejects it such as in the case of druidism. Whose disparate beliefs about forest spirits and the sanctity of nature are rejected and scorned.
Thus with a little nudge through the Harkfer, Mykearn attempts to integrate Uesegi worship as any other system might be. Erecting shrines for her, acknowledging her as any other but not as anything supreme. Uesegi may be goddess of magic, and may be admirable for her nature as a warrior but this land is that of Mykearn, and his magic is as much his as it is hers.
>>
>Action 1: Create Plague Spell: Corrosive Bolt
Preparing for a Shorino invasion, the Statues operate to create a new spell in what has become the most developed magic form they have yet utilized. A bolt of corrosive and infectious magic is fired at enemies which crackles and explodes on impact, releasing an acidic blob which eats away at defenses and flesh to reveal the opponent to their infectious gift.

>Action 2: Improve Spell: Rot Guards Mark
The Rot Guard's Mark, a rapidly growing moss which hosts viral diseases and increases their infectivity is improved such that it may grow on stone and act as a vile, uncontrollable grass for the barren golem island. A new class of janitors utilizes their rot magic to fend off he moss such that it doesn't consume their cities.

>War Action:
With news that they've been caught, the Statues certainly don't become any extra helpful in the war effort though the troops already serving with Trygon remain and do so dutifully. The Plague must reach Shorino, this must be their contribution.
>>
>>4575444
1. The disease rages on but the mages of Arcadia come up with a plan. An interesting, possibly stupid, and definitely dangerous plan. The most basic creation of the Vivimantic arts have been the Humunculi; creatures that changed their form through pure desire. This process would be refined. The knowledge of Vivimancy, Golemancy, Necromancy, and Spirit magic would come into play as the plan to give soul to the vivimantic sludge comes to bear. For this a soul shall be bound to a prepared core. This core shall be made so that the soul may properly be tethered and so that it can control the slime. Then the process of research comes to stabilize the process and be sure that the resulting Humunculi are able to survive and use their own body. The plan is to give them the abilities of the raw Vivimantic soup; the ability to change their body into anything, even to create organs or bones, and to be shaped by the will of the soul. This will naturally allow a great degree of shapeshifting, regeneration by recuperating lost mass, agelessness, immunity to humanoid diseases, and we are hoping some degree of natural magical talent. Sadly it's theorized they will be sterile or only be able to have kids of whatever race they are mimicing. (Create Humunculi)
2. As a war on two fronts rages on defenses must be put into place to secure what we hold onto before we move to advance due to our limited manpower. As such a fort will be built upon the taken floating isle that will act as a staging ground for airships to hunt down wolkin raiding parties trying to push a counter attack and continue bombardment in he area.

War post: The Borevian army is outside the walls of Otuganrest and now is the time to pin them there. The eastern army will surround the Borevian army and pin them for a counter attack of magic from both sides. The first attack electrum rods will be set to mess with any electrum anti-magic defenses the Borevians have by having the magic attractive side draw it towards them and counter the repulsive effect. Catapult rocks will be flung, both returning their catapulted ammunition and using our own, as well as Barraged metal pieces to tear into the Borevian army and force them to leave defenses or be unable to effectively attack. Light golems and magic will be used to remove the threat of the Nightmares and their magics. (Pin the Borevian against the walls of Otuganrest in the siege and use our understanding of electrum and superior artillary spells to destroy them.)
>>
> Action 1: Pulgasari Armor
The scales of a pulgasari are extremely durable. Based on them we alter the cortaceps for it to grow as simmilar to them as possible. We shall make our undead all hardier. We don't expect it to as tough as the scales themselves, but tough enough to make the undead really hard to put down.

> Action 2&3
Organic weapons. our undead have fought unarmed for centuries. Why? because money of course.

Why not have them come armed already then? We teach the cortaceps to grow into a shield in one hand and a club in the other. It is a simple combination, but much better for facing Golems than a sword would be.

> War Action
The Stone Druids have to pay for their sins. A grand armada of Nemean, Lo-hai (-navy), Meoswilan, Sea Elf and Supported by Telrac scouts heads out. The Elves with their powerful ships leading the ranks and protecting the flanks.

Once landing is made we shall land north and head for Underdwelling and besiege it. The Elven Antimages shalll be hidden among undead hordes so they cannot be spotted easily. As after all anti-magic works wonders against Undead.

The Goal of this war is the Subjugation of the ithempeli and to force them to end the Plague ravaging the world at all cost.
>>
Posting on behalf of the Lo-Hai

>>4575443
1. Our navies must be put to a higher state, plates of +3 iron are frozen into the hulls, and the cannons are bored with a spiraled groove to make the ice shells spin, and be more accurate.

2.
"Ok'dl has fallen! Ok'dl has fallen!"

Where once the Lo-hai fought with glee, they are now sober. This war is hell.

Ships are sent to reclaim what may, perhaps the Orca'dl Long- Fish may be found and brought home.

>War Action
The Lo-hai turn out in rage, the Shell Screamer support the navy with their devastating armaments, diving at the Shorino ships and making sure their payloads are delivered. Scintelectrum shells, and burning pitch soaked balls of hay lit by the pilots during the dive once the Scintelectrum shells run out. Once the ships of the Shogun are sunk, recompense shall be paid.
>>
>War Action
>Impetheli Front
The remaining pilots that were not sent to support the navy are scrambled and sent over the straight on an aerial bombing, targeting Templetown and the nearby mine, the pilots are to drops their shells high, and stay out of the reach of Impetheli mages, perhaps the accuracy will suffer, but better than having our planes pulled to earth.
>>
>>4575443
1 and 2.
>Create new class of Wisp - Energizer
A few Wisps acquired a taste for electrical energy, plugging themselves into the grid. This caught on rapidly and became a minor problem, while negative for Wisp society they did seem to become receptive to the lightning energy and lightning magicians would be able to communicate with them and use their services in exchange for charging them with lightning. On the bright side wisps can handle a deeper connection and utilize the grid more effectively than humans would be able to and their craving for energy makes them easier to cooperate with.
>>
>>4575443
Action 1 Develop essence Theory 1/3 ( study the data we have gathered from our essence analysis, we must understand it)
Action 2 Develop Biomancy school 1/3 (for a long time our Biomancy has been good enough, but that time is gone we must formalize and improve our methods)
Action 3 Aid the Republic of Sealand in the joint action
Action 4 Develop Biomancy school 2/3 (We are close to completing what was started long ago)

>small update today
>>
>>4575445
Action 1: Artillery Accuracy
Our artillerymen must be trained rigorously for precision on the waves, the protective wind magics our opponents employ can be pierced if hit head on, but any hit to the side can send a bolt veering well off course.

Our troops will become the most accurate and skilled artillerists the world has ever seen, and allow us to sink the Shoguns fleet.
His true power lies in the shieldmaidens, not these outdated vessels and his few ports.

With this, the “Boltas” become an officially recognised snd respected segment of the tauric military, required in naval battles and fighting at sea for they train extensively with maintaining and utilising bolt casters and any other form of artillery they may get their hands on

Action 2: Admiralty training

The art of boarding enemy ships, and knowing when not to, of ramming and manoeuvring into firing positions, of deploying deeptaur packs when needed and ensuring they don’t go wandering off.

Essentially, training our naval forces to be the best at fighting at sea. Sheer skill will save the day.

With this, the “Okdlaa” are formed in memory of the fallen brave Lo-hai of Ok’dl, the Tavthallan navymen who command other Taurs at sea, maintain ships and expertly manoeuvre Tavthallan vessels, the highest ranking commanding entire fleets of grand bolter ships.


Note, my mythril mine is rank 12, it requires a special icon
>>
>>4575741
>>4575460
GM1 says I can do one war action per front so...
War post - Wolfkin front:
With the island fortified the army will move down to the capital. The wolfkin fortifications will ne be sieged but will instead be bombarded with rocks and spells from the air to destroy the fortifications. Light golems and false suns will be used to keep an eye in the night for attempted raids and escape attempts from the wolfkin leadership. Cut the head off the snake and they will fall.
>>
1 action:
Assist thre RRFU in finishing the Biomancy school

1 action:
Vance Terra Oak gets to work on nailing out all the issues with the current 'cure' working with what he has to nail away at the various defects it leaves behind while also attempting to make the cure more effective in general to hopefully nail down any more symptoms the current one doesn't get

War post:
A majority bodied soldiers of Sealand's mighty Naval force join up with that of Meoswilium. Under their order for plan of attack, several anti-mages among the group along with Captain Yon and his anti-mage crew of the Desolate Hope.

1/5th of the navy however, makes its way up the river (between the two tiles with Oasis), properly armed with it own group of anti-mages as well to make raiding runs on their mines and bank. Hopefully their forces being primarily left to defend the city and not where they get resources. If having to choose first, attack the copper mine.
>>
Warpost additional:
Vance Oak's crew and tendrils have not left yet, intended to be a second wave to overwhelm and swing the tide with fresh forces of elite capability. The sweepers if you will.
>>
>>4575445

Actions:

-With the death of Ix'thula, the void of leadership is filled by Aku'Othar. Before departing for his final journey, the herald appointed him as the Vocal lord of the pantheon to guide to overseers in governing the realm. Needless to say, it is quite an inheritance he has been handed, having a plague as severe as this to be his first challenge to immediately greet him as soon has he took over the reigns of power.

Where Ix'thula was more of the theocrat, Aku's nature rested in a more simpler nature: strength. A fortunate trait to have considering the times, for the infected posed a greater challenge than expected. As the disease worsened among the populace, there emerged cases where infected would refuse to go quietly to Nivuroq and violently resisted containment, attacking others and even their overseers.

The nightguard were an effective deterrent, but only at night could they patrol and detain the deranged. As a result, Aku formed the first, real military body of the realm. By properly recruiting and training Xigua soldiers, a militia is soon formed to maintain control over the Realm.

>Illness detection
- Despite the disease being neigh untreatable by the fleshcrafters of the Realm, it didn't stop their curiosity from getting the better of them. After the display of the disease's ravenous appetite and projectile vomiting induced in its victims, the scholars toiled with ways they might use their magics to bend its power to their use. This proved to be hopeless as well, for as soon as magic was poured into a victim's body, it would violently burst like a bloody balloon. Though not the result they were hoping for, it did inspire them with a method of detection. Each and every citizen would be forced to carve a glyph into their body that was publicly noticeable to serve as a detection method. If the glyph exploded, it would prove its bearer was infected and they were sent off to Nivuroq. If, for whatever reason, anyone refused to comply, they would be sent to Nivuroq regardless or be executed.
>>
>>4575789
War post
The RRFU a Naval expeditionary force is sent to support the Lo-Hai
>>
>>4575885
WARPOST:

Still in command of the three nation navy, we now also have use of Sealand antimages.

With these tools at our disposal we can unleash bolt caster fire with impunity, our enemies having no wind or water defence against their termination now, allowing our superior elite forces to take down the shoguns outdated but large navy.
>>
>>4575815
Upon the Zlon's vassalation of the Impetheli, the Lo-hai Army is sent up river to investigate Templetown after the Zlon are asked, if they ignore the request or refuse them, the bombing continues as planned. Once inside the Lo-hai begin rounding up Impetheli mages with Sealand Antimages, seeking to deport them back to Pleocyemata for "advanced interrogation". Should the army receive resistance, they fall back to the river and cast Tidal Rage from the river, and fall back and wait for the bombing to commence. If no resistance takes place, the army lights a bonfire with green wood, casting white smoke for the pilots to know to call off the strike.
>>
1/2. Assist Oak with his cure.

War Action: The heretical golems of temnevi have resided in this land for far too long. Much like their allies the Ithempeli they are an incestuous cancer incapable of harmonizing under their own power. The stories heard of their actions both here and their land of origin has only reinforced this fact. Fortunately the perfect moment to strike has also revealed itself as the arcadians ensure that the borevians are unable to send reinforcements to their colony and with their slaves embracing the truth of the faith they have been made entirely isolated. Through the same vectors of conversion we will prepare the slaves to have weapons of hellstone and give us information regarding their masters' locations. Letting us inside their defenses and allowing our elite warriors to use their skill and mythril arms to full effect. Our navy shall also begin to blockade the port to ensure that none escape and that we may prepare for the upcoming war with ithempeli itself. The rest of our army will arive to further muster and to pacify and potential dissodants after the takeover. Bhaal himself shall take a part in this assault. The argent blades his warriors wield shall prove effective against the slime as they are broken off inside and shred their internals with every movement as a new blade immediately reforms and his spikes shall siphon the corruptive force animating the aurons to summon demons that will assist in the upcoming war. The energies that they have stolen from the land returning to where it properly belongs.

In regards to the ithempeli much of our assistance at this moment will rely on support. Through astral projection we can spy upon them and give information that would otherwise be impossible to acquire.
>>
>>4576109
Note: Sealand boats and Sealand antimages acquired through trade to make sure the war on the water is won, pretty sure the shogun is now outnumbered shipwise
>>
File: Map Turn 58.png (2.53 MB, 2048x2570)
2.53 MB
2.53 MB PNG
First Mandate:
>>4575476
New lands are colonized, as building plans require frontiersman pesence. It'll also aid in future prospecting endeavors.
The new fortifications hammer down influence on the newly claimed islands.

Imperii:
>>4575582
The new theory has trouble gaining traction among other more developed theories. The concept is sound, but we simply don't have enough study for it, and it doesn't explain how crystallization works. Though some medicus do think it's worth pursuing. (1/3 progress)
The bets are in, the illness wanes. The horrid nature of the plague sees people flock to the arenas in favor a fate where they have a fighting chance. Though the disease's severity sees far more dead than cured, the dead are no longer ill. Though with the recent study of blood theory has people busy cleaning up the arena after every match.

Nothpuez:
>>4575615
Many a bold and foolish youth take up the sword to fight, but with your aid, they are organized, given a minimum training and some convinced to follow a more productive path. They then march off to war.
The Arziuil set off on their exodus, trained and equipped for the journey ahead. Though with so many being people out for redemption or exiles, reports back were scarce. It remains to be seen what the fruits of their labour are.
The people praise the Good Mother, Uesugi as another of their gods, and pray for their childrens' safe return from the war with the plaguemongers.

Ithempeli:
>>4575667
The new bileful spell is not enough to break equipment, but it seeps into cracks and openings, and having corrosive fluid all over their skin seems to cause more pain than even the deepest sting. They don't like to stick around afterwards, taking the bile's pestilence with them.
The infectious moss is becoming frighteningly potent. The speed at which it spreads, especially in stone, would see it difficult to contain, even by the janitors. A worrying trait is that the magical moss spreads faster on the magically imbued stone of statues.

Arcadia:
>>4575741
The new creature is... alive? The slime forms a blob around the core, it then moves around and eats basically anything it touches. It is the most base form of life, but the mages say this is just the fundamental concept, and that more resources should be invested. However, the creatures prove capable of slipping through the cages animals are kept in, leading to a fair few of them escaping into the wild. But not to worry, they shouldn't be able to reproduce.
The new floating fortress is... petite, it is however an impregnable fortress against any enemies currently in the sky. It is certainly a mighty thing indeed.
>>
(Derped the name on the first part of this update post.)

Meow:
>>4575776
The new mushroom setup creates ceratin scales. Though the process is currently labor intensive and has a tendency to snag, limiting movement. This is more like a magi-tech project than a spell project. (1/2 progress)
The new shield and smash combo makes quite the impact. The shield is a bit brittle, but that only makes the enemy's weapon get stuck in it, while the club... making a rod that is stiff is simple, just make it boney.

Lo-hai:
>>4575789
The newly retrofitted ships are a bit more sluggish with the additional armor, but it should protect us from enemy ballista fire, and the improved cannons does indeed boast a superior accuracy. Perhaps we can up-caliber it too.
Though there is little remaining of the once mighty island, the waters are actually teeming with the Long Fish, having eaten their fill on the corpses of their masters. You catch a LOT of Orca'dl.

Durmaign:
>>4575853
The new Wisps are quite the handful, they are engergetic and just keep going and going and going. Still, their electrical proficiency is second to none, boasting terrifyingly powerful lightning. Their attention span however... not so great.

RRFU:
>>4575857
The theory of essences is a strange one, to convince people that all the ailments in life comes down to something so small it cannot be seen... The idea catches on in niche circles, but more study is certainly needed. (1/3 progress)
The school of Biomancy first requires knowledge on the biology you are going to be messing with. Which means a ton of disections are in order. Your mages seem apathetic to the suffering of the animals they are cutting open, only caring for results. (1/3 progress)
Working with Sealand, you provide a major helping hand to their progress. (+1 progress)
Further study finds ways of affecting the biology of living creates down to more and more fundamental levels. The mages also peer into what separates beast from man, the results are inconclusive, so they start using more readily available test subjects intstead. (2/3 progress)

Tavthalla:
>>4575885
The ballista operators train on floating platforms, bobbing and shifting among the waves, providing a unique challenge too overcome. They do well with what they're given, but a problem is that they have to eyeball everything, they have no aim assists.
Training with ships while the ships are out at war is... a problem. So training mostly comes down to talking with veterans and memorizing their lessons. Still, they know what to aim for and things you should never do. If only information could be stored, or battles simulated.
>>
Sealand:
>>4575903
The Fraternitas Biomancers are... cold, but their results are amazing. Formulas have been created relating to how one affects biology with magic, a lot of it is humanoid biology, due to the biomancers' recent test subjects. (School of Biomancy 3/3 progress)
With aid from the RRFU, and familiarity with Biomancy, a series of treatments are figured out. Early versions of the plague can be healed with one of the more plentiful and affordable cures, but the more advanced versions seem tailor made to be more difficult to cure, so the few that do work, are expensive and has side effects. (1+1/??? progress)

Al'qaye:
>>4576067
The daylight unit is quite good at their job, clearing the infection one abduction/execution at a time. People are a bit uneasy about them at first, but illness has reduced, which is more than enough for the public's support.
The Brand of Innocense is a remarkably effective symbol, using the strength of the disease against itself. This measure makes rooting out the infected quite easy, and the infected are sent off to the quarantine settlement.

Nemean:
(You are quite late, like, almost 4 hours late. Please be careful to avoid repeating this mistake.)
>>4576207
Large quantities of resources are put toward the cure project, but a storm of unfortunate events prevent such cooperation. Pirates roam the waters now that the Sealanders are busy with their war, some ships get lost in the mist of the unknown, and then there's the rampant miscommunication between the two people. (50% chance of failure, rolled failure)

[This is the main post for now, events and war update to come later.]
>>
(Here's the events.)

Golyemat:
Seeing Aurons conquer their lands has caused the people of Golyemat to rally, people are more than eager to enlist for the defense of their new homes. They shall no longer be slaves!

Stripeland:
Hearing of trouble to the south, and that they refused to spread pestilence on behalf of Meoswilium's enemies, the Tigerkin of Stripeland decides to step in and provide aid to Golyemat. To which they are happily accepted by the locals as sisters in arms.

Liberdantoc:
A group of Amelian merchants are cut down in the Liberdantoc markets. The guards say the dryads attacked first, but people point out that all the merchants were coal sellers, making people wonder if the Liberdantoc nobles were trying to get rid of competition. Neither nation admits blame. Consequently, a few people turn to the worship of the Horned Serpent, to get insight in what these uncertain times may lead to.

(Out of 24 rolls, with 1-in-3 chance of event, only 3 events.)
>>
>Action 1: Improve PWP: Herbal Durability
The composition and resilience of the disease is improved such that it can resist treatment even better for the 3rd time. This in combination with its feigning of death is hoped to trick the foes into believing the disease is all but done for while it sneaks beneath their nose.

>Action 2: Improve PWP: The Chaos Component
The worlds cooperation to fight the plague is worrisome. The Order doesn't have the time or resources to combat the cure in a fair fight. Seeking to ensure at least mutual destruction, a chaos component which breeds extremely rapid mutation is added to the plague such that it can develop on its own far more rapidly. May the gods of chaos be kind.

>Diplo: Zlon
The Statues begin conversation with Ga'Ga'ul about status as a protectorate. Utilizing their influence over the city-state, they explain that the Order has fallen victim to a conspiracy that they are on the cusp of solving. They claim the agents of plague are getting more desperate as they are all but crushed, but the statues require some additional protection until they can prove their innocence.

>War Post
Crusaders of the Order stand in battalions wielding their Mana Cannon barriers, prepared to launch massive harpoons into invading ships through their ability to channel their power into a single spell. The Arbiter stands among them on defense; None pass by his vigilant eye.
>>
>>4576666
checked

Action 1 : Colonize the other parts of my claim as drawn in >>4575476

Action 2 : Scour the islands for rare metals.

>Diplomacy
Ecclesiarch II returns to the Inner Sanctum and begins a dialogue with the Emperor and his Advisors on the threats the Lo-Hai described.

"No. It is a one-sided deal."

Dejected, Ecclesiarch II, and with a member of the Advisory he swayed, Xiaoshao Hei, set off once again to the Lo-Hai city.
>>
>>4576668

Actions:
>Combat morphing.
-While they militia served its purpose in maintaining the peace, Aku'Othar was far from satisfied with it. He knew that eventually the Realm would face challengers in their quest to fulfill their masters desires, and before that day came they would need to be prepared. They would need to even further their combat prowess, and they would train in the one weapon every soldier had readily available: his body. The knowledge of the flesh gained after decades of research would be used to gain greater control of their own bodies, practicing and training their shapes to adjust for combat in both land and sea.


-As the Realm managed to gain a handle on the plague, they were able to return to some of their previous endeavors. Chief among them was expanding the possession craft. They had already learned how to begin merging nightmares with the flesh more seamlessly, though there was still much to be done. The creatures were capable of withstanding the sun, but only briefly, as a few minutes of exposure would still be lethal to them. Continuing down their craft, they attempted to further perfect the possession so that the resulting creature could survive the damning light of the sun.
>>
File: Map Turn 58-War.png (2.53 MB, 2048x2570)
2.53 MB
2.53 MB PNG
[WAR UPDATE!]

Shogunate Naval War:
>>4575667
>>4575789
>>4576088
>>4576109
>>4576333
[To be written by someone who isn't currently participating in the war, so not QM5. But safe to assume, Shorino still has a navy, whether it's waxing or waning... either way, more ships and more tech will help.]

Arcadian War:
>>4575741
>>4575891
On the eastern front, the Borevians push, and they push hard, using human wave suicide charges while their Aurons do the heavy hitting. But while they can encircle Oruganrest, their forces are harried near Arcadia, being up against a proper army. They make progress, but every inch is paid for in blood. Soon enough, their supply of suicide troops start running dry. However, on the Golyemat front, the Borevians are pushed back by a coalition force, for most of their force was focused on Arcadia. The Borevians, as a result, has to urgently pull back troops to stabilize that front, lest they be encircled. The siege of Otuganrest is ongoing.

On the western front, the Wolfkin cities of Shiroi Mori and Matsubayashi are surrounded. The warrior tribe holds out but the cities are without a doubt surrounded. However, something's strange, the walls of the capital are puny, some rocks stacked up a few trees here and there, though further inspection finds the trees in this area to be eaten away by fungus. The country is crumbling before your very eyes, had it not been for their tenacity and the Shrine Maidens, they wouldn't even have put up a fight. With use of catapult rocks and our stalwart steadily advancing bulwark, we flush the Wolfkin out of Shiroi Mori itself. The warrior tribe and Matsubayashi still offers resistance, but you note these new soldiers suffer from the Ithempeli's plague.

Ithempeli War:
>>4575776
>>4575815
>>4575903
>>4576207
Just as quickly as it flash boiled, the war has gone cold. Blisteringly cold, but not boiling. The Zlon have stepped in, and facing their military might, none shall pass.
Still, the demands are set, the Zlon shall clamp down on Ithempeli's plague-mongering elements, but with use of influence, they will be focusing down the moss plague first. But once that's dealt with, their tunnel focus will shift onto the Playwright's Plague.

[This should be the War Posts for now.]
>>
> Action 1&2: Hyphno (new undead)
Derived from glowers they flash in a hypnotisng diplay of colours hypnotising the enemy so they asre easier to take out.

> Action 3: Rat Emperor 1/2
Rat Emperors will be Undead which can only be made from children. The Cortaceps is then altered to force unnatural growth
[16:13]
making the children eventually grow many, many times the size of a human(edited)
If rat Kings are tanks, these boys will be walking siege engines.

(mushrooms in kids make their growth hormone go ridiculously high)
>>
>>4576667
1. The Orca'dl are used to pull ships and baited with fish chum, should sailors fall in their wake however, they must fight for their lives, the days of feasting in Lo-hai have made the Orca'dl a frightening thing. Sailors commonly are regrouping new arms. A collar of ice padded with furs and chains, the creatures make a strong wake through the waves, our ships are driven with grace.

2.
>New Spell
Our Tidal Rage Spells grows into Tidal Wrath, rocking the seas, and pushing ships crashing back to shore. Can be cast from ship to ship or ship to land, a rushing wave 50 meters high. Mana batteries are stored on deck to refuel for multiple casts.
>>
>>4576667
Action 1: Upgrade lumber

Action 2: Trajectory guides

A basic mechanism added to the sides of new bolt casters that gives indication of what angle bolts have been fired at, to allow even greater accuracy.
This will allow our trained Boltas to adjust their fire on the fly, to make sure that if they miss the first time they certainly will not the second.
>>
The Iron King hears news of unseeable soldiers to the south, Miho has gotten some will going, extending her continued existence, but one thing takes precedense: The state of the naval war. Thus, it is time to shift all efforts toward it. More iron, more lumber, more ships. Until we can get our own Carracks up and running, we shall do our best to supply the Tavthallan ones.

Action 1: Upgrade Iron Mine.
Iron is our chief supply, so we shall of course get more iron. Hopefully the Zlon Forge is able to process such quantities of iron.

Action 2: Upgrade Lumber Mill.
To supply our construction and repair, the maintenance and growth of not just our fleet, but also the Tavthallan fleet requires a lot of wood.

Action 3: Upgrade Port.
We need more ships, we need more docking space, we need more drydocks, we need more imports. The port shall grow and grow until it rivals even Sealand's.

War Action: Recon and Logi, also bulli KMT.
Our ships may be weak, but we are the logistical pillar upon which Tavthalla stands. Our ships shall screen the area to prevent any unseen threat from getting to us, like how the Shogun leveled the Lo-hai island. Though if any KMT vessels are seen, they are to be dealt with.
>>
>>4576667
1.
>Grid reassembly measures
Changes are made to the grid system to make it easier to disassemble and reassemble grids. This makes them easier to set up on the go making it possible to field them as more than just a static defense system. We had to put warning signals on them though, some people are too stupid to wait for the charge to disperse first.
2.
>Utilise steam and snow to sustain wind and water elementals longer
While the steam and snow bear similarities to air and water there is enough of a difference to prevent the elemental getting absorbed. Taking such measures on the farms shall keep the elementals around to work much longer.
>>
File: 1606273411168.jpg (648 KB, 1920x1410)
648 KB
648 KB JPG
>>4576666
1. With the creation of the stable humunculi, the shape shifting, ageless, regenerating, primordial ooze the plan continues as proposed. Now it is time to put a human soul within them. Volunteers that are near death or those that are too far gone with the Ithempeli plague shall be killed and have their souls bound to the cores of the Humunculi. It is hoped that they will be revived as sapeint Humunculi able to return to their lives immune to the Ithempeli plague; though sterile without magic aid.
2. With the war going on greater power is needed for the fight on two fronts. As such a new war beast is created. One combining the burning heart and fire manipulation of an Alpha, the strong scales and dangerous natural weapons of a crocodile, and the ability to fly of a bat. Thus the new beast of war, the Dragons, are born.

Western front: The war goes well. Matsubayashi will be taken through the destruction of whatever fortifications they can muster through the use of catapult spells and fire magics. With that the golems should make short work of the defenses and the city shall fall. The warrior tribes strongholds shall be destroyed through the use of areal bombardment of fire, lightning, and light magic along with dropped stones and lead balls (generously donated by the dead Aurons).
Easter front: The east does not fair as well as our split forces must contest the combined nightmares and Borevian forces. As such the best way deemed is to cut off their meager supplies and reinforcments. While a section of the army conducts hit and run attacks on their besieging force to remove any siege weapons or anti-air defenses while killing off more of their elites. The others will push their their occupied land and cut off their supplies. Airships will be used to drop rocks from high above and hit their moving armies with rocks, fields of fire, lightning bolts, or sun bursts. We hold many of their weaknesses and we will make their evil cost them in kind.
>>
2 Actions: KEEP THE CURE COMING
Vance isn't done yet, still hammering away and testing, and re-testing to get a proper cure worked out

Warpost:
As for the Ithempeli front, it would have to be all for now, Mythril ships and bolt casters being a but much to fight against (For some reason)

However, the Kraken and its Tendrils would make its way to assist the Taur front against the Shogun, reclaiming any anti-mages bought by the Taurs along the way creating its overwhelming force, back in full swing. Hopefully, it would be enough to turn the tide when they arrive.
>>
>>4577053
The nation is reclosed, before a good many might go into arcadia or (usually) meoswilium to trade. But on the orders of Mykearn they shall retreat back into the jungle, having sold all they can. The old status quo returns, at least for a bit. Now only those with direct confirmation by Mykearn or one of the great Harkfer are allowed to even go near the border. Any who arent Arziuil who are returning are scanned for the illness, and if they bear it they are turned back. Although those who have been gone for extended periods of time are turned away
Action 1:
Since trade with meoswilium is shutting down we should focus on building up our industry. Iron hold potential, so lets create an iron mine. And found a forge pit within the istoeil region, as its at the crossroads of the empire.
Action 2:
Bellow our grounds lie the roots of the worldtree, before we assumed they were only good for lumber but perhaps their properties may exceed that...
Research into the properties of the worldtree roots, the heartwood, the sap and other parts is looked into. We could be setting on the worlds greatest vein of gold valuable substance ever found...
>>
This is very incomplete, though was requested to be posted before the deadline, it just wasn't posted until after.

Fraternitas' actions:
>Continue to develop essence theory 2/3
>continue to develop essence theory 3/3
>>
File: 1608409819167.png (110 KB, 463x526)
110 KB
110 KB PNG
1. Expand to the Southern Island. With the conquering of temnevi we have purged the land of foul golems, but are left with the faithful who sadly are not nemeans and thus could never be part of our sphere. They have no home other than here so we must make them a new one so that they may grow and thrive. Nearby there is an island not too far from our coast that would serve as an excellent place to settle them while we harmonize temnevi to the rest of the mainland.

2. Create the port city of Mammonaerie. In the island we have found a place of beauty where there is lush vegetation rarely seen on the mainland and possesses many golden birds who roost on the mountain. It shall serve as an excellent intermediary between the two continents. The once slaves will be able to find respite here while their sphere is being divined.


Warpost: While we have taken their colony the foul borevians are not so easily defeated. We have heard reports that the arcadic council suffers great setbacks regarding their war effort with the shogun whom so many of our allies fight despite us having no personal stake in that war. Regardless this is yet further opportuntity to strike at the golem menance while their backs are turned. With our armies having gathered at Temnevi we may embark them into the navy that were once blockading and set sail to raid borevia. While their main capital must be avoided their outskirts are much more vulnerable and with our astral projection such vulnerabilities will be easily apparent...
>>
File: 700AC.png (1.79 MB, 2048x2570)
1.79 MB
1.79 MB PNG
>>4576922
>Ithempeli

Yet more work is poured into increasing the ever growing power of the plague, all designed purely so that it may become yet more destructive and resilient. A never ending wave of plague, slightly stronger than the last forever forced upon the other peoples of the world. With the new version of the Playwrights Plague, the disease is made far more durable, and likewise a lot more unstable in it's replication process. The chance for potential mutations of the plague abroad is far more likely, for better or worse. Ideally, it will make the symptoms and or infection a lot worse. Ideally. Regardless, it will likely make any proper permanent fool proof 'cure' bar divine intervention impossible so long as we sustain the plague. And right under the Zlon's nose, we will be keeping it going.

>>4577003
>Mandate

Finalization of the colonization and controls over the islands to the west are done, and with it, they are put fully under Mandate control. With this new land, prospecting is done in order to discover if there is anything of worth under all these islands, and in the process it would be discovered that there was indeed something worthwhile here. A large vein of Zink and a decent sized deposit of Rubies would be found. Though, naturally, the construction of further infrastructure to properly extract such resources in varying mines must be done in order to benefit truly from such a find.

>>4577015
>Al'Qaye

If there was one thing the worshipers of Xigua knew, it was changing the very essence of their being into other forms in the name of their master. And, once more it has grown to be shown. A better understanding of their flesh would be gained, and how to utilize it. How to turn a arm and hand into the shaft of a extending tendril spear, with bones into blades, and other swift changes for nothing but pure combat use. This effort would clearly be rewarded, and would offer up a number of strategies and techniques that only they could do, using their body to better attack, dodge, and parry, all the while changing in terrifying ways to do so. Their weapon not just being that of strength, power, or even technique. But of fear. Yet this did not distract from the issue of the merging of followers with that which was of higher form. The merging of nightmare and man was one that was a complex and intricate process. Yet the sun was still their bane. Further merging them into their host was needed. And, with time, some use would be found. The possessed would burn slowly in the sun. Very slowly. After twenty minutes however, they will struggle to move, and without aid will burn longer, for an entire hour if not a bit more until they do finally perish. It is not ideal, but at least it will prevent any accidents from so easily taking those who have been blessed so.
>>
>>4577061
>Meoswilum

The 'hyphno' as it is called is yet another undead of questionable name that is frankly blunt and to the point. It creates a wide variety of colors, all which are bright, with the idea to hypnotize enemies. This...doesn't exactly work as intended in most cases. Instead it mostly serves as a distraction or hurting the eyes of those who face it. Though for those of weak will or who for some reason allow themselves, it will put them into a trance. Those of strong will who stare at the thing will at worst get hyper focused on it, or struggle to see things after it's dead, but it certainly will do well as a major distraction, diversion, and annoying enemy in indirect ways. Especially if mixed with other units. On a related note, more undead work would be done in the form of creating a massive giant of a undead. Akin to a rat king, yet made with only children who are modified by the contracepts to grow to massive size. At least, that's the idea. Initial work has show it works, though, work needs to be done so the thing doesn't fall over and break a bunch of its bones and other bits in the fall... Completely unrelated to this, a earthquake would have been felt, and minor damage to the old capital would be sustained as, strangely, from the sea's a new patch of earth would rise, the coast of the northern most portion of Meoswilum becoming solid ground...The meaning or reasoning for this...unknown. Though, a number are quite confused and a good panic has arisen that this is the work of the stone druids to the north, with many noble and peasant alike preparing for the worst.

>>4577071
>Lo-Hai

With the destruction of the old island much in the way of lives were lost. But, in their death they had attracted the Orca'dl to their final resting place. And with this tragedy comes opportunity for better mans of getting revenge. Ideally, much in the way of Shorino sailors and Miko would be fed to these beasts. Even so, this is not enough to be able to secure the Lo-Hai in their efforts for revenge. For the Lo-hai would work upon a spell to bring even greater waves upon the seas to wash away any ships, with much in the way of the batteries being needed to reliably cast such a devastating weapon of magical force. Ideally, it will allow the war at sea to go with much more ease.
>>
>>4577080
>Tavthalla

Work upon gathering more timber to be turned into ships and ballista would be done with ease. The larger issue is simply getting the Taur to do such a menial job instead of fight. But still, this is something overcome with moderate success. On the other hand, the curios mechanism worked upon for greater accuracy for the Boltas would find that, sadly, it will not in fact make certain that the next shot after a miss will hit. However, it does aid in accuracy quite a bit, especially at range. And while far from perfect, it is still a major improvement. Meanwhile, the city on diamond isle would be rebuilt and quickly resettled recently. The reason? by chance, one managed to wander into a cave and find something quite worthwhile. Platinum. Naturally, this will aid in rebuilding that which was on the island or further expanding infrastructure upon it. If such ever happens.

>>4577116
>ILK

Much in the way of construction work would be done in the Iron Leaf kingdom, with work being done upon the port, lumber mill, and mine. All to better the production of the Kingdom and better be able to supply both their own fleet and Tavthallan's own. Yet, some of the work would be aided by foreign architects. For while the transfer of people to and from the far off lands on what seemed like the other side of the world was an agreement that led to little in the way of transport between the two nations, there were still some who would engage in this travel. And what was desired, architects, would have arrived some time ago, even if small in number. Yet among them, one would arrive at the hall of the Iron King after working obsessively on her plans with large amounts of tea with a small dash of blood added. This Architect, a Telrac with branch like wings named Frithugyth, would come with a proposal and designs for a grand port. A shipyard full of intricate docks of pure stone, of large machines to aid in the movement of crates to the varying warehouses of the Iron Leaf Kingdom. And, most interestingly, an intricately designed 'slip way' for the production of ships and even an extremely elaborate system showing an extreme understanding of hydraulics that would allow ships to sail into these covered docks, and then have the water drained so that a full inspection and maintenance of the ship from even the bottom portions of the hull could be worked upon. The docks in question were made with a specific location in mind, a cove not far off from the old small settlement of hunters which was destroyed in the long night. Though, some of the improvements in her plans could be applied to other ports. They simply need some minor trade for some specialized Imperii labor, the green light, and plenty of unskilled labor...And blood... And ideally plenty of funds.
>>
>>4577122
>Durmaign

Work would be done upon the grid system so that way it could better be set up and used quickly rather than as a more focused defense. Now, for a decent sized grid, it merely takes about ten or fifteen minutes to set up a moderate sized trap. disassembly takes a bit less time due to it's nature, but otherwise the grid is more or less unchanged other than this small and simple addition. Other than this things become a bit more productive with how the varying elementals of wind and water are able to go on longer with a bit of snow and steam being used to keep them energized. Of course, both are easy to get a hand on due to the location of the Durmaign, as one is able to just be found almost anywhere in Durmaign, and the other able to be made out of the former.

>>4577141
>Arcadia

Imbuing a soul into one of these new, small creatures is a fairly easy task. Yet, there comes to be a number of issues with this at first. They are mute, incapable of speaking, but still capable of thinking and reason, unlike the ones which were animalistic in nature. Still, much work remains to be done in order to give them shape, as while with a good deal of willpower one of them could take on a form similar to that of a human or any other creature, it's still very clearly not what it is trying to mimic, instead clearly that of a creature of slime. Still, a bit further work on the bodies and a solution would certainly be found...Ideally that solution could also apply to those already turned into one of these Homunculi. Also, as one might expect, they are indeed sterile, even with magic aid, and are immune to the Ithempeli's dreadful curse. With this still under way, yet another project is worked upon alongside it, for an entirely different purpose. That of war. Creatures of raw power, capable of flight and fire, full of fight and ferocity. Yet, this work is early and fragile. Early attempts find issues in getting the wings large enough for flight in a never ending arms race of adding too much weight and making the wings which, at previous weight would work, too small, along with further work on making it's size and durability able to be equal in strength. The project would take a bit more time. But the end result would be powerful and strong indeed.
>>
>>4577221
>Sealand

With more and more work done, progress would be made on treating the more recent variants of the plague, and even curing outright the original...Yet, that same cure's effects are more and more muted in the newer strains...Yet...as more work is done, more troubling things would be found relating to it. There's so many different variants, each worse than the last. Be it more difficult to cure, more resilient, more infectious, more severe...Everything under the sun. One thing has become clear. If this plague was truly to ever be cured, it would need to stop getting new variations that constantly spring up...Unfortunately, as far as the researchers know...There's only one way to do that. Worse is news coming from the capital's port...

>>4577235
>Nothpuezkahn

Once more the nation would be blocked to the outside world. Yet with this, internal work would be done. Firstly to claim that which was lying just beneath the surface of the earth, and striking the hematite that was found so that it may be turned to iron, and by extension, something useful. On a similar note, work would be done to create a place where the transformation of such materials to iron and tools near the capital and heart of the empire. Yet, there was something else which would be worked upon in the forests. Work upon the roots of the worldtree. Looking into the materials of the tree itself it would be found that the sap does in fact have some use, being extremely rejuvenating and potentially a way to clear out minor toxins, while the wood itself is quite hard. Yet, a more concerning thing would be found as more is looked into...It seemed to show the signs of a tree which was unhealthy...In other news, getting the stuff is actually quite difficult. Those who try to tend to have very short lifespans, and the reason why is fairly easy to guess...

>>4577360
>RRFU

Further work on the essence theory see's it become wide spread among the RRFU. However, while much in the way of study was done, exactly how disease spreads outside of contact with the infected would be debated. Just how far could the reach of one infected go? Was it merely just within a small radius around them? Or could they infect that which they interacted with, causing any who further interact with that to become contaminated. As a bit of a result of this, those of the upper class who payed any sort of attention to this sort of thing have, as of late, become neat freaks of sorts, obsessive about everything being clean and being very particular about what or who they bring into their abodes.
>>
>Warposts

>The War for Vengeance (Shogun Naval Front, last turn.)

The war at sea has for some time become less so a traditional fight between ships, and more so a large mix of forces using magic on ships occasionally using more mundane methods to try and destroy their enemy but mostly relying on spells, and on the coalitions side to a lesser extent, anti magic. And, in this, things would mostly be a stalemate. For while the coalition had better ships, and the power of the taur, the magic of Shorino and the numbers of their ships would seemingly be endless to a sailor who had faced every battle, for with every one taken down it seemed as if one more rises from the docks or depths to take its place back in Shorino. Even the skies were not safe from this war, with the flying machines of the Lo-Hai flying far to the distant lands of Shorino to destroy ships with their bombing runs upon the port. The first strike finding moderate success as they reach the target. For all subsequent strikes would end up getting harassed and attacked by Shrine maidens. First, it was just a few, but as their numbers increased, bombing became more difficult, and the Lo-Hai air losses started to mount. And yet, they kept flying into the hornets nest. By the end, every last bomb would have been sent to Shorino, and the port furthest from the city destroyed along with it's ships in harbor, and unknowingly to the Lo-Hai, the main admiral of Shorino, only under the Shogun himself in authority. But the airforce of the Lo-Hai would be completely devastated. Yet, even so, there was another glimmer of hope. For the Ithempethi's plague managed to get through to Shorino. Though, reports to the Ithempethi had show the disease was spreading very slowly. In fact, they even report a number of infected willingly killing themselves instead of being beheaded by the Shoguns troops. Still, it at least has a foothold, but if it would grow remained to be seen.
>>
>The War for Vengeance (Shogun Naval Front, this turn)

While the Lo-Hai would suffer heavy losses in their daring raid, it would give plenty of hope to the forces at sea, for with the port gone, the Shoguns forces would have just that bit further to travel for repairs and resupply, and more importantly, it meant a lot less ships to deal with and one less place for ships to be built. Further, Sealand was joining in, and surely, with their aid the war would get onto the ground soon. Yet, with the old Admiral gone, a new one had to take their place. The one to take this place would be a Tsujiyo Yamauchi. And her merit would be made clear swiftly. They would utilize the Shrine maidens as scouts for his fleet, and be sure to destroy any and all aircraft, however few remained, the Lo-Hai had. Further, once they sighted an enemy fleet, utilizing the superior information advantage, she would position her forces to best be able to strike, and with this would often utilize the same Shrine Maidens. Initially they were to dive down with the sun behind them, strike and take out a number of the crew, before causing as much chaos as they could and swiftly retreating, aiming to kill the Lo-Hai and the anti mages in the attempt. Then it would be to carry torches and utilzie as much fire magic to burn the ship and crew as much as possible before leaving. And then it would be a strike in the night aiming to quietly make the ship suddenly turn on the others and cause massive confusion in the enemy fleet in the dead of night. Ever changing tactics to cause chaos. Further, they would seem to recognize the growing disparity of the naval forces of Shorino, and they knew the way to solve this. Every battle they won at sea, they would seek not to sink their enemies ships if they could afford to, instead attempting to capture them with Miko's and land forces, all in an effort to further prolong the fight. For, they knew their one and only goal in this was was to last long enough that their enemies would collapse from exhaustion before Shornio did, and the best way to do this was to break the will of the enemy crew and take their ships for their own. But, there was always ways to make this go swifter. With Sealands entry into the war, they were the perfect target. A small force would be sent, and revenge for the bombing would take place upon Sealands capital, with the ports devastated and the fort having its armory set alight and destroyed at dusk with the setting sun before just as swiftly disappearing...It was not as devastating a strike as originally intended, but most certainly one that was to send a message, and ideally make Sealand do exactly what Tsujiyo wanted them to.
>>
>Arcadian War

In the east, with the Borevians bleeding their slave cast dry in wave after wave, and pressure from their own eastern front with the Golyemant, the situation at the siege of Otuganrest becomes more and more untenable for the Borevian forces. It would only get worse as a number of hit and run strikes would only delay any and all efforts by them to mount an effective siege, and in the end ironically result in them coming close to being the ones surrounded and drained of supply and defensive positions. But, they would see this coming once the pushes in trying to encircle their forces were made known. And, swiftly, they would retreat to more stable lines to better defend themselves...This was not going well for them clearly, they needed this war to be over quickly...Especially as things start to deteriorate on the home front due to unrest and raiding.

In the west with the Shori Mori Theocracy, Matsubayashi would soon fall along with the warrior tribes. Though, the first assaults on both always ended in heavy casualties as a number of traps which managed to be hidden even in these decayed ruins of wilderness were able to do what they were designed for. Further, while the army certainly is able to advance further and further, a major issue would arise in that their enemy had shifted their tactics as the number of Shrine Maidens from Shorino decreased, likely pulled away for one reason or another. Purely focused on slowly whittling down the forces of Arcadia through attrition, traps, hit and run tactics, and supply raids. While each of these strikes did little individually, and didn't do much to hamper the advance, it did hurt morale, numbers, and supply. It was likely that Arcadia was going to take the Theocracy. But they were going to pay to keep a hold of it.
>>
File: 700AC now with Neman.png (1.79 MB, 2048x2570)
1.79 MB
1.79 MB PNG
>>4577678
>Nemean

Sending off a number of ships to claim the island between the Imperii's colony and it's own mainland, the more familiar sand like lands of the island would swiftly come under the control of the Neman Caliphate, planned to be the home of a number of escaped slaves from Borevia, be they part of Temnevi or freed from our raid. Once they come to be free and have there sphere defined. Though an interesting question arises. Will the land be given to them to form their own nation as their sphere will undoubtedly be different from our own? Or will the land be made a protectorate or vassal state of sort. Further, what if they are of the sphere of another? Would the island merely be given to them? Or would they simply be sent off to the nation that their sphere belongs to and the lands kept for our own?
>>
>>4578005
>begin work of uncovering the transmission vectors of the plague, if we can understand how it spread we can slow it down, and contain it

>join Sealand in working on the cure improving it and making it safe for new veriants of the plague
>>
>>4578000
>Action 1: Improve Spell DGM: Heat Retardant
To stall the Zlon, the Death Guard's Mark is improved such that it is exceptionally durable against heat, the main tool of the Zlons arsenal.

>Action 2: Improve Spell PWP: Animal Infectivity Part 2
With the statues now trapped by the Zlons watchful eye, no deathguard may be launched yet. Instead we will recruit even more of the animal kingdom. They may be able to save their own people but never again will nature be kind to the fleshies and with the animal incursions, the ever-mutating plague will forever return to haunt them.
>>
Sorry for short post. (also where is the extra land on the map?

> Action 1: Finish Rat Emperor
The broken bone issue is elevated with the hardened fungal matter on the outside growing into the bone forming an exoskeleton and armor of sorts as well as by implanting extra bones and organs into the creature as it grows.

> Action 2
Expand to the jungle island between me and the Al'quaed as well as into the two remaining swamp provinces down south. (one of them goes to the Tigerkin nation)

> Action 3: Rebuild the Tavlon ruins as a city
The old Tavlon ruins are to be made a city and capital of the Tigerkin vassal.

It shall be named: Holshaglon
>>
1. Expand to the rest of the southern islands. With the claiming of these islands we will be able to firmly secure the sanctity of our homeland. They shall also greatly assist in our voyages down south especially regarding the borevian war.

2. Upgrade the churches in holangi and nolangje in meowilum. With Jabon accepting the changes well despite the current crisis and the former slaves physical and spiritual state being stabilized it is time to continue the religious campaign in Meowilum. Harmonizing the churches of Holangi and Nolangje is a critical strategic move in the greater harmonization for they are in the center of the land and will act as a bulwark for all the nations north of them and act as the gateway to conversion for the south.
>>
>>4578001
1.
>Expansion
The Lo-hai seize the islands the Mandate has bequeathed to them. (The forest and two coastal green tiles to the north) Hopefully it shall treat it's new owners well.

2.
With the airforce depleted, we ground all pilots, and begin rebuilding our airforce with our workshops. Our ice ships with iron armor and Orca'dl taggers along with our water magics are frightening, but more must be done. In Grsthld a division of Lo-hai begins training, as more of their body becomes plated in Myrthril, soon the gathered Stone Lord's will be ready, now truly Lord's of Destruction.
>>
>>4578134
2.
>all pilots are grounded
>rebuild airforce passively
>instead of mythril plated Lo-hai, we have other plans.

Divers are sent deep below, ships at the ready above with chains and cranes to haul what they may find, the eastern portion of Ok'dl held the Crystal Asylum, there should be the riches the Lo-hai are seeking. A great pillar of Scintelectrum, to coat in Bronze and affix with mana dumping detonators, and seal in ice for transport. The Lo-hai's final present for the Shogun's last birthday.

>"From Ok'dl With Love" the Scintelectrum super shell begins construction.
>>
The Iron King hears terrible news, Sealand's capital has been struck. With such range, that means our current capital isn't safe either, if it was aimed at us, we'd lose our heads. Though, the news of the architect are indeed good, we need more ships and we need them to not be right next to our capital, perhaps a secondary capital would also help. Thus, we shall take up the offer of the Telrac. In fact, she seems like a bright mind, she will become our High Architect, let's see if she knows a thing or two about city and mine construction.

Character Update: Frithugyth is now the High Architect.

Action 1: Start project to create the new port to the west.
If the Shogun attacks our main port, Tavthalla's ships would starve, but with this mighty port in reserve, we can support them regardless which they attack. Also, the nearby forest will provide early material. Hopefully the other nations would support us in this endeavor.

Action 2: Create the city of Uesugi no Kishi, near the new port.
We need manpower, and we need lots of it, also administration for all the material and a secondary capital. Akane and Frithugyth are to be there. Should anything happen to Uesugi no Mori, they'll be able to take over. It'll also be more akin to the Imperii climate in the nearby jungle, so they will surely enjoy it in there. They are welcome guests, though it is going to be tough slaking their thirst, perhaps they will enjoy sinking their teeth in some of the local wildlife.

Action 3: Upgrade the Iron Mine to level 12.
To fund our endeavors, we need to trade yet further iron, the Zlon have ample supply of gold, and with the help of Frithugyth's architectural prowess, we should be able to get this mine as deep as it can get. The Zlon will find us a reliable provider. More so than the statues.

War Action: Anti-air screening with lots and lots of war darts.
The new Carracks should start skimming the waves now. They are slower and more cumbersome, but they can hold far more troops, and the castle decks are perfect for our javelineers to throw from, and we have plenty of iron to forge new ones from. The ballistae shoot far and they shoot hard, but they have a limit in fire rate, but our darters will be able to throw a hail of darts, which are sure to catch at least some of the Shrine Maidens in flight. Sheer volume of fire, though with Super Fortification, each dart will pack quite the punch. They will have to choose between dodging ballistae or deflecting darts, while our forces will be shooting them with both.
>>
>>4578004
1. The issue with both of these projects seems to be the use of Taur traits to increase their abilities. For the Humunculi the taur trait of their natural shapeshifting will be used and mixed with the natural abilities of the vivimantic slime to change as needed. This will be mixed with knowledge of necromancy so that the changes can be made with only some blood other body parts instead of a full stomach. It will also be attempted to have a storage of traits so that the traits can be changed between each other once recorded.
2. As for the Dragons the Taur strength relative to mass will be used to make the dragons stronger to allow flight and larger wings.

War:
KMT Theocracy front: The war goes well and the traps can easily be avoided. Golems or undead will be sent along with forward scouts to clear out traps by activating them before they can do serious damage. The warrior village on the frontlines will be destroyed via bombardment from airship and the defenses of Yanagi Mori will also be destroyed via airship. Now that the shrine maidens have left their fall is inevitable.
Borevian Front: The tide swings in our favor. Harass the Borevian army to delay their retreat and send a stronger force to push from the Golemant lands and cut off their supply and retreat through the seaside hills. Crush their army here the rest of their lands shall fall in short order. Use airships to quickly move troops and catch the Borevian army unawares.
>>
>>4578000

Actions:

-The advancements of their possession magic have emboldened the seers of the Realm. For the time being, the sun would still be a threat to their creations, but they've learned a great deal of merging flesh with nightmares. This was, however, was a mere stepping stone on the path to a grander ambition. The next would be the construction of flesh. Ill content to simply twist existing life, the seers would seek to shape it as well. They begin collecting corpses, stitching and sewing together large bodies made up of different parts until finally a grotesque husk is completed.

Yet this was nothing more than a mass of dead flesh, utterly useless for possession. That is, until the spark is applied to it. A mortal is surgically implanted into the new body and prepared to undergo the ritual. Once enacted, the nightmare would be able to claim the husk and in the corruption of the flesh make it whole.

-The sun. THE SUN! Those it doesn't outright burn, it surely pestered. It's scorching rays, its blinding light, why does such a blight need to exist!? The Xigua, in their audacity, would see the sun disappear one day yet that was still a in the extremely distant future. For now, an alternative would be developed. Their seers would begin working on a foul spell, one that would obscure their land in a shadowy mist that would hide them away from their hated nuisance. But all grand pursuits start with humble beginnings. First they would attempt to conjure a localized mist, one that could perhaps conceal an individual or a group to blanket them in soothing shade.
>>
>>4578132
Warpost: Much of the war goes the same for the nemeans, but being present in the land has made them much more aware how unstable things are for the golems. While the rest of the army continues their work in isolating the capital the bloody claw perform a disturbing inversion of their typical trade. Rather than act as enforcers for order they stalk the lands for borevian supporters and the golems themselves. Once they find these leaders and lynchpins they brutally murder them as an example to further increase anarchy, but these executions also serve another purpose. They act as sacrificial summons for demons that are then sent off the subvert the capital itself. Their many forms that while uncountable are all suited towards destruction one way or another.
>>
1 action: increase range of antimagic burst to 270ft
1 action: increase the blast of burst to 25ft radius

War: as (insert damage to ports here) ask the Taurs for assistance when docking and begin to rally once more, basically making sure ships are okay and properly built before going back out again in full force. Otherwise dock and rebuild, available anti-mage forces to assist non-Sealand naval and areal vessels.
>>
>>4578004
1.
>Create spell Lightning Bolt
Even with multiple magicians and the grid it still takes a while to unleash Chain Lightning, therefore another spell is introduced to cover that weakness. The Lightning Bolt is smaller and easier to aim, while not as deadly as Chain Lightning it can be used a lot more frequently.

2.
>Create grid parts
More grid parts are needed so we can set up new grids elsewhere without taking from our defense line.
>>
>>4578000
checked

Action 1 : Construct two new ports near the Installations

Action 2 : Construct two mines, one to extract Zink, another to extract Rubies.
>>
>>4578003
Action 1+2: Hulling Arms

Work is done to better arm our deeptaur infantry, who are utterly invaluable in oceanic conflicts such as we now face.

Tests with various weapons find mixed success, but one weapon in particular finds itself good success, a bladed gauntlet similar to those used by royal guards.

Another entirely new weapon is drawn up, that of a more militarised trident.

Tests with combining these two weapons show great promise, known collectively as hulling arms due to their use against ship hulls.

The bladed gauntlet is separately known as the Vad, and augments a Taurs obscene strength to allow them to simply punch through a ship hull, from their the armoured gauntlet protects their hand and allows them to repeatedly attack the boat with the second weapon.

The second weapon, the trident, is known the Kal, the other half of the hulling arms.

With good reach and a hooked edge, it can pierce or rip boats hulls apart, but it’s main focus is to quickly finish off enemies that find themselves stranded in the water
>>
>>4579136
Weep, QM, for now you suffer the text wall.

WARPOST:

Our latest victory has lead to a realisation of national fervour, and proof to the world that the shogun is vulnerable.

Proof that he can, indeed, be beaten.

Now the three nation navy hits the waves once more, but with even greater technology.

The Lo-hai have just finished outfitting their vessels with even heavier armour, while ourselves have finished drilling both our bolt caster operators to be more skilled and our admiralty to command our vessels and deeptaur better.

The three navies of ILK, Tavthalla and Lo-hai are supported by three of the worlds greatest economies, the Lo-hai productive fervour, the Tavthallan wealth of raw metals, and the Zlon craftsmen, ensuring a steady supply of new weapons and equipment may be forged for the war.

Lo-hai vessels are slow, but possess incredibly powerful cannons and are incredibly heavily armoured, actually making use of metal plating to shield themselves from opposing fire. On top of their, their mana batteries allow them to serve as highly versatile vessels.

Tavthallan vessels are masters of all trades and the greatest of the three navies under the Tavthallors command possessing deadly aquatic infantry and boarders, as well as the pinnacle of the worlds anti-ship weapons in the form of bolt casters, even the finest ranged anti-infantry weapons in the form of forecastles filled with greatbowmen.

The Shogun will have none of our ships, fighting off an entire crew of Taurs is simply beyond realistic for any but shrine maidens, for in addition to the fact we are Taurs we are also armed with fine warscythes which cut through lightly armoured infantry as if they were but wheat.

ILK vessels are based on the same tavthallan carrack hull, but lack tauric artillery, rather possessing fine anti-infantry weaponry in the form of their war darts. They also possess a great wealth of ports and raw materials to construct ships.

As a result, the war plan is as follows.

In command of the allied navy (Tavthalla, ILK, Lo-hai) is the Tavthallor (Warlord character with 1 action), who’s own mastery of battle will reduce the impact of the enemy admirals skill, though unlikely to be superior to her.

Joining the allied navy are the Sealanders.

The Sealanders are receiving major economic support in the form of silver from Marca, while everyone else is receiving major industrial support from Ga’ga’ul.
>>
>>4580747
The ILK will handle shipments to and from Tavthalla to free up tauric vessels for the war effort. The lane to Tavthalla from the ILK is incredibly secure, attempting to attack it would easily drag Marca or Fraternitas into the war and the defence offered by the island is tight.
Even if they attempted to attack anyway, they would have to sail all the way around the shoguns island and then around ILK island to hit the trade route or they would simply run into our warships, which is highly unfeasible and we would have word beforehand about any unusual manoeuvres due to the wisps secretly revolting against the shogun and supplying the alliance with intelligence.
They ILK recently adopted the carrack hull, and so their old Cogs are excellent for running the trade line between Tavthalla and the ILK and they can fully focus their Carracks on the war.

This means we can increase our fighting capability by using ILK vessels without risk.

Secondly, the Tavthallor directs the allied navy to make assaults in joint effort with the Sealanders, to make use of their antimages.
Antimages are a hard counter to enemy shrine maidens, as it can drop them immediately out of the sky.
Without their magic and stranded in the water even they are easy pickings for deeptaur, as a result deeptaur packs are seconded to sealander scouts as in conjunction these two groups may deplete Shorino of their most valuable manpower resource.

Lo-hai ships, given their incredibly durable metal armour and devastating but inaccurate weapons, are used as frontline vessels making initial pushes.
They are to be supported by Tavthallan ships, to interfere with enemy borders and supplement their firepower with our own, as we can easily shoot over them due to the forecastles of a carrack.

About 75% of the Lo-hai ships will form the primary push, supported by about 50% Tavthallan boats and 60% deeptaur.

Naval gunlines will compose tauric vessels at a rate of 50% Tavthallan and 25% Lo-hai, to give us a good mix of heavy and lighter firepower.

ILK vessels will run interference against shrine maidens, and of those in military service not running trade lines they will act as our scouts, provided 20% of our deeptaur to keep them safe.

About 50% will act as scouts, the other 50% operate on the flanks and mixed inbetween of our main naval formations give us screening against shrine maiden assaults before they can reach our more valuable ships.

The Sealanders lastly have the other 20% of our deeptaur as previously mentioned, to finish off downed shrine maidens that are taken out of the sky by antimages.
>>
Disregard >>4578831
1 action: Increase range of Anti-magic burst attacks to 270ft
1 action: Increase the radius of effect of Anti-magic burst to 25ft

Warpost:
The main Sealand force of Captain Vance Oak of the S.S. Storm Kraken and his Tendrils will join the main Naval force of the Taurs. They will join in on the primary assault. (45% of current total Navy)
Anti-mages are to be dispersed out from Sealand ships to those of allies, more specifically ones of Taurs as to assist in permanently taking shrine maidens down.
As for the capital, after it was hit by such an egregious attack by Shorino, citizens are urged to have their children become anti-mages as they will be the heroes that will strike down the evil beasts that dare attack the place that them and their loved ones live.
A smaller task force is to be sent to the southern border of Vesanti with some people inflicted with the disease, keeping them until they can release them upon the iron mine there. It will be using an older model of Sealand vessel, hopefully able to go unnoticed in the night.
A small force of Sealand's Navy is to maintain the general safety of trade vessels and to prevent supply lines from getting cut (20% of current total Navy)
Lastly, those not of the Storm Kraken or security group are to provide additional support to vessels in the primary attack, acting as a rear guard to them to prevent getting surrounded.(30% of current total Navy)
>>
is there a discord for this? are you accepting new players?
>>
>>4580893
Yes and yes. There's just a bit of a Christmas break occurring right now. If you wish to join, go to the discord. It's at the top.
>>
File: 710AC.png (1.37 MB, 2048x2570)
1.37 MB
1.37 MB PNG
>>4578042
>UFC

Research on the ability of the plague to spread would find that the plague quite clearly spreads from infected individuals along with fluids from said infected. This even includes sweat, and it seems that what the infected touch can potentially spread the disease as well. Worse, further research shows that it can spread from a variety of animals, just how many remains to be seen at this moment in time, but among them we are certain it can spread from Pigs and Boars. Otherwise, all other efforts went into aiding sealand in their efforts to make a cure. Sadly, their focus seems to be dedicated to their little conflict, and as such, we are mainly left to work on our own. Still, with effort the earlier versions of the plague have their symptoms subsided to an extent...Annoyingly, the same issue we learn soon after that Sealand has, of it only working for the more mild and 'earlier' versions of the plague, are true here as well...

>>4578065
>Ithempethi

The Rot Guards Mark, now called the Death Guards Mark, is improved so that it would become resistant to heat. Of course, this doesn't stop the Zlon in their efforts to contain it. But it'll make it a bit harder for them to deal with it, as scraping every last bit off and thoroughly washing the effected area takes quite a lot more time then simply holding something burning to it and calling it a day. Other than this, further work would be done upon the Playwright Plague. That being that the disease now can spread among more animals. The varying animals which are now effected are Seals, Deer, Bovines, and Bears, the last of which should cause quite a few problems for those of flesh and bone. Even so, a large number of Ithempethi would stop what they were doing, and leave from whatever work they were doing all of a sudden. Where they ended up, we have no clue. However, a few Ithempethi have reported sightings of what seemed to become of these Ithempethi, having chiseled their forms away to match that of lesser gods. From the Zlon's heavenly mother to the Marcan's Moon gods and goddesses and everything in between. They seem not to approach any, and remain on their own, attempting to remain hidden. Though, concerningly, a few other Ithempethi go missing after this event, and in a number of cities, upon the walls are many chiseled writings, the most noteworthy of which are simply "You got what you desired." and "Careless chatter causes consequences." and most others follow similar patterns...
>>
>>4578117
>Meoswilum

Work would be done upon the rat emperor to facilitate fungal matter upon the inside of the Rat Emperor to cause the bones to remain stable, this combined with a few unique tricks to cause the mushrooms to actually force bone growth in the infected makes the Rat Emperor quite powerful. Further, while large, it's capable of moving quite quickly for it's size. Though, trying to get the thing to run can cause it to fall over, which while won't break any bones due to our efforts, will cause quite a bit of bruising, and certainly crush anything under it. Other than this, the southern vassal of Tiger folk would find a proper capital city as it's home, along side some extra land as the island to the south and a small portion of swampland not claimed would be taken by the Meoswilum.

>>4578132
>Nemean

The effort of claiming the rest of the lands of the islands is one that is quite easy, really. All that was needed was to sail over with enough people. While they will likely assist future voyages south, it will take some time before they will be able to do such in a more meaningful capacity than a mere stop off point, as the lands will need some time to be properly developed and supplies for ships made plentiful like is the case at the city of Mammonaerie. Otherwise, effort in further expanding the missions in Meoswilum and furthering the faith and it's conversion go underway smoothly with little to report other than that the new temples look quite marvelous.

>>4578134
>>4578223
>Lo-Hai

With much ease, the lands to the north are colonized and brought under our control, split between us and the Mandate. Our more important work however, is in the creation of a large, very huge bomb, bigger than any other bomb, ever...Of course this technically isn't hard to do considering we are the only ones who have bombs, but actually making the thing truly a bomb to end all bombs is something that will require quite a bit more work. Issues also arise in that actually gathering the resources from the sunken island is dangerous. Or at least, it becomes such. Initially, it isn't as we learned the Shogun's fleet was elsewhere, but once it returned, we lost some ships. Still, even so, gathering the materials for this massive bomb works decently enough. The important work is in getting it to work like any other, as making a bomb so large...well...We don't know if it will act any different. And it'd be unwise to drop a bomb that doesn't work on the Shogun. After all, given their shrine maidens, it'd be quite bad for them to get anything of similar power if they somehow managed to get it working... In unrelated news, recent weather has done quite a bit for the local moss, allowing a bit more food for the Lo-Hai. It's not much, but it helps with the more recent events...
>>
>>4578226
>ILK

With the designs already completed for the port by Frithugyth, and her organization of the workforce, both from abroad and at home, work goes at a swift pace. The port even early on takes shapes, and the docks are specially made from a strange material created utilizing said imported labor. All the while much in the way of the varying docks are made, and even one or two of the slip ways. Yet, this is only half of the docks are made, and the specialized work on creating a number of docks that could be turned dry to inspect the underside of a ship are likewise yet to be build, as are the cranes, yet even so the work is progressing at a shocking speed. It's honestly amazing just what is being done...Making her high architect was worth it...Though, a worrying trend of a portion of the budget purely going to tea arises, the excuse being it keeps her sharp and motivated. Related to this is the construction of the city of Uesugi no Kishi nearby. It will certainly make the port much more useful, having a proper hub to trade both raw and finished goods to and from the port. And, it also serves as a place closer to the iron mine, which would be expanded extensively into the rugged hill that it was dug into, with much in the way of iron flowing into the kingdom.

>>4578348
>Arcadia

Through the utilization of the traits of the Taurs and focusing on them to a greater extent, our efforts in refining the Humunculi, and allowing them to take on forms that they desire is actually successful at long last. Of course, this took time, and without something like blood or a chunk of the thing the Humunculi want to turn into they still suffer the same issues as stated before with the exception of the speaking issue. Though, what they say is a bit difficult to understand when they haven't taken a proper form. Our other work in focusing on harnessing tauric strength would be for the dragons. This would solve a number of issues with regards to flight, but in this effort we have found that there are still some issues, mostly relating to a number of curios things. At high altitude, they seem to pass out, and spiral until regaining consciousness, and, their bones seem to not handle impacts as well as desired. But, minor tweaks and improvements should see this project finalized shortly.
>>
>>4578361
>Al'qaye

Creating massive nightmare possessed creature made up of stitched and sewn together bodies is easier said than done. While the idea of putting a living mortal inside to be possessed and then grant this beast proper form through ritual and possession is sound. The execution we have done thus far runs into issues, mainly in the nightmare controlling the body. Usually, it devolves into a mass of limbs that, given time, can in fact move, but other than perhaps being used as a battering ram once the nightmare knows how to properly control it's limbs or as a demoralizing force, it is not exactly the most effective at much. Further, it's senses are dulled. However, a benefit arises in that it is resistant to the sun, unless the possessed at the center is exposed due to wounds. Related to this, work would start upon a mist that would be thick enough to blot out the accursed suns. Work initially is slow, as the methods of which we could actually create mist isn't that well understood, but with time, basic's are understood, and while we can't do enough to make a proper mist yet, it still shows promise... Still, it is quite bothersome. Additionally, a storm strikes. And with it, the shores find themselves oddly covered in washed up fish...Yet, minor damage is done to our sect's city.

>>4578966
>Durmaign

The creation of a new spell related to lightning is quite easy, especially when it's simply a smaller version essentially. It's usually not deadly unless the person hit is wearing armor that can hold a charge, but even for unarmored it's a nasty shock, and occasionally will knock them out if close enough. It seems to wane in power at a distance, and is better used on targets nearby, but for what is required, it does the job quite well as a easy and quick spell to cast, and more than once in decent time. Other than this, a good deal of effort would go into the creation of grid parts so that the army has enough of them, quite a few in fact. By the end of the effort, quite a few are gained, so much so that we can even send plenty to the Shogun or anyone else and still have many more to spare. Though, this is a wise move, as it's likely if ground is lost where they are deployed, we aren't getting them back, meaning a fighting retreat is still a viable tactic should such come to it.
>>
>>4579076
>First Mandate

It would be easy to set up ports near the mines on the islands. They are modest in size, but that's fine and intentional. For they need only have enough capacity to ensure that mined resources aren't waiting at the harbor for months to be brought to the mainland. Related to this, proper mines are made as the earth is struck, with much in the way of Zink and more importantly rubies being sent to the shores of the empire. The mines and ports would likely need an equilibrium if the former was expanded, for while it would be good for more martial matters to expand the ports further without the mines as a place of operations for voyages at sea, the mines are best not made where their goods are unable to get to the mainland. Of course, this isn't an issue now, but balance is always key, especially when there are rumors of pirates to the south, including a very powerful one with silver claws...

>>4579136
>Tavthalla

The Val kal combined weapons that make up Hulling arms are curios things. One designed to slaughter any unfortunate sailors who fall overboard. The other designed to sink ships by beating a hole in them. Of course, saying it like that might make one think the Val is the trident and the Kal the gauntlet but this is the reverse...Even if a number get such wrong. Regardless, the Kal is quite reliable and useful for it's work, and boats are easily able to be overturned and those upon them ripped to shreds after. However there is a slight issue with the Vad...Unless made out of mythril, it has a nasty tendency to wear down swiftly, bend, and break. Given enough time, even the blade if made of mythril will break. Further, the idea that coating a fist in metal would aid it in not getting hurt is one that's proven to be partially wrong. While it's certainly better than punching through directly and getting splinters, it does still hurt the hand after a while, as it is still blunt force which metal armor is not the best at dealing with. Still, it's better that then splinters five inches deep. Regardless, together, both weapons give the Seataur quite an edge...Now we just need to wait until enough of these weapons make it to the front and into the hands of the Seataur...
>>
>>4580758
>Sealand

Efforts to increase the range of the Anti-Magic burst in both range and effect go decently enough. It's fairly slow work, but inch by inch the range is increased over time in both regards until we get what we desire. The way this is done is quite subtle. A number of minor changes in the methods of casting along with minor additions is all that's needed. Though, old habits die hard, and half the people who need this information are currently at sea...Still, at least the next generation surely will surely have it as an old habit when we upgrade it again, provided that it's only minor tweaks once more that's needed to get yet more efficiency out of our Antimagic, which honestly other than our navy is the only major thing going for us in this war. On a related note, one wonders what Sealand's job will be once the Shogun's navy is defeated...if it will be defeated...

(War update will be later today or early tomorrow morning.)
>>
>Warposts

>The War for Vengeance, Battle of the coast of Caffod mountain.

While on a return trip to the capital to receive new orders, the main fleet of Kraken would find it to be any other day as they sailed. Sure, there was a potential minor fleet of Shogunate ships they could run into, but this wasn't an issue. The reported size of this minor fleet was, while a threat for the few ships on costal defense, nothing to the main fleet of Sealand. Yet, unbeknownst to the crew, and Captain Vance Oak, their fleet had been spotted by a single person, a shrine maiden high in the air, and by extension a force much larger than what they were anticipating. Admiral Tsujiyo Yamauchi would, after learning of this and a good estimation of their speed, would send a number of ships forward to intercept their projected path, while others would work to further surround the enemy fleet, making sure that said maneuvers were carefully kept to a T, so that her fleet didn't stray to close, and could remain out of sight. Soon, as everything started to get into place, night would come. And the time for the Admiral's new plan to be tested would come.

For Helmsman Aedric Mons, the night would be calm. He was up fairly late, mainly because he had to, but he expected to be able to get some rest soon...Then, he heard something, a gurgling sound. Looking behind him, he'd see a figure clad in dark blue, and behind them the body of a sailor who had just failed to reach the bell, and before he could even process this information, he'd feel a blade sink into his throat, and his mouth would be covered to prevent him from making much noise in his final moments. This would happen to a number of ships in Sealands fleet, yet it would come to an end sooner than later. For while the Shrine Maidens could certainly kill, they weren't specifically trained for stealth. And, soon enough, a bell would be heard in warning, even if briefly. And, Vance Oak would come out from his quarters on his flagship, and demand to know what was going on and order everyone to battle stations. Yet, his ship, the kraken, was one of those to be struck by the Shrine Maidens, and unknowingly, there was but a few of his crew remaining. He'd draw his sword as he realized with the deathly silence from his crew what was going on, before he saw one of the shrine maidens, who would rush him. He'd fight admirably, trying to shout to what remaining crew to scuttle the ship with heavy heart. And, he'd even get a cut in against his attacker, yet he'd get a painful stab in the thigh, and in his distraction would be kicked overboard.
>>
>Battle of the coast of Caffod Mountain cont

After this, chaos would ensue as the fleet lost it's commander, had no clue what was going on, and Tsujiyo Yamauchi's fleet sailed into view, and the attack started. While Sealand was well equipped for battle at sea, with a good portion of the crew asleep, the dark causing problems, and even some ships believed to be friendly firing at them, combined with disruption in the chain of command, the fleet would find itself in a game with few cards. Yet, even then, they would fight on to the best of their ability, and follow their orders properly. Any ship which was boarded would attempt to be scuttled by the crew, once it was clear they couldn't fight off the borders, and this would do well in denying many ships to the enemy. Further, a number of ships would rally, and force their way through the Shogunate's battle lines, and a few would manage to actually make it. Yet, by sunrise, the fleet was a mere shadow of what it once was. It's flag ship gone, and it's admiral believed slain.

And as the navy mourned their loss, a glimmer of hope would arise after a few weeks. Vance lived. He and a number of other crew who went into the water would have managed to make it to the shore, and survived the trek back...However, a heavy blow was still struck, for the flagship, the pride of Sealand's navy, now flew the flag of the Shogun... After this, Sealand would rush the message to the Lo-Hai and their allies about the location of the major fleet, and efforts would be made to intercept it in the channel. Yet, due to time taken to get their, superior recon, or other methods the fleet would slip past. Though, on the bright side, some Sea Taur assigned to supporting Sealand would report sinking a few captured ships. Though, an important question remained. Just how many were captured by the Shogunate?
>>
>The War for Vengeance, Main Naval front

With Admiral Tsujiyo Yamauchi off further to the north with a large portion of the fleet, the navy takes a more defensive role for a time, sticking close to their shores to rely upon the support of those shrine maidens who were masters of the winds. The shrine maidens would do well to fight off any ships that came close, yet for a short while, ships from the ILK could sail without worry to the city of Grhsthld, or even Ga'ga'ul. During this time, it would be quite clear a landing would not end well with half the Shogunate fleet still about, but for a while, the coalition forces would be able to take advantage of this and try and fight with superior numbers at every opportunity. Due to the Shrine Maidens however, and the solidified tactic of utilizing them as scouts, such battles didn't happen as often as desired, and a number of times, small task forces from Shorino were able to evade and escape without their enemy even knowing they were there. Still, the times battle does happen during this time, it is a slaughter. Often the ships are sighted by Tuar who report back, or if the force is small enough deal with it themselves. And in surface engagements the Shorino ships would be forced down by superior numbers, superior technology, and superior seamanship. Yet, this time of the Coalition fleet running rampant and controlling all but the coast of Shorino, would, while causing some good blows that are useful for morale and weakening the Shogunate's navy, not last forever as their Admiral and her fleet return, repair, and rearm, with a modest boost of Sealand's own ships, including their finest.

With her return, the war returns to how it was before, the Shogunate's navy outmaneuvering and besting the fleets of the Coalition when their admiral was in command of such a fleet. And now, more than ever, the nights would become terrifying for sailors of the coalition, for Tsujiyo Yamauchi would start fighting more and more at night, where she would have shrine maidens carefully sneak aboard, and make the ship crewless, to be collected later if not destroyed, or even turned against the others in order to set off chain reactions and confusion. Yet, even so, the shogunate's position was a delicate one. They needed to maintain the balance, and with their successful raid, they ensured such for a time. What was needed was to continue to whittle away at the Shogunate's enemies and crush their will to fight. If not their leaders and soldiers, their people at home. Even then, that wasn't likely at this rate. Not without something big.

Still, the battle at sea is mostly even. But, in time, that will shift. Likely further and further for the coalition forces...At least, unless something quite terrible happens.
>>
>Arcadian War

With the war continuing, the majority of the KMT gets whittled away, little able to resist in such a devastated land now that the Shogun's forced had left. Even then, they still fight on, bravely, if suicidality. Yet a growing issue arises as more and more land is taken...The people of the KMT are that of ambushers and raiders. And while there is little in the way of proper resistance at the front, behind the lines, even with so many ruined, dead trees, they still strike at the supply lines. It becomes more and more clear that chances are, even after the KMT is fully conquered, there will be plenty still fighting from the shadows with minor annoying raids until their spirit is crushed...And, given who their spirit is in, it will likely take until he dies for such to happen.

The Borevian front goes quite well, with them pushed further and further back from their gains. The only reason they are still holding on to them now being that they have the advantage of fighting downhill rather than uphill, and with the rough terrain can create chokepoints. But even then, the airships are able to do much to strike at supply lines, keep the supply lines of Arcadia strong, and support better maneuver. However two flying ships of Arcadia would crash. The reason why wasn't fully understood, but it was concerning to Arcadia... Meanwhile, on the Borevian home front, much in the way of chaos causes much in the way of distractions and miscommunications. One thing was clear, at least to the Borevians. This was a war they were going to lose, and their armies were mere days away from completely cracking, and their lands flooded with invaders...There was little point in trying to raise more troops to make up for the losses once their forces were fully routed...All they could realistically do is run, and already, some of the richest and most influential would do so utilizing the wealth and power they had to escape...The Borevians were about to collapse, likely once and for all...
>>
>>4583689
1.
The new city of Ju'gul'agi forms upon the 3 tile island recently claimed by ourselves. Populated by younger Lo-hai who are taking their chances roughing it as opposed to die by the Shogun. A few deal have been attempted with the Mandate to see if the humans labor could be used to aid them since they are on their own, but time will tell.

2.
Incorporate our water golems and mould earth into our naval and land army doctrines. Ballast tanks are to be made and filled with water golems in our ships, let the Shogun try to take them. Secondly mould earth with our armies will allow for great success with earthenworks for fortifications or maneuvers.
>>
>Improve PWP: Durability 2x
Fuck Medicine, the world needs more flesh eating acid spitters.
Also, the disease has been barely spreading outside of cities even though I've spread the infection to animals twice. I reckon it would be quite popular there.
>>
> Meoswilan War on Borevia
After coordinating with the Nemeans the Meoswilans are abhorred to find out the Arcadians for some reason chose to side with the Borevians threatening the Nemeans with war unless they lift their siege.

The Arcadians were always a shifty people, but who would have expected them to bertray all mortal life out of pure greed?

The Meoswilans thus march to war trough Golyemant as we had a contract with them allowing our armies free passage trough their land.

A small army lead by the Pulgasari is sent to the Borevian colony at our border, it is half a ruin thus pacifying it should be easy and require little effort.

The main Meoswilan Army is going to go south, to hit the Borevian Capital. We shall sed rat Emperors to tear down their walls and mass undead to turn their grand slave armies... into our grand undead armies.

As for the Arcadians, hypnos are perfect to disable to feeble minds of non-sentient golems. They after all work perfectly on weak minds, if often failing on the strong ones. We shall use hypnos to basically disable Arcadian mass-golem tactics while rushers are used to tactically assassinate Arcadian mages.

Where the Hypnos fail Rat Kings and rat emperors shall smash their way trough golems.

The main issue we currently have to deal with are Arcadian Airships as our only respite against them are barrages with water magic by litches as well as our scorpions.

For now we shall focus on borevia alone in the East. In the West the Enmancipated Kingdom of Eden is encouraged to launch raids on the Arcadians, not an official entry into the war merely a way to harass them and if the Arcadians retaliate it's a declaration of war against the Lo-hai as well.
>>
>>4583688
>Action: Identify transmission vectors, so far we have come to realize that Pigs and Boars are plague carriers but we need to know if more animals carry the Golem plague. Any Infected population of animal needs to be culled, we must slow the spread and give our Biomancers more time to complete the cure

>Action: Continue to refine the cure we need to get it working on all the variants and mutations, people are counting on us. In all remaining uninfected areas of Fraternitas warnings to stay indoors and away from animals and people are given, the military is rallied to provide aid and logistical support, all in an effort to slow the spread.
>>
With the loss of his ship, Vance would be rightfully pissed off, but he wasn't about to dally and spend all day whining about the loss, no, he would be sure to give them utter hell. If the Lo-Hai were no longer a factor in ships, it was time to truly show the world why fighting elves at sea is the gravest mistake that anybody could make.

2 actions: Improve Sealand ships
The real hell was the enemy now having some of the best ships there were including the Kraken, and that just couldn't stand Everything else was of little importance right now, almost tunnel vision as Vance worked feverishly on new designs and ship tactics. The first improvement would have to be the hull. Making it out of iron considering the Kraken is likely as durable. Those patrolling the ships at night would need to perform occasional anti-magic sweeps of the ship and airspace as well. Typically hourly and at a random point in time between that hour. If it was going to be a war at Sea, the elves would not lost.

War action:
Seeing as the main fleet was taken down, Sealand sends anti-mages to the taurs for now to be sent to Tavthalla and distributed from there. With the massive loss to Sealand's naval force, some time would need to be spent replenishing ships and making sure Sealand wouldn't be invaded by the Shogun's force being so close to them. The rest of the fleet would remain on guard, and due to the frequent night time attacks, additional personnel would be hired for watch during those hours, no fewer than 3 guards per post.
>>
>>4583690
1. The creation of the dragons will be fine tuned. The essence of mega fauna added to strengthen the bones and mixed to create the final, complete, base Dragon. (3rd action)
2. With Borevia fully taken over (dependent on ongoing rp) the hounds will be sent into to track down those who have willingly spread the disease and bring them to justice as well as any Nightmare cultists to be brought to justice as well.

War post KMT and Shogunate. (Subject to ongoing RP but I don't have time to post)
With the war in Borevia at an end the full might of the Arcadic army shall be turned upon the KMT beyond a policing force in the former Borevian mainland. Finally the air navy of Arcadia will turn to make the seas safer for the allied navy. With their vantage point they will hunt down KMT and Shogunate ships and sink them with catapult thrown rocks and a barrage of spells. The flying shrine maidens will be countered with swarms of flying familiars, air elementals disrupting their flow of wind, and clouds of iron sand propelled with metal magic. The flying islands will be used as a safe staging point for the airships to prevent most retaliation.
>>
>>4583692
Actions:

- While working on their latest abominations, the fleshseers noticed differences between their creations. Some of them responded better, while others were far more rigid or even broke down completely. They soon realized that the leading differences was the quality of the husks, the freshness of the corpses being stitched together had a massive impact. Believing the secret lied in the power of the blood, they began experimenting with only the freshest ingredients in the construction of their husks.

- Creating the mist will require more time from the seers, and though there are many that desire to push forward, there are some that caution against it. They believe that they have begun dabbling in something even they are unprepared for, and that the recent storm was a warning to steer clear of this pursuit. Yet the results were too enticing, and the seers soon abandon caution to the wind, continuing in their quest to perfect the mist.
>>
>>4585583
Its me, damn chans forgot who I am.
>>
>>4576666

Work would continue on Blood Theory. The issue of crystallization is explained in that, similarly to a plant, the crystal grows with blood akin to water, and the flesh the ground. Naturally, being spore based, it infects either through contact with it, where it plants a small part of itself like one plants a seed in the ground, or it enters through spores being breathed in where they then enter one's blood. Because of this, it is quite clear that it isn't a disease in the traditional sense, instead it is more akin to a parasite, specifically a parasitic plant. Plagues that are not parasites or completely magical in nature will rely upon the blood to do their work, and breathing or ingesting such will clearly cause sickness, and those who are sick will emit these diseases. With a fair bit more research done on such, it would gain traction and eventually become the established standard, and with it, most would find those getting cured by Kyuu through bet and combat something wise to watch from a distance rather than up close. Ideally, this better understanding of disease will at least hamper the spread enough that those infected could cure themselves better.

Meanwhile with the rise of Spherism as a philosophy in other, neighboring lands, the religious in the Imperii determine that it would be best to understand the exact nature and inner workings of the world and civilization which weren't touched upon in the book. What makes a god divine? What makes a civilization civilized? Simple questions with difficult answers. However, the clergy would work to find these answers. In the end, they would come with a idea relating to all of this. Gods gain power through worship, yet even so have innate power, given to them by their origins and through their actions. Kyuu is the most powerful of the gods, followed by the oldest gods, and then the children of the old gods, and then the lesser deities. Of course, who exactly the oldest and lesser gods are are is something that isn't specified, mainly because the Imperii simply doesn't know, but this also is partially deliberate, mainly so that people of other faiths might come to think that their god or goddess is one of the most powerful, just under Kyuu. As for the question of Civilization, the answer would come that it is a nation which has managed to properly become sedentary, able to construct decent buildings, understands metal working, and is able to sustain itself is a proper civilization. However, while they may be a civilization, the question of whether or not they are civilized or not is a much more difficult question. But, naturally such would be decided that proper etiquette and tact was key to a civilized society. For example, Meoswilum or the Imperii were perfectly Civilized, while the druids that Meoswilum fought against were merely tribal savages, even if their warriors were noble, misguided ones.

>Action One & Two. Finish Blood theory

>Action Three. Gods and Civilization
>>
>>4576666
https://docs.google.com/document/d/14AbCk5lsHBuukPrdJGmXCBaCU_C3dmkysWuvz_19A98/edit

The Wrangdan sovereignty has joined the game. It will probably die in like two turns or something like that
>>
>>4585706
join the discord nibba
F2Patcf (join code)
>>
With higher Marca in flames a new power emerges. From traditional roots the Catulan Reavers emerge, scouring the city and having a portion of its population enslaved.
https://docs.google.com/document/d/1UotbY7mwTRlPLOBwJhWrAjPxqRwGvsle7izpUPMu3fA/edit

Scout surroundings for settlements and cities
Gather additional livestock to create new herds
Warrior Combat training
Raise additional warriors from slave stocks
Tribute rebate for vassals (Help post revolution repairs)
Conduct mage sweep of horde and nearby city, kill or capture
Survey surroundings for potential camp sites
Send out the followers for foraging
Incorporate new technologies
Remove caravan tolls
Lodge Practice duels
Perform Inventory to tally, wealth, resources and manpower including slave stocks
Raise a new warlord to specialise in espionage
Conduct the tenth tribute from the Chieftains
Perform surveillance on the warriors and chieftains via the lodge
>>
The Iron King has many a project to ponder. One being the project of undeath, which will allow her people to survive the otherwise fatal blood draining of the Telrac. Another is cultural advancements in order to keep any Shorino or other cultures from bleeding in. Yet another is creating a school of Water Magic for naval warfare. But ultimately, the project to beef up our ports is a must-have. While we can also get started on developing our culture, maybe even cultivate further mages.

Action 1 + 2: Continue Great Port project.
It will be expensive, but it will be worth it, the sheer amount of ships we'll be able to field will rival even Sealand. Not to mention when we can start putting ballistae on them. We will surpass the Tavthallan navy and then some, we will rule the southern sea.

Action 3: Invent Yoga Exercise (1/2 progress).
Even to those with zero talent for magic, knowing the limits, boundaries and energies of the body should be helpful. We will have people gather up for exercises, stretching, lifting, twisting, holding. The display of a healthy body is appealing, and should the display be arousing... that's just proof the body is even healthier.
>>
>>4583694
Action 1:
Restore the Cthlithium mine
Upgrade platinum mine

Action 2: Develop a new sort of bolt caster bolt to cause more damage against boats, while less effective at damaging fortifications, to be known as hammerhead bolts.

Our ballistas at currently penetrate completely through enemy ships, a waste of force, these new bolt heads will instead smash boat hulls to pieces and will be prized for it

WARPOST:

This turn the alliance becomes stronger in several ways. The entire outer navy of the RRFU is added to run supply lines, while Sealand has a full quarter of its navy returned to active service due to the collapse of Marca.

Tavthalla increases its industrial capacity by a substantial margin also, and the trajectory guides for our boltcasters are fully rolled out.

We are now excellently placed to tip the scales in our favour, we shall keep our scouts ware of any odd shogunate manoeuvres and be more ready to intercept attacks on Sealand, while slowly but surely whittling down the shoguns fleet with our new weapons and reinforcements.
>>
War Actions: Anti-Miko Tactics and furthering authority.
The Miko like to sneak Ninjas onboard our vessels, Ninjas at night. The night is the Whitehairs' domain, so Whitehair lookouts are to be put on every ship, so as to catch and call the alarm whenever Ninja make their way onboard. They field a limited number of Miko, while we have a sizable pool of Whitehairs, besides, the Ninja are probably fellow Wolfkin, those damn Shogun-worshipers did start enlisting to become Miko back in the BFT, surely they still are in the KMT.
Though with our navy becoming a significant contribution, it's only right we ensure our authority. Commodore Amanda Umi, one of the Sea Dogs, the hybrid between caninefolk and Wolfkin, shall accompany the Tavthallan commander, to ensure our own interests are served. Making sure to remind him of how important the integrity of our ports is. It will also allow us to force Whitehairs onboard otherwise uncooperative vessels, to stop Ninja attacks.
>>
1.
The new city of Ju'gul'agi forms upon the 3 tile island recently claimed by ourselves. Populated by younger Lo-hai who are taking their chances roughing it as opposed to die by the Shogun. A few deal have been attempted with the Mandate to see if the humans labor could be used to aid them since they are on their own, but time will tell.

2.
Incorporate our water golems and mould earth into our naval and land army doctrines. Ballast tanks are to be made and filled with water golems in our ships, let the Shogun try to take them. Secondly mould earth with our armies will allow for great success with earthenworks for fortifications or maneuvers.
>>
File: Turn 61.png (1.38 MB, 2048x2570)
1.38 MB
1.38 MB PNG
> Catulan Reavers Entry post
The marcan nation having long stagnated as a rich giant in it’s times of need has turned to religion abbandoning their ancient vow banning magic using the uniqueness of divine magic as an excuse. They have abbandoned their simple lifestyles for life in luxury and debaucherious wealth.

Taryos Khan, inspired by the old ways and ways of the northern wolfkin staged a rebellion and his movement took the rural Marcans by storm. They renounced the gods and they Burned the higher Marcan and national capital, their hordes only being stopped by the full might of the CCF holy knights.

Now the Catulan Reavers now controll a large portion of what once was the Dual Kingdom of Marca. As subjects they have the Bishopric of Shay, which follows the CCF. The Divine Temple of the Mind, inhabited by wolfkin following the faith in the divine Shogun. The Mining towns of Krepula (mythrill mine), Theora, the last marcan city left standing as well as Tartara, a wolfkin holy forrest, now partly inhabited by humans.

Scouting the land reveals not much more, except that by some freak accident the plague ravaging is gone. (we can’t have a new player starting plagueridden part of 10 turn player protection.) Meanwhile herds are gathered to make sure our people are well fed. Our warriors train fiercely, both in combat mounted and not. The vassals are happy to accept help and their loyalty is reaffirmed.The best sites to camp seem to all be near the mountain east of Theora. many safe spots and natural chokepoints. Marca was a nation only wielding divine magic, as such many priests of the CCF are rounded up and enslaved, with the church itself ubying them off as soon as possible making the nation wealthy. The wolfkin are less lucky, many among them are magicians, thous they are slaughtered and enslaved on mass. In fact soon wolfkin become the most common form of slave. though foraging many goods such as mythrill and iron weapons are found and soon said technologies are integrated: (various techs)
> iron and steel smithing
> Mythrill smithing
> taming and riding giant eagles
> Hussar lances and horses (and those wing thingies which make charges sound louder)
> handling of Aetherium (kinda like warpstone/tiberium)
Caravan tolls being removed allows for more trade to flow trough the nation, though that also means free travel for CCF worshippers who wish to spread their faith once more. the practice duels expand your nations martial excellence further.
Tallying resources:
> Manpower: Average
> Slaves: Above average amount
> Wealth: Bellow average
> Military power: Average
The new espionage warlord is a great boon. Soon he’d inform the Khan that their northern neighbour the Arcadians are involved in a 2 front war as such make a better target than what remains of Marca as the CCF is protecting them. The tenth tribute gathering goes wel and all the warlords and chieftains as of now seem loyal to the Warlord.
>>
>>4586092
> Wrangdan Sovereignity Into Post
Obsessed with greed the Wrangdans are an odd people. Technically speaking golems, but required to consume food. Some wonder if they ince were man made golem or are merely what lies between man and wisp. The wrangdan stron workethic, gives them a sense of pride but makes them see outsides as lesser… though they know stating that would be bad for buisness. May they find many freinds and many good trades hencefourth. Lying south of the eternal City Ga’ga’ul and their vassal the Stone men of Ithempeli the nation has a cetral trade location and is bound to thrive.

May their sacrifices to Leirut ever flow as magma flows trough their veins.
The colonisation and construction efforts all go well. may our nation thrive under the guidance of the Herald of Ash.

Imperii
>>4585668
With the new discovery the imperii learn to not leave their skin exposed and to always wear a mask covering their mouth and nose when near the crystal. Still one more infection vector is missed “flesh”. Calling the disease a parasite is not inaccurate, but it is not something that grows out of you, rather it is something that transforms all living matter into itself absorbing part of it’s very being. Covering up their skin though helps prevent the spread of crystal blight, soon though the vile ithempeli plague explotes in our land, that is due to how we feed. One infected slave with their blood infecting 10 masters and each master infecting a 100 slaves each time he consumes their blood… we heard the RRUF found a cure, should we contact them?

By creating the theory that the most worshipped gods must be the strongest, the Imperii have opened a box they should have not. For as the theory gains poppularity it is soon understood that Kyuu beign worshipped by the Imperii, Tigerkin and some Sealanders is far from the most worshipped. Isn’t it melanie and Solaria the sun twins of the CCF? May it not be En worshipped by Meoswilans, Lo-hai, Enman, Arcadian and Sea-elf alike? Could it not be the First prophet reveered by all Spherists? So on one hand people pray even more to Kyuu wishing to make her stronger and travling abroad to agressively preach… on the other people are considering if worshipping a more well known god might be better for them.
>>
>>4586093
Ithempeli
>>4584866
Our efforts in reinforcing the plague against cure… have failed. A cure has been found in Fraternitas, a brutal one which together with the disease rips out someone’s sense of self. Either way it is just a question of tiem untill a better cure comes to be or this one spreads. The disease has also been spreading less as people learned of it’s spread vectors.

On our homefront the odd cult that has sprung up, left uncontested has caused mayhem inside out nation with terrorist attacks… on another note. The Zlon investigating things have found out our governament is responsible for the plague. They have sent us an ultimatum “Have a cure prepared within 2 turns or we shall exterminate every single one of your kind.”
(basically cure the plague by wenesday or the Zlon will declare war and ethnically cleanse all Statues)

Shell land
>>4586047
The new city rises as another one just fell. The new tools are integrated in what is left of our navy, which truth be told is not much. This war has been very costly for the Lo-Hai, costliest of all so far.

Seland
>>4585355
The elven ships are improved making them bigger and better, only question that begs answering now is, will it help considering our enemy relies on stealing said ships. With the new ships new tactics are implemented and those shall win us the war. (in 2 turns when actions can be used in war)

KIL
>>4585925
With the help of the Architect, the speed at which the port is constructed is ridiculous. With little work it becomes one oft he grandest ports in the world able to house the entire alliances navy. It’s intricately woven into the natural harbor locally present and is to some extent like a fortress of the sea one could not imagine an enemy ship breaching it.

Yoga soon becomes a poppular sport, especially among the naturally stretchy kitsune. The relaxing practice seems to not be very physically taxing instead rather serving as a way to relax.
>>
Fraternitas
>>4584958
The animalistic transmission vectors are identified, it slowly becomes clear nearly all mammals can carry the disease as such the fraternitans soon remove them from their diet. “Only that which lays eggs may be eaten.” Is soon preached by CCF and Seramite alike… as sometimes it is easier to convince people with religious dogma than facts.

On another front, a cure has been found. Though it is an odd one. Though raw biomatic power the plague can be ripped out of a person. This cures them, but often robs them of their sense of self making them go feral… though it has been found that if multiple ferals are pout together they become a single individual in multiple bodies. The remaining shards of many consciousnesses form a new hole. This does not always happen, those newly infected suffer minor loss of self, loss of memmories and confusion; other’s are to far gone and removing the disease leaves merely an empty husk.

> War with Tavthalla
Tavthalla seems to have sent a declaration of war against the Megalonodate, promptly backed up with tauric ships entering Megalonodate waters and even taur raids on their settlements. As per vassal contract the megalonodate calls the RRUF to war.
Tavthalla
>>4585930
The mines are repaired and improved. The tip is blunted and sawlike edges are added, Now the bolts do not shoot trough enemy ships rather make large gaping holes in them sinking enemy ships quicker.

> War with the Megalonodate
For an unknown reason the Megalonodate has sent a letter accepting your declaration of war. it seems that they are not kidding as the Cuvier seem to be attacking Diamond Island. With the taur navy away across the world even a nation as weak as them poses a threat.

> The return of Sybaal
The old hero has returned, now missing an arm, eye, ear and nose, and her once burning heart has turned to charred coal. She tells of having climbed the world tree to the land of Gods, where she once more met Uesugi upset a moral would dare intrude. She closed one of her eyes and covered an ear before Sybaael experienced the full divine grace and beauty of a gods appperance and voice and smell. making her loose what was not protected. As a punihsment her flaming heart was taken from her and as an act of kindness she was returned to the real world.
>>
Al’qaye
>>4585583
Taking fresher ingredients indeed. The abominations are truly alive. What else is noticed? Less so than the freshness the closeness in age of the corpses is important. Stiching together 5 2 day old corpses seems to work way better than 4 1 day old corpses and 1 2 day old one. it seems to be an issue of synchronisation, thus it’s best to kill the targets for our tests at once simultanously rather than relying on random corpses that wash up.

An odd mist forms, but it seems that as it becomes to condensed it turns liquid and falls. While in other experiments it creates a swirl of rainbows… pretty but noit what we want. What we want is shadow and our spies tell us that the ones in posession of shadow magic are the Imperii, we may not even need to steal it. Even analyzing it could help.
>>
WAR WITH THE SHOGUN
The Sealndic navy has already long ago been returned, as the Marcans did not go to war they did not keep it thus said factor is irrelevant. It is true though that with ILK ships joining into the war propper now the war look better for the alliance. Though the taurs seem to be experiencing supply problems, as the well known black Diamond Pirates have taken to targetting the Shipments of supplies westward. The Ships being mostly transport vessels and for years now following a predictyable route have become easy and lucrative targets for Pirates.

Additinally the Alliances approahc of rapid technological innovation merely plays into the great Admiral’s hand. She has been stealing and using alliance ships for a while now, which means that improving your ships merely leads to stalemating, what needs improving are tactics and things the enemy can’t steal so troops.

What does bear fruit though are Anti-Miko tactics, both placement of wolfkin abroad every ship as well as regular elven air-sweeps with antimagic lead to many Miko being subjugated. In fact so many the Shogun would recall the Admiral’s permission to use them and return them under his command to watch over land and launch ambushes.

It seem the Shogun has chosen to prioritise preserving the Miko for the land war his nation excells at rather than wasting them on the Drawn out naval war, whose fate has already been decided. For the first time in the war the alliance is clearly winning, so much so that some Lo-hai and Tavthallan captains attempted a naval landing wishing to earn glory only to be slaughtered. It seems the Shogun knowing how hard it is to storm a beach has chosen to protect the entirety of the islands (except durmaign) beaches. The Scinelectrum from crashed Lo-hai planes also seems to have started growing in dangeous patches floating in the ocean making naval attrition for both sides worse. The ILK and Tavthallan economy are slowly starting to suffer.

Having returned under the Shogun’s command the Miko are back to their hit and run psycholo gical warfare. A surprise attack on Fl’hldr has been launched and another Lo-hai city was obliterated. The Lo-Hai when it comes to losses as of now are the hardest hit in this war. having lost their airforce, 2 cities and an island. Their navy too being heavily outdated is close to gone.
>>
>>4586100
To further inconvenience the enemy the Shogun had his mages set up magical wirlpools in the Continental-siland strait as well as in the west of the island between it and unknown hostile unsilable water. Effectively the ILK + Tavthalla forces have been cut off from the Lo-Hai, Sea Elves and Ithempeli. Meaning no ithempeli and antimages there. Having split the allied forces it is clear the Shogun plans to wittle down the taurs first, the Admirals main fleet choosing to fight there while a smaller one protects the north. This maneuver clearly shows desperation as it means the Shogun’s navy would not be able to hold any longer on fair therms.

Lastly being done with the KMT the Arcadian flying ships come to the aid of the taurs. The Miko being wittled down they have a considerable problem dealing with the flying fortresses and while the innitial assault is fended off crystal blight was brought to the Shogun’s doorstem and many Miko are now suffering from it.
>>
1/4. Upgrade the 5 churches in Lo-hai and build a dock in Mamon'Aerie. Lo-Hai is the last of the faithful nations to be fully harmonized, but is no less important. For they are a great bulwark against the heathen. Being at the forefront of both the foul ithempeli and megalomaniac shogunate. Their holy mission as the sphere of primordial strength is to be exalted and with their unique forms an equally unique perspective that can divine great truths regarding the music of the spheres. There has also been great success in the Mamon'Aerie for the former slaves are finding growing purpose and have built a fine dockyard that allows us to more easily interact with the rest of the world.

(I had stated what my turn was going to be a couple times put it was not posted in thread so I will just post my last turn here as well.)

Warpost: With the Arcadian diplomats successfully rebuffed there is no recourse left for the borevians. Their scheme had failed and an ultimatum of surrender is given to those on the wall. If there is a delay in acceptance then the entire settlement is to be put to the sword. If they accept then all the traitorous leaders will be put to death and the slaves that were not involved will be spared. Otherwise the attack commences and the city is presumably overwhelmed and sacked. With astral projection we have been watching the traitors' activities, we know who is responsible, and we know how to best take vengence. Whether the killing is partial or absolute a message will be sent regardless about what we will do to those who think to outwit us.
>>
File: Turn 61.png (1.35 MB, 2048x2570)
1.35 MB
1.35 MB PNG
WITH EVENTS

KIL
An earthquake shakes the nation Destroying the theater, jade main and capital port. Our capital is also severely damaged, but remains standing against all odds. Sadly with the destrction of the port also many ships stationed there were destroyed, luckily most of our fleet was docked in our western port.

Fraternitas
The nations queen finds an odd trinket on the ground. It seems to be a normal stick, but uppon closer inspection it is filled with strong magical power. investigation would be needed to see what tree this might be.

Nothpuezkahn
A landslide happens in the nations ocuntryside destroying large swaths of it.

Marca
A storm rocks the nation.

MSU
Virgo Setha is elected president of the MSU. he swears to restore the nation to it’s former glory and to reunite it with the Megalonodate north.
>>
>>4586647
***forgot plague layer
>>
With the stealing of ships in mind, the Glyhiron used for the long night would be repurposed, used as lights hopefully bright enough to let their forms glitter in the night. But to be concealed with a flammable tarp held in by metal bolts. Hopefully even if the mage dies a signal could still be put up even after death.

1 action: Upgrade iron mine
With ships having more and more metal on them, it will become more important to have a reliable source of metal, and a lot of it.

1 action:and with boats getting better they would need to keep getting better. This time the rest of the ship, the hull strong for charging and the rest of the ship durable enough to take heavy blows.

War action to come soon
>>
War post:
With the allies cut off by magical whirlpools, the best course of action is to wait for those swirling vortexes to vanish and to push the attack with a smaller force of the fleet, hopefully catching Shorino off guard enough to sink their ships as they return without equipment from a long battle in the south.
>>
>>4586647
1
>Army privatisation
New legislation is added to transform our military into a force that can be bought, we shall send our men to fight and die by contracts. The lending of mercenary armies will allow us to aid and intervene in more wars without worry of choosing a side for we can pin the blame on the contractees and contractors.

2 and 3
>Invent steam furnace
We have thought about using steam on the battlefield to bring in elementals, luckily our heating magic allows us to not worry about fuel cost or temperature. What we will need is durable machines to produce the steam and the water. Perhaps we can also mix in the smoke output to see if it can help summon elementals.
>>
>>4586093

The infection wasn't as bad as it was made out to be as some alarmists claimed, for the nature of Telrac and their feeding means that if ten masters infected a hundred Servus through consuming their blood the traditional way, well...Those hundred Servus would most certainly not live long enough to spread it to another, or even long enough to have symptoms. Still, the infection of Servus is an issue, and as such, those who are infected need to be cured through the betting. And, a flawless plan would be devised to prevent them from getting infected again. Simply send a decent number of people who either wish to flee from such a disease along with people who are confirmed not to have it. They would come to claim the northern most portion of the Imperii, along the road that used to lead to Tarnatos's port, and some other's would head south. It was done to solve and old issue the Imperii had concerning the lands that, in all honesty, should belong to it.

Unrelated to this, due to a number of people not getting the first message, more work would be done at understanding the power of gods. They would make more focus on the reasons why the gods were more powerful due to their origins than others, and as such would further go on to explain how Kyuu was most powerful due to their absorption of the power of an older world. While the Old Gods were strong due to their own actions, age, and innate power gained from such an age. Gods born of the old gods shared part of the power from their parents, yet were too young to gain much power of their own, while simply the youngest gods unrelated to the old gods were like the children of the old gods without the benefit of sharing slightly in the power of their parents. Naturally, with this, it is entirely possible, should worship of Kyuu become low enough, that she could become equal in strength to an old god or even weaker, but as long as the faith spread, and it's worshipers devout, such a fate would never come to pass. Not only will this alleviate some fears or lead the less faithful astray, but it will also ensure that the devout remain vehement believers as ever.

Finally, as a partial aid to attempts not to get infected, a new treatment method of surgery would come about. By taking a bit of burning metal to a wound, you prevent the wound from bleeding. It is also believed that one can also prevent infection in this method. Of course, it is quite painful, but better a short while of pain then bleeding out or getting infected. It's been floating around ever since blood theory first entered the public's eye, but now with blood theory the main and accepted theory, it has gained a lot of traction, after all, if your blood is exposed, it's a lot easier to get infected than if it isn't. As such, cauterizing a wound is considered key.

>Action One. Expansion

>Action Two. The positions of the gods, and their power.

>Action Three. Cauterization
>>
File: Capture.png (9 KB, 120x115)
9 KB
9 KB PNG
>>4586098
Actions:
> The terrors of the deep

Truly impressive are the recent feats of the fleshseers. The creation of abominations has allowed them to pull back another layer in the mysteries of merging the dreaming world with the waking world through gateway of the flesh. But there is still much that needs to be done if Ivnis is ever to re-enter the world. Nightmares are one thing, but binding the dreaded champion to this plane once more will require far greater knowledge and power. Thus, the seers of the realm move on to the next phase: Terrors.

Meager husks would be far too inefficient in binding such powerful forces to this world. A fitting vessel of massive size must be crafted in order to house such a giant presence. For this, the seers look to the ocean for crafting components. The Realm hunts after the largest prey they can find, stitching together hulks made from the giants of the sea. Yet a mere spark would not be sufficient. In order to bind a terror, multiple sacrifices needed to be implanted into the hulk and sacrificed in order to entice these creatures to their new bodies.

>The nightmare docks.

Such delicate yet heavy work would require a specialized workplace to house the operating tools and ritual space needed in constructing hulks of great size and summon forth terrors to inhabit them. The Realm constructed a fitting doc, equipped with all the fleshseers would need in order to assemble their latest and most grotesques creations. Massive ritual sites, large enough to place the hulk within, are prepared along with cranes and platforms to aid them in their dark crafting.
>>
>Actions 1 & 2: Exodus to Aka
The Order has found itself in deep trouble. Preferring death to a life as bound and chastised dogs, the great minds of the Order set forth plans of Exodus. Scouts track the movements of enemy navies and Zlon guards; Explorers seek safe passage to the Island of Exiles, home of the Mythological Tongue of Aka.
Using their knowledge of naval movements as part of the war combatants and the records collected by scouts and explorers, the Statues begin an exodus from their home of Golem Island to Aka's domain carefully and gradually whilst maintaining the front that they are cooperating with the Zlon as asked.
>>
>>4586647
> Action 1&2
Ape Emperor, a new undead which is merely a variant of the Rat Emperor. Also grown from children care is taken to ensure it's eyes do not grow over and instead become sharper and often even additional eyes are transplanted.

This undead has overgrown arms and is specialized in throwing being near useless in other aspects beyond it's large size.

(imagine Ape titan from AoT)
It's basically artillery, which requires things to throw.

Ape Emperors exist to throw things as strongly and precisely as they can.

> Action 3: World's longest road.
The Weddingday road (ending at Tarn) is conencted to the grand southern road (northern Golyemant fort)

Not only shall our And Imperii forces have an easier time marching south now to war, but for the first time one can go by road uninterrupted from Mezentia to Jabon.

> WARPOST
With Borevia under shared control with the nemeans, it is proposed that the northermost Borevian province is granted to golyemant as their contribution and freinship is valued.

Otherwise what happens with Borevia is left up to the nemeans.

The Joint meoswilum, nemean and Imperii forces then are to Launch an assault on Arcadia. We shall skip Ogutanrest and Attack the capital directly.

(we have Imperii aid to deal with flying ships and Nothpuezkahn supplies and volunteers to deal with supply shortages)
>>
>>4586647
> build two iron mines
> build a foundry and an iron mine
These people in the north... they’re not friends. They don’t want trade, they don’t breathe, don’t eat, don’t sleep, they are not people! Surely, Leirut would never approve of such things existing, no they are monstrosities! To protect ourselves from the monsters we need mines, mines for iron to build more weapons, and foundries to smelt the iron
>>
>>4586096
>action Continue to develop the cure we need to push back the point of no return so that we can save as many as possible. while also sending our Biomancers to neighboring nations to spread the cure there as well.

>Action Contribute to the patrol action between north sealund and tavthalla by Investigating the Attacks, we need to find out who is trying to play us, someone has a vested interest in starting a war between Northern sealund and Tavthalla, and we need to know who. The FBI will head up the investigation.
>>
>>4586708
>>4586968

>Warpost

Given how we are joining the efforts of Meoswilum, we will send a Expeditione Legio to aid in their efforts. Among the forces comprising this, a sizable portion of the Lupus Legio, The Preatorian's specifically guarding generals and the Heáhcásern, and the Heáhcásern herself, along with a decent chunk of the Imperii's other forces including Speculatores and Exploratores, and general infantry. Their efforts are to be a supporting army to the Meoswilum, aiming to find where the Arcadians are from above, and move on from there. In proper battles, their efforts will be lead by the Heáhcásern and her subordinates, dedicated to maneuvering around the battle and coming down on the enemies flanks as they are distracted with the Meoswilum undead. Meanwhile, at night, efforts will be maid to find their camps and strike at them, setting fire to their encampment, and causing chaos and either slaughtering them before they can muster a response, or withdrawing after they manage to do so. Further, when there is no combat, yet the Meoswilum-Imperii forces know where they are, they will try and utilize the Lupus Legio for devastating supply lines. Lastly, any flying infantry, when able, will attempt to capture the flying ships belonging to Arcadia for transport back to the Imperii.

Further, once encountered, light elementals will be dealt with either by range or by the Lupus Legio and a good deal of shadow magic, for the Wolfkin while not well acquainted to the sunlight, do not die in it.
>>
>>4586647
Action 1:
Organize large scale caravan deliveries of food in agreed upon quantities into agreed upon areas. These are pulled from the stockpiles of the nation which utilize toxin magic to stay safe from disease and pests. They are pulled from the nation out of tithes that Mykearn has held back (due to not needing so much) and which he has now called upon.
Action 2:
Raise the levies! Young men and veterans alike! Join the levies leaving for meoswilium forces and win honor, glory, land and slaves!
(large scale volunteer armies are raised, supplied using the favors and authority of Mykearn to extract resources from the lords in order to give them decent equipment and in order to get more of them to go) (they are organized by warband leaders but it is ordered that whatever meoswilium tells them to do they must do)
>>
>>4586096
Sybaael is returned, the landscape of Tavthallan politics throws about and shakes up as her identity is confirmed

She spends a week in deep prayer and isolation, barring the mausoleum to prevent any others entry into it, only just now learning of her beloved brothers death.

The royal family is in shambles, it falls to her as the last remaining member with any standing to restore life to it.

Sybaael declares herself King a week and a day after her grand reappearance, acknowledging the Tavthallor as her official regent.
She gives a series of rapid economic edicts and declares to all nations in diplomatic contract with Tavthalla her return to life, and now claim to the throne of Tavthalla as king, steadies the economy and stays for almost a year before rapidly heading off to the war front, having disappeared from public eye for much of the later half of her stay.
She has gazed upon the true face of Uesugi herself, the price she paid was well worth the knowledge.
Some say echoes of magic and wisdom dwell within her scarred and destroyed other eye.

Actions 1 and 2: Vaariide, Mythril Silk

Tavthalla does not make much in the way of luxury goods, they construct great ballistas and ships but have given the knowledge of this away for almost free, and sustain their economy off of exporting raw materials rather than refined products.

This is something the usually violent but now uncharacteristically calm Sybaael notices, and seeks to exploit, metallurgists put to task developing a new material from their current ones.

What results is a material of almost mythical qualities, a metal silk, impossibly fine and stupendously durable.
The methods behind its forging and secretive and ritualistic, an alloy of platinum and mythril woven into thin sheets, but unlike either metal it is not rigid, inheriting the platinum luster and the mythril durability.

This mythril-silk, as the shorthand has developed is not as durable as true mythril, but still easily stab proof and light to the touch, woven expertly. It’s true name in tauric script being Vaariide.

The issues in producing it are that it requires simply the two most expensive metals in the world to produce, and then truly expert hands to weave the metals in exactly the right way, but nobles will pay anything for the best. It will make Tavthalla rich through export out of the country and through trade within the nation to local nobles who have yet to give all they can to the war.

Not only is it a beautiful fashion statement, but a fantastic lightweight armour for only the obscenely wealthy.
>>
Action 1
Move the Horde east towards the unoccupied tile between Arcadia
The leadership announces its plans bring the borderd church settlement and surrounding infrastucture into the sphere of influence

Action 2
Retrain some warbands to utilise cavlry and flying eagles

Action 3
Order the vassals to manufacture steel weaponry to better outfit the warriors
>>
>>4586647
1.
Construct a port and farm upon our new city. May Orca'dl swim through the waters of Ju'gul'agi.

2.
Fhl'hldr and the nearby Magi School are crucial for the war effort. Rebuilding takes place, and corpses are seized to make undead.
>>
Hello there. Is there space for new players ?
>>
>>4587638
Should be. Need to join the discord regardless though so you can ask the qms there.
>>
File: Map Turn 62.png (1.88 MB, 2048x2570)
1.88 MB
1.88 MB PNG
Event cooldowns: ILK 2-1, RRFU 1-0, Nothpuez 1-0.

Nemean: (+2 Cooldown)
>>4586406
Along with an improvement in the structures, implementation of our doctrine follows. The temples teach the Lo-hai religion but also adhere to our teachings, no face is to be depicted, though it does get difficult to tell what is and isn't a face regarding the Lo-hai. The port of Mammon'Aerie sees the city flourish, now able to do fishing, ferry colonists and even try their hand at the surrounding economy.

[Event to come later, as I figure out a character event to do for you.]

Sealand: (+1 Cooldown)
>>4586665
The iron mine is upgraded so as to compete with our increasing demand. Especially after needing to make up for the loss from the most recent raid. The mine even has a quaint town nearby, where the miners stay and have a family, making further generations of miners.
Our ships are reinforced yet further, they become formidable vessels able to take a beating, resistant even to our own ballistae. Perhaps a ram will be the only thing capable of sinking these hulking ironclads.

Event: People have noticed some people appearing immune to the new plague. It seems a couple of families birth children who never get infected, and thus these people are sought after to give more plague-immune children.

Durmaign: (+1 Cooldown)
>>4586684
Mercenary companies soon crop up, doing jobs for the highest bidder. This not only increase the experience but also the quantity of fighters, though professionalism takes a hit, as their loyalty is more toward coin than obligation.
Furnaces to boil water are made, though people are a bit overexcited to try it out and accidentally blow their house up trying to use the steam for cooking, and some try making a "sauna" where their lifeless steamed bodies are later found.

Event: A band of mercenaries rises to prominence, particularly it's leader, a man named Ragnar, leader of the Red Axe Band. He is a bearded man with a jovial laugh, he knows how to make even the fiercest rivals stand side-by-side working toward a common goal.
>>
Imperii: (+2 Cooldown)
>>4586708
The urge to get away from infected society drives quite the exodus to spread out, laying claim to the lands. This does mean less people in the capital, but at the moment, that's not too bad.
The theological study makes priests more motivated in preaching the virtue of Kyuu, though some do question if it's better to worship a flawed deity, or just go for the perfect deity, even if weak, and simply get the ball rolling.
Through pained gasp and sickly sizzle, the practice of cauterization becomes a thing. It sees infections decrease, but not disappear, as sometimes the burn wound itself gets infected, but it is indeed much rarer. Though some prefer cut scars than burn scars.

Event: The sky opens to pour down rain. Rain, in the desert. People rejoice at the warm rain soaking their bodies, though the underdwellers find their caves flooded by the water, as nobody expected it to rain this much in the desert. The sheer amound of rain even transforms some of our lands, grass starts to grow, turning some of our desert into savanna.

Al'qaye:
>>4586773
The bundles of sacrifices find themselves occupied by several nightmares, though the better woven together the sacrifice, the better the cooperation of the nightmares. These horrors are therefore both shambling and walking, eratic and focused.
A Fleshworks is setup, a place to twist and modify the bodies of living things and also summons horrors from beyond.

Ithempeli:
>>4586934
Observing the routes and behavior of the Zlon, opportunities present themselves, until they all coincide into a clear path. Most of the Ithempeli manage to sneak out, though the rest are captured and promptly ground and shattered, attempting to pry information out of them, but ultimately, your people get away, but your lands are just... abandoned. Looks like they used to, there's just nobody there anymore.

Meow: (+2 Cooldown)
>>4586968
The new collossi are hulking behemoth with a bunch of eyes, so as to discern distance and the target as accurately as possible. It's long arms do wear down quickly though, requiring work and resources to regenerate the tendons and muscles torn from it's sheer arm strength. But in return, it can throw rocks at astounding range, and hit with the force to tear through whatever you aim it at. Though it is indeed very clumsy and unmaneuverable, not good for melee or anything beyond throwing things.
With the aid of Stripeland and Golyemat, the road is connected, despite how far from the capital it is.

Event: FIRE! The trees of the swampland has caught on fire. It is only slowed by the wetland biome, never stopped. People say it is H*rtkor's flame, which burns regardless of hot or cold, but firefighters are able to douse some flames, it's just that it's a chaotic mess of peasants with shoddy buckets and they also get battered by fleeing animals.
>>
Wrangdan:
>>4586998
(You need to prospect for and discover a deposit before making a mine for it, rerouting mine making to prospecting.)
Iron is found on the eastern coast. A mine and forge is made to exploit this resource. It is fortunate that iron has a high melting point, otherwise it'd become as molten as the hands that wields it.

RRFU: (0 Cooldown)
>>4587024
People are cured, and they are happy. At first they scream as their self is torn apart, but soon the one are many, the pain of one is nothing to the comfort of many. The plague is pushed back, may soon be gone, even ones from other nations become many.
Patrols start catching the pirates, and the dishonorable curs have loose lips, so it is soon gathered that the MSU have signed a deal with the pirates themselves, not Tavthalla, offering safe harbor in exchange for not being raided.

Nothpuez: (0 Cooldown)
>>4587115
The food shipments are very much welcomed, stabilizing the situation and hastening a recovery that would otherwise take generations.
Levies are sent to your neighbor, out for honor and glory, though they question how many slaves or how much wealth an army of zombies would amass.

Tavthalla:
>>4587273
With much work, a mithril filament is made, it is resistant to stretching, but it still retains a resistance to bending. However, it can be bent now, it's just very much stiff still. Not quite fit for clothing, but it makes a good wire for cranes and nets. Further alloys may be needed to make the never-changing metal flex and weave like cloth.

Tarvos: (+1 Cooldown)
>>4587315
The trek east finds a tortured land, crystals blight it, the very laws of nature suspended as you spot islands floating far above, the natives have crystals growing within their very flesh. You also happen upon floating islands and dark crystals which infects anyone nearby with growing crystals within their flesh. Looking up you see a tortured sky, peeling itself to unleash lightning down below. Worse still are the storms, surefire death to any out of shelter, growing crystals inside and out, even for a while afterwards, the air is thick with crystalline spores.
Progress is made to try and tame the giant eagles, fortunately some seem more accustomed to humans than others, but still, only the higher ups get eagles to ride on for now. (1/2 progress)
The steel forges flare up once more, making weapons for your soldiers, though with the devastation of Shay, armorsmiths are rare. (Another action needed for steel armor)

Event: Lights are seen during the night sky, pretty lights, which people enjoy. But it's origins lie to the east, where the explorers fall victim to an ion storm in the blighted lands, which spreads the crystal blight across the river.
>>
File: Map Turn 62 with plague.png (1.36 MB, 2048x2570)
1.36 MB
1.36 MB PNG
Lo-hai: (+2 Cooldown)
>>4587632
The city of Ju'gul'agi welcomes the addition of a port and fishery, where the Orca'dl are raised and fed.
The city of Fhl'hldr is born anew, and the magic library is repaired though not fully restored. Getting people to settle the recently ravaged city is also a bit tricky to convince people off, so more effort can be spared.

Event: Praise to Prius, a number of lead-shells have amassed a veritable fortune. However, despite the greedy ways of their Auron kin, the lead-shells are open to use some of their wealth for the war, as long as they have enough wealth to continue gaining wealth. The lead-shells do sacrifice some of the wealth to Prius though, an acceptable Prius to pay for fortune.

--

[Forgot to apply the plague layer, here's a map with plague layer.]

Next turn's event cooldowns: ILK 1-0, Nemean 2-1, Sealand 1-0, Durmaign 1-0, Imperii 2-1, Meow 2-1, Tarvos 1-0, Lo-hai 2-1.
[NPC Events and war-posts to follow. Other than that, feel free to post for Turn 63.]
>>
>>4587984

How bothersome that some of the best and most well made farms in the Imperii got flooded...At least things have mostly returned to normal what with the lands affected by the crystal blight have returned to lush color once more, and an ability to actually farm from it. Still, repairing such will take time, and will be done at a later time. For now, however...There is unfinished work that needs to be done. The Magna Sacheverell Theatrum de Rubrumetria, as it will now be called, will be finished, and the first games to take place in it are scheduled to be at the end of it's construction. All that is really needed is the internals of the building. Really, for the longest time it has been little more than a monument that is very...empty on the inside. But that will change now. It's better to do this and the maintenance work needed than to just leave it and wait for it to decay. After all, it would be a massive waste of time if we were to do such, and being oh so close to completion too.

Other than this, news would come in from merchants and traders, news that would make the Heáhcásern quite upset...She'd send a letter to Æðelgifu, and give her orders as to what to direct a certain colony to do. For the chain of islands that the Nemean had colonized was a dagger at the heart of the Imperii. And, if such was to be dissuaded from being used, the Imperii would need to build up their own. The best way of doing such would be to expand the colony, and solidify their control over it, as it is entirely possible that the colonization of the islands off the coast was deliberately done by the Nemean in order to pressure the Imperii. And such made sense, after all, the Imperii didn't believe in their philosophy, let alone deface much of their art in quite a literal fashion. Regardless, Orders would be given to the colony, for the population had grown quite a bit from natural growth. And, this order would be quite simple. Lay claim to the east coast. It is vital so that we may be able to dissuade certain potential actions in the future...

In other news, those who speak of a 'perfect deity' that is lesser than Kyuu are generally laughed off as simply unfaithful who wish to complain, that or young Telrac who think Liberdantoc is cool or other nonsense.

>Action One. Finish the Magna Sacheverell Theatrum de Rubrumetria

>Action Two & Three. Expand along the east coast of the colony, using the members of the colony.
>>
>>4587985
With foreign responsibilities filled (in the meantime anyways) the situation with the landslide issue must be resolved
Action 1:
Found a normal lumbermill. The jungle has fine wood in it, and we need to improve our economy so that it is no longer polity based.
Also improve the iron mine
Action 2:
Move Toxin
Causes a toxin to move within a medium in a certain direction and in a certain way as the caster wishes, its effectiveness increases exponentially with the concentration of the toxin. (somebody with a minor cough could maybe be shoved a bit, while crystalized toxins can be waved about) This spell cannot however change the state of a toxin by itself, nor can it say mend a solid toxin outside of conventional reactions.
>>
File: the new purification.png (27 KB, 273x279)
27 KB
27 KB PNG
>>4588059
adendum
PLAguE IN TEH NATION PLAGUE INT HE NATION AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH
action 1 replacement:
KIL IT IKILL IT
send in the priests of mykearn. send in the guilds and give them slaves and the damned as fuel for our magics.
issue the decree! this terrible thing must be purged, give up those sick and put them to the pyre if need be!
collect up the crystals and throw them into the deepest pits of the most barren parts of the mines.
The plague must be removed from this land. For all time. This must be done now.
>in the past we felt the toxic wrath of the druids... they killed so many of us with disease from the very beginning. But we are strong... not only do we resist that death in our very bones but we know just how to fight it. When its this bad, when it is this tragic.

Mykearn works with the mists to identify the disease and guides his men to go and purge it. Some may be curable, others not. To the fire with them... so be it.
The new move toxin spell is used to blow it into the southern winds (during times when those winds are fine), we cannot bear to take the crystalized version deeper into the forest, let the arcadians have it better them than us.
(if it takes razing some of the farmland that is also fine, land manned by the dead is no good land at all)
>>
Nemea: (2 Cooldown)
Event: The king has gained a new wife, a scholarly woman with many a tale to tell, a storyteller and teacher. Your children are sure to be learned and wise under her guidance. She may even assist the king himself.

Celeste:
The city of Twosunaint has grown to become a bustling metropolis, and the nearby garrison has sworn fealty to the Celestial Family over Marca. Bright times are ahead, under the divine radiance of the twin suns and ten moons.

Amelia:
A landslide hits the nation, causing the sulphur mine to collapse. People are trying to rescue the miners trapped below. Amelia would greatly appreciate help.

Megalodonate.
There is a lot of salamanders in the Megalodonate lands, the people know who is responsible and give prayer to Connie. There's also a lot of Salamander Skewers being sold in the Megalodonate markets.

MSU:
The pirate cove grows, more join their ranks and rampage the nearby shipping, even managing to capture a stray Tavthallan vessel and use it's ballistae for themselves.

--

Turn 51's Arcadia-Borevia-Meoswilum War:
>>4584896
>>4585429
With the war wrapping up, apart from the Nemeans waltzing on into the capital, the Arcadians start going home, having a merry ol' celebration, because no matter what happens next, Borevia is defeated. However, when they return to Borevia, they find it overrun by zombies, but not nightmare zombies. Instead it's fungus zombies with an all too familiar face, the Meoswilian military. The Arcadians hold strongpoints, fortified against attacks while figuring out what's going on. The Meoswilians deny them access to Borevia, now claiming ownership of it.
>>
Arcadia-Neemean-Meoswilum War:
>>4586102
>>4586968
The Arcadians put up a valiant defence, but the sheer weight of numbers push through, penetrating deep into the lands. Arcadian airships are a major hindrance though, as they prefer daytime, when the Telrac are at their weakest, and they're quick to figure out there's a limit to their shadow magic, which means they just need to employ more light golems to weaken their darkness enough for sunrays to hit through. However, once inside the lands, in order to keep the supplies lasting as long as possible, they hunt wildlife that turns out to be infected. This causes the living soldiers to become sick, and the zombies don't fare much better, as the same acidity that created corrosive bile also harms the fungal infection. So it may become necessary to tap into the supplies even harder, ceasing all forraging activity, in order to prevent further spread.

The Arcadians are tired from plague and war, but yet they will oppose you, holding fast, especially as the Nemean forces are occupying themselves with occupying Borevia. Still, further Imperii forces are landing and there's rumors of Nothpuezkahn recruiting efforts going on, sure to provide aid in due time.

But the people of Golyemat then starts hindering the supply lines, saying that because of Arcadia's aid in their time of need, they are now obligated to aid Arcadia in their time of need. Greedy as Arcadia may be, they are not the ones invading the heartlands of anyone but Borevia, while Arcadia is currently fighting on the defensive.

[I cannot update the Shogun war because I am a significant participant, it will be dealt with by Viorp.]
[Anyway, that's basically the rest of the update done, post away fro Turn 63.]
>>
>>4587987
> colonize the lands around ithempeli
> colonize the lands around pleocyemata
...what’s happened to the statue people? They have stopped moving! They are not around anymore! Suspicious, menacing even. They cannot be left unguarded, the lands around them must be colonized! This is the word of the high council, this is our law
>>
>Action 1: Found City: Heaven's Gate
The masses have proved too durable for eradication by the Statue's feeble hands. Though the world will not be as perfect for Ithempeli's reign as they intended, they are safe. Now they must bide their time, growing in numbers until the last of his essence invades the mortal plane.
One of Aka's ruined Metropolis's is taken as a home for the Statues, fixed up by their stone magic

>Build Infrastructure (Obsidian Mine)
The Statues are no strangers to Volcanos, in fact they had created a system to neutralize and harness the magma and volcanic rock of their own. Here they shall do the same to prevent any dangerous eruptions and hopefully supply a sustainable source of stone.
>>
>>4588148
(no time to write 'cause Qm work)

As the war seems to be going well as of now the forces continue rushing the capital, though slow down to perserve supply lines as Imperii scouts watch from above.

(can't deal with fire yet because no actions this turn)
>>
With this sudden revelation of people being immune, those that are are sent to the RRFU to see if they can help create a method of cure that prevents those not infected from getting it.

2 actions: Begin construction on Primordial Wrath
With those improvements made, one last thing would need to be done, something to replace the flagship of Sealand. It would be a grandiose ship, and one that would leave the battle to be purely a means of skill with no means of magic to cheat. With large purchases of Mythril from both the Taurs, Nemeans, and void Zlon through duplication, a vast ship of the material would begin to be made. A massive concentration of the stuff, and although expensive, hopefully being made of such a material it would debilitate any mages that got within 500ft of it. It would be a grand ship, and would be used to be the decider on the waves.
>>
>>4587984
Actions:

- The first round of attempts at summoning a terror to possess the hulks were met with less than ideal results. The sacrifices would be individually claimed by nightmares, making for a chaotic mass of activity that, though "alive" was in constant conflict with its numerous personalities and ultimately unable to achieve anything beyond squirming and screeching as each fought for dominance. A new approach would be adopted by the fleshseers. The sacrifices would be imbedded into the hulk, but they themselves would first be surgically attached to each other. The seers would then execute them in a synchronized fashion, believing the collective life energy offered in that moment would be large enough to draw a terror from the Fantasea, and their joined bodies large enough to act as a nuclease to house the creature as it claims its new vessel.

- Acting on the information of their spies, the watchers send forth their eyes to the lands of the Imperii, hoping to catch a glimpse of their shadowy magics to aid in the Realm's own development of it's mist. As could be expected, the greatest secrets to their arts aren't exactly practiced in broad daylight. Perhaps only a glimpse at mere fragments of the fundamentals to their magics is all the watchers could manage. Never the less, the Realm observes, trying to use what little they can gather to aid them, while learning a little more about the neighboring nation as well.
>>
File: RuinsVI.jpg (499 KB, 1920x810)
499 KB
499 KB JPG
"How pleasant it is for -life- to return to my Master's garden. Even under such suspect circumstances," The Tongue of Aka welcomes the golems and their own deity into the ruins, but warns of Aka's fickle nature, "Know that your safety here comes at a price; one far greater than the meagre trinkets proffered for His wisdom. You surrender your divinity, no more shall the spark of Ithempeli dwell within you, for He-of-many-names coils around the heartstone. Once you may have been feared, now there will be only bitter hatred for your kind." Darkness then falls, the great tree's shade is cold and spiteful. The order, the cult, the line of Ithempeli ends this day. But the city of the Hornéd Serpent lives once more.
>>
>>4587985
>Action Spread and refine the cure many nations have allowed us in, we must do our best to spread the cure far and wide, to save as many as we can while refining our cure so that more will be saved without the side effect of the MIND and less is lost to the threshold. curing anyone that seeks them out and in the nations that allow it actively seeking people to cure

>Action With the support of the MSU the Fraternian patrol navy that the Wolf kin sent and our land forces assault the pirate port aiming to capture the leadership and to do as little harm to civilians as is reasonable, they are innocent after all.
>>
1. Have menachem explore the topright quadrant and remove terra incognita.

2. Build a road between malifas and temnevi.
>>
>>4587983
1
>Research Fire Elemental
Its about time we made elementals of fire, with our expertise in burning things we should have no problem filling the battlefield with elementals of fire.
2
>Research Elemental hybridization
Some people think that we should try merging two different elementals together. A lot of people are opposed and think the idea is stupid, but the rest won't give up on the idea. insisting that this experimentation is necessary to progress our understanding of the world.
>>
Action 1
Send a volunteer scout team into these new hellish lands. Search out any settled peoples that may be worthy of protection also looking for possible strategic structures and resources.
They are told if they suffer this crystal affliction, they are not to return and might be subject to quarantine or execution by fire if they do.

Action 2
Continue taming and utilizing the hawks

Action 3
Scout Southern territories to locate a secure campsite for the horde and possibly expand sphere of influence south
>>
>>4587985
Action 1: Horse archer tactics
Of course, rather than horse archers, centaurs with Greatbows.
Learning greater tactics and manoeuvres to deal more damage and evade enemy fire

Action 2: Deadly precise greatbowmen

Simple effectiveness with our ranged weaponry
>>
The Iron King is angry, her palace is in shambles, then again, so is most of the city. Still, the biggest issue is the port and the mine, luckily we have a second port, but we need that mine up and running. We also need a better economy, we need other wares to trade, maybe we can create our own.

Action 1: Invent Yoga Exercise (2/2 progress).
Yoga is not just for Kitsune, it should be for everyone. We shall develop some different styles of Yoga, also we should figure out the uniform best for moving around and showing off the body at work. It's improper to be nude, but anything not shown is something not known.

Action 2: Rebuild Jade Mine.
We need our jade to keep our economy going, without it our economy will just crumble faster and faster. We need to keep all of our economic legs intact to stay in this war.

Action 3: Invent Shapecloth (1/3 progress).
Our clothing hasn't advanced much, but everyone wants clothes. It shouldn't be too expensive to create a new cloth, but it'll also be a lucrative ware everyone will want. We wish to create a flexible and stretchy cloth, something which hugs the figure of the body, so even a clothed body will show off it's physique. We will experiement with fabric, leather and even spider's silk, also see if magic somehow helps.
>>
Warpost:
...
With no reports of what the Shogun is doing, continue the defense, try and monitor the Ithempeli and Lo-Hai path way a little and take note of north Ithempeli to see if they’re trying to go around. If nothing is sighted from the patrols and they all report back continue to press the advantage.
>>
File: Turn 63.png (1.14 MB, 2048x2570)
1.14 MB
1.14 MB PNG
GLOBAL EVENT
As the ithempeli nation collapses while many flee to Aka island. Refugees from the collapsing state flee to every country arround the world. Those who may take them in will leanr their earth and metal beding magic after they settle in (5 turns). Those fleeing are mostly the uninitiated, thus plague magic knowlege among them is scarce.

Following te refugees are furious Zlon from ga’ga’ul hellbent on hunting down and exterminating every single one. Ga’ga’ul finding out you house ithempeli will make them greatly dislike you.

> All players pls say whether or not you accept the refugees and let them settle or not.

Imperii - event major good - Haael’s gift, unique resource found in the desert
>>4588011
The theater is finished, now with it’s grandness rivaling the other world wonders, even the Celestial Pantheon’s head cathedral. As for the foreign continent. the expanssion proceeding at a rapid rate using only locals is hard. The poppulation there certainly was enough for one, but doing two is stretching it thin, especially as the new colony lacks farms… as it grows importing food is going to get harder and harder. Especially as recently our mainland farms were flooded.

Your nation many Servus foreigners snooping arround about Shadow magic.

EVENT: May the Spice flow! Following the mirrage of a sandy tortoise explorers find an oeasis with a small civilisation of Kitsune living there their hair and eyes glow blue. Trade is set up and they join the EMpire. They sell something called “Zpice”. The zubstance boosts all your senses and lets you “sense” future events usually mere moments in the future, but this allows even the clumsiest of men to easily doge arrows shot at him by 10 archers at once. The drug is highly addictive and the user dies if he stops taking it for too long, it also boosts you magical and physical abilities and also extends lifespan. Otherwise there seem to be no drawbacks., just once you start taking it… don’t stop.
>>
>>4588455

Ithempeli
> Outro post
>>4588186
A large group of stone men arrive at the tongues home. they wish to make the place their home wishing to beneffit from it's ban on violence as the entire world wishes to destroy them.

They have released a great plague which wiped out the world afterall.

Ithempeli the divine becomes the servant of Aka, and the Tongue's old home is once more lived in.

The ithempeli find a new home though they still are strewn arround the world. Their old culture of art lives on in the Zlon of Brotherhood, their kin lives on in the Tongues land as well as strewn arround the world hiding in rural areas and unexplored regions of the world. The Stone men’s legecy unlike their nation shall remain forever, for they have unleashed the worst plague this world ever knew.

Stuff got constructed.

Sealand
>>4588289
The immune ones seem to merely have actually gone trough an earlier stage of the disease which was healed with herbs. Sadly they are not useful for making a widespread cure with.

A grand ship made out of Mythrill is constructed. known by the name Primordial Wrath it is the new flagship of the Sealeves, manned solely by Antimages and grander, larger and more expesinve than any ship in the world. It is not just a war machine, it is a diplay of wealth and might in it’s own right.

Fraternitas
>>4588314
The cure spreads like wildfire and with the cure… so do the sideffects. Soon every town of moderate size can boost multiple minds. In some cases entire villages become one. Who knows what this arrangement may lead too. The mindset of the MIDS certainly seems to still be “human”, but fears are they might diverge over time into completelly different beings. Especially in Meoswilum many are reminded of Litches when they see the MINDS.


EVENT: Softpaw oh Softpaw where art though?
While on a diplomatic mission to the MSU a tavthalllan ship destroyed the vessel the Queen was on and she was thrown overboard. The nation has no idea if she is even alive… as no corpse was found.

The Queen herself? Washed up on an uninhabited barren island. Without her constant rejuvenation treatment her old gae is starting to quickly catch up to her, but she makes herself a small comfy home and lights fires to find help. Where she is stranded she found a deposit of amber. Let’s hope help comes soon.
>>
>>4588460
Durmaign
>>4588337
Fire Elementals are created… but how to put it… they look exactly like the Wisps. Creepily so. It is not the resemblance man sees in ape rather a feeling of uncanny valley. Many Wisps have very mixed feelings on fire elementals ranging from kinship, apathy to disgust. At least in battle they are expected to be very useful.

Merging Elementals… is odd. Water and fire produce mist, Stone and Air, sandstorm, lava and earth magma. Said elementals are morep owerful, but very instable and hard to conroll. Acting sporadically as if one forced two souls in one body and the body itself was a random mix of two creatures sewn together like a horse and crab.

Al'quaya
>>4588298
The experiments finally create it. A true terror, a predator of the deep. These beasts are a league above nightmares. Snooping arround the nation the cultists blend in with the Servus observing of the Telrac use shadfow magic casually in the day to protect themselves from the sun. trough observation they gain enough insight to aid work on the mist. Though if they understood the magic truly… the results could be much grander.

EVENT: many of the once mindless servants wake up to consciousness. They demand equal rights to all other citizens of the nation.
Nemean
>>4588317
The lands are explored, nothing much beyond Mountains and sea is found, but the natural beauty of them ountains is astounding. They all seem like frozen over volanoes. Where at times frozn shut laval forms nets within sheets of ice.

The road is constructed without any issues.

Nothpuezkahn
>>4588059
In the Outskirts of our glorious nation a lumbermill is constructed. Far from the prying eyes of the dryads who greedily protect the giant roots. there we in peace can harvest large quantities of wood from.

The new spell is interesting. Directly countering the flow of disperrion of toxin it instead can be used to specifically conzentrate it in different bodyparts. On one hand this allows to save one filled with a deadly dose of poison by conzentrating it in his finger and cutting it off. On the other it allows a non-deadly doze of poison to be conzentrated on a speciffic organ killing a target with way less than otherwise needed.

(sorry you need to actually put in an action to deal with the plague, let’s say this is enough to stop further spread though)
>>
Catual
>>4588366
The people of the northern lands seem to be embroiled in guerilla warfare. Wolfkin fighting humans. Both sides wielding magic, the humans leading giant hordes of golems. The humans seem more civilised, but more magic focused. Camps in which Wolfkin are enslaved on mass cover the area.

Your mastery of giant hawk riding is improved. the beasts can now maneuver the air effotlessly and coordination between multiple raiders let’s you put on advanced manuvers which could confuse enemy flying foes even if they are faster than you. Safe places are found and the hordes reach extends further south. Conquering the now returned to savagery Marcans living there, regaining controll of the ruins of the old capital, Arcatria.


Wrangdan
>>4588168
Both colonisation efforts succeed and you gain more land to siphon wealth from. Curiously enough though you do find Staue refugees hiding in ruins. Will you shield them or hand them over to the Zlon?

Now one needs to wonder if your nation will be able to keep hold of all these lands! Fortifications and walls might be a good start.

Tavthalla
>>4588374
Horse archery is surprisingly difficult. A human riding a horse can stand up in the saddle and steaddy his pace to remove the shaking from his bow and shoot. A taur is attacked to his lower half as such no such chock mitgation exists. As such your horse archers are forces to jump as they shoot making them predictable or outright stop.

Greatbowmen are introduced. Somewhat redundant as their rate of fire and power is much lower than that of our Automatic balistae. Admittedly they are cheaper to make and more accurate being able to fill rolls of cheap ranged units or snipers.

ILK
>>4588397
Yoga is finished and it very relaxing… makes one nearly forget we are at war, an earthquake just happened and our capital was burned down… yeah.

The jade mine is rebuilt.

No fabric suitable is found… one can just makes the clothes tighter. What a failu untill an idea comes about. What about paint? The lands are warm here, why make tightfitting clothing if her could just paoint our flesh as if we wore clothing above it?

Arcadia
> heresy grips the nation a new odd form of soulism springs up proposing that all Gods are worthy of worship instead of none.

MSU
> nation gains Jade mine and deposit


CCF
Finally after many years the Celestial Pantheon becomes Mezentians majority religion… at least officially. Halistra is still worshipped in syncretist fashion.
>>
SHOGUNATE WAR
The naval front once more stagnated. The Ithempeli have left the war and due to their ithempeli extermination efforts the Ga’ga’ul contribution has greatly fallen. The alliance has lost many of it’s economic and artillery troops. The north which the Shogun cosnidered a lost cause suddenly has turned calm as no real resistance remains there beyond the Lo-Hai fighting as fiercely as ever and with lower shogun presence their army is recovering. New ships are spat out and even 2 new planes are remade as a slow start to rebuilding.

On the Southern front things look similarly grim the Arcadian airsupport from last turn is lost as their forces turn their eye westward to fight the Meoswilans and Nemeans. The ILK remained with 75% of their force, weakening the fort especially as they recently lost large swath of their navy in a natural dissaster. The Fraternitans continuing their transport duty elevate the stress and the Pirates having been chased off means that supply problems lessen… though it is unknown how long the Fraternitans will keep their navy leased out.

In other words very quickly a major adventage has degraded into a stalemate. The great Admiral sensing opportunity has launched a raid in which the KIL capital was destroyed. Though news arise of the Fraternitans taking 25% of their fleet back, greatly setting back the Tavthallans in supplies a drop in supplies by 25% is major and worsened the situation further.

On a raid destroying the ILK capital the great admital herself was captured, lulling the alliance into a feeling of safety, but her army was still following her commands written months in advance, they attacked the Wolfkin and tauric navies. Dealing major damage of 30% to both present.

With this and their capital lost the wolfkin would experience an economic collapse. Meaning the already cut short tauric war supplies need to go to aiding the wolfkin. As of now in the Southern front the Alliance is on the deffensvie.
>>
DA PIRATE RAID
On a tiny island of the MSU coast the Pirates reside. As promised the MSU launched their navy to attack the island, the pirates though using cuvier and lo-hai water magic made the currents like a maze giving them time to escape. Any good pirate knows to not trust anyone, they expected the MSU to betray them.

What they did not expect was a middle sized force of the Wolfkin and Fraternitan navy. The Pirates were forced to engage in naval warfare, were the enemy force bigger they would be slaughtered or easily captured, but the battle would be harsh and over half the Pirates would escape. Leaving most those who did not dead and a few left to interrogate.

The rest of the pirates flee to an undiscovered island to recover losses. Who knows if they will not go back to their contract later.

TAVTHALLA MEGALONODATE WAR
The Peacekeeping force already had a hard time reigning in people from both sides. Army personall from both tavthalla and the megalonodate wishing for revenge for their fallen comaredes. With troops relagated to fighting Pirates the Unthinkable happens… a propper battle.

The Battle of the riddestrym sees a force of ships lead by a non-compliant taurc general attempt an attack on the megalonodate’s fleet which has been violating Diamond Islands teritorial waters. Seeing the violation of teritorial waters, he used his authority to deem that an act of agression. Sadly due to lacking mainland support and most good ships and men being sent westward the battle ends in a harrowing defeat.
>>
[Posting for Williechad]
>>4588455
1.
>Expansion
The two tiles forming the west coast of the mainland are taken, as well as the lone tile of the island the north.

2.
Upgrade our airport and plane manufactory.
My 3rd since I missed this turn is.

3. Our great shell "From Ok'dl With Love" is made to look like one of our ships with an ice scaffolding. When the Lo-hai comes to conflict with the Shoguns navy, they intend to flee after giving a false fight, with the timer upon the shell soon to detonate, with the Shogun's forces no doubt attempting to board and take the craft
>>
File: expansion.png (185 KB, 433x452)
185 KB
185 KB PNG
1. Claim the highlighted islands with Menachem. With the continent explored all that remains as an enigma are the islands near us. We shall banish this ignorance and secure dominance of our seas by colonizing these islands.

2. Create Spell of the Second Sun (astrology, name pending based on discovery). It has been unfortunate how limited the sun dance is in application due the requirement of two people. Reflecting the condition of the celestial body themselves. However by divining the mystery of the second sun and linking it to the spell of the first sun perhaps we can get around this limitation by being able to recreate the heavens themselves?
>>
New players still welcome btw
>>
>>4589415
unblock me on discord you polack >:(, i just wanna discuss with you
>>
>>4588465

Actions:

(Skipping event till I get a bit more clarity)

- The hulks stir to live and at long last the waters of the crescent isles have worthy denizens to make it their home. Yet these creatures' value lies in more than being simply beasts that stalk these waters. The Realm continues to explore and expand their abilities in crafting these giants by crafting additional "chambers" to their form during the assembly process. These would allow the hulks to double as transports or to carry cargo, in order to fill much the same role as the merchant or war ships of the mortal races. (3/3)

- Their observations over the Imperii have offered them some insights, yet if their work could become so much more if they had access to the source. The avenue of Diplomacy would be one path, but the Realm lacks any interest beyond their immediate goal to engage in such an arduous process. Instead they aim to simply rip these secrets directly from those that hold them. Xigua are dispatched on missions to infiltrate the coastal cities of the Imperii at night, with the goal of eating the minds of interesting persons that hold pertinent knowledge marked for by the watchers. While not all are Xigua equally nimble, those successful in their hunt skulk back into the waters with their plundered memories and knowledge to be used by the seers to continue work on the mist.
>>
1&2 Firefighting
Top priority is the fires don't reach the tar and coal mine... As then things will quickly go from bad to horrible.

We live in a swamp and use water magic. This should be manageable.

3
Drill Army for entry into Shogun war. Loose anti magic formations are tested. As well as use of water magic to counter fire.

WARPOST
Due to the fires and our navy being crap we can't spare much yet. The plan is to send singular boats out with an Ape Emperor and many blowers present. The Apes shall throw blowers onto enemy ships where they explode and infect on mass.

To escape the Ships shall make up for their lackluster speed by dumping tar into the water behind them and lighting it on fire. Hit and run is best we can do for now... We're really converging with the Wolfkin.
>>
1 action: The ship was almost finished, adorning it iron Ballistae that have exited the prototype stage of semi-automatic. An impressive 20 shots a minute from each of the 30 turrets manned on two levels of the ship on each side. And with reports of the troublesome admiral gone, this ship would be the final stone to break Shorino's naval line

1 action: And seeing as how a large fleet would be needed, the port is rebuilt some, making sure it had enough space for all of the ships that were to be sent out.


War post:
A full on charge with all of Sealand's forces. With the norther seas captured, and the new iron ships finally ending their development cycle it was time. The initial assault halted, this one would be utter hell. Captain Vance Oak, unable to even man the flagship of Sealand due to its nature allowed Captain Yon to take his place on it. The orders to retrieve the Storm Kraken if possible, and if not, to sink it. Other than that, Sealand would go to permanently end the fleet of Shorino in the south.
With this goal in mind, the captains set out, Captain Rex and Vance staying back to look over their respective nations, their forces not.
>>
>>4588455

The new strange zpice, or 'sine fine contrahant' as it would come to be called, would be something that would be carefully taken and guarded. Only the Nobilitatis would have access to such a material, and it swiftly would be known to be a permanent deal, as the name it gains would imply. Such would be of quite some use, and it's rumored the Heáhcásern has been using or considering using the drug since it came to be. Naturally, such a rumor is false, as the Heáhcásern knew that getting addicted to such a substance is...frankly, a bad idea, especially considering such could be cut off if the source is found. Regardless, the new drug wouldn't be relegated, though, it would become quite obvious that only the rich should take it, or those who actually can produce the stuff.

Regardless, this discovery, combined with the continued fear of the plague leads more to expand outward. A dream desired long ago, the march to the other sea, becoming a reality. Of course, this expansion would be focused in the southern deserts of the heartland, ensuring that in the near future, the Imperii's claims of land would be ensured. Ideally, soon the entire portion of the desert lands of the continent would belong to the Imperii, and ideally, said sands could be turned to soil...For, a plan was had by Æðelgifu, the Viridi Terram Plan...But this would be far off for now. It was a plan based on the idea of the utilization of aquifers, yet far grander in scope than anything before it...But in time, such would be utilized, using much in the way of Imperii concrete and Servus and Civilis labor...

Other than this, seeing as she might as well, the Heáhcásern would attempt to practice strategy further, both with her own generals and Meoswilums. The recent battles had given a bit more practice to her, but she desired to better herself. After all, she still was fairly rusty compared to the grand battles of old...Oh how many years ago they were...Fond memories now, much like many things in her life at this stage...Still, furthering her skills in misdirection, anticipation of enemy tactics and countering them, and of course, naturally, simply breaking the will of the enemy was a key effort in her train of practicing. After all, it was quite likely she'd need such sooner or later...Especially given what she'd be working towards, seeing how her original plan was dashed due to the brash, tactless, and rushed actions of another... After all, Shorino would be much easier to take with it's shogun dealt with...Regardless, after her time doing such, she would have to focus on the military. There were a number of improvements she saw could be made to her forces...

>Action One & Two. Expansion.

>Action Three. Tactics training.
>>
>>4588460
>Build two port/dockyards on the coast of the outer sea, Fraternitas needs to increase its naval production the war against the Shogun demands it and the Cuvier Tavthallan conflict must end.

>With the new dockyards completed and the old ready for orders the Fraternian King Orders the outer navy to be dramatically increased, new ships for those lost in the raid against the pirates and against the shogun, as well as the reorganization of the outer navy into Two Grand Armadas each armada containing 4 fleets. Cuvier water magic is also incorporated into the navy.
Armada “Softpaw’s Retribution” will be sent to the front against the shogun to fill in the gaps.

Armada “Mercy’s Grasp” the 1st and 2nd fleets will also join the main push against the shogun, while the 3rd and 4th will force the Cuvier navy back into their ports. Sinking any ships that refuse to comply.

list of cuvier fraternian water magic [see the discord convo with vorip were he OK this magic gain from vasslizing northern sealund]
school Water magic
Branch tide control
Spells
control tide – control the currents and tides
manipulate Waves – create or destroy waves and control them the more power put into the spell the more power in the wave
create whirlpool- with our master over the tides and waves we have been able to create whirlpools, able to drown ships and send men to the deep.
water spike- create spikes of water with enough force to smash holes into the undersides or sides of ships
scalding blast – a mix of fire magic and water magic, water can be controlled and fired in bolts at scalding hot temperatures
>>
>>4588465
1
>Continue hybridization experiments
The experiments are to be continued in order to make the elemental merging process more stable.
2
>Build more farms
Additional farms are to be built to be prepared for the future.
>>
>>4588455
> build two forts in the newly conquered lands
Oh such joy it is that our neighbors have left their lands ripe for the taking! Truly, truly a blessing of Leirut this is, no other explanation.
But to keep the faithful citizens of these new lands in check, the will of the high council must be enforced. These new forts, ruled by some of our Wran-des

> colonize the land near the border of the red kingdom (which I gather to be the Pleocyemata)
These people... don’t trust them. Need more land near them to keep watch over them, yes yes.
They shall know of our presence, and they shall not underestimate us
>>
>>4590242
> Bonus action (at least I assume it’s a bonus): study the Ithempeli to extract anything useful from them, then release them to the purple people
The statues... where have they gone? We must know! But the other things from the so called “eternal” city, thy seem to like the statues.
We will squeeze everything we can from those creepy things, then we will send them back, to get the purple things on our side
>>
>>4588467
Action 1: Wartrance Apotheosis (6/6)

The wartrance has been on the cusp of becoming something greater for a long time. Something terrifying.

The Relite have already made their permanent home in the mausoleum of heroes, but deeper meditation and training brings them power greater than any before.

It is said a vision from Uesugi struck the master wartrancers awake from their eternal trance as Sybaael visited them in secret, or perhaps just tauric superstition from their excessive use of hallucinogens.

Whatever the true cause, the apex of the wartrance was discovered that day, a sort of lethal instinct that takes hold built upon all the mental conditioning developed beforehand.

This lethal instinct grants the Relite combatative power beyond reckoning, believed to be enough to be able to take on shrine maidens in single combat, provided they do not use magic.

The Relite are now the most feared and skilled combatants outside of Shorino, there is no elite infantry that even comes close to their level.

And it seems that they are soon to be called upon for the first time since the eclipse.

Action 2: Eternal War Economy

War inflicts financial strain on us all, but we are built for war, and so it would be pathetic if we were prevented from doing so for reasons as mundane as “economics”

Streamline our economy, focus it towards military pursuits, so that even when in the direst of conflicts we may thrive economically.

Warpost:

Megalodonate: The RRFU is settling things with the megalodonate on their side.
On our side Sybaael is personally taking a full half of the Relite in full mythril armaments to diamond island port, to discipline and exert her will on any foolish enough to disobey her order of ceasefire.

And should the Cuvier attempt a landing... oh, the poor fish.

Shogunate:

This is it, the final push. Same as previous tactics basically.
>>
>>4588465
as explained in >>4588059
kill the plague, its some crazy ass shit dont want that in super epic my utopia
>>
>>4590242
Correction: the red kingdom are the Lo-hai. I think
>>
Event cooldowns: Imperii 2-1, ILK 1-0, Nemean 1-0, Meow 1-0, Lo-hai 1-0, Fraternitas 1-0, Al'qaye 1-0.

Lo-hai: (Cooldown 0)
>>4588506
The island is colonized without issue, but our western expansion becomes contested. Burning skeletons at our border, people argue, fight and intermingle. Ultimately one becomes yours and the other under Wrangdan authority. This is sure to cause a kerfuffle.
Our airfield and aerosmith are building up the number of aeroplanes we can field, sure to aid us in future operations, especially with the Shogun's Miko force diminishing.
People are uneasy about this sucide bomb device, it seems a bit underhanded, not something you'd see a nation's navy do.

Nemea: (Cooldown 0)
>>4589012
Though still much obscured in the Terra Incongnita, further desert islands have been colonised by our people.
The Second Sun spell is like the first, by itself. But when one uses both spells at once, what once was a weak effect, becomes a mighty one. It is not just twice as strong, it's closer to a dozen times as strong. The whole is stronger than the sum of it's parts.

Al'qaye: (Cooldown 0)
>>4589505
The lumbering behemoths rise from betwixt the veil, through an amalgam sacrifice, larger than any man, horse, or man atop a horse. The Horrors are beasts of war, carrying either heavy burden of wreaking absolute destruction, but also having a voracious appetite.
Initial progress was good, but killing higher class people brought a lot of attention, and soon Xigua corpses litter the streets. Telrac and Wolfkin guards use their anti-nightmare tactics to full effect. Still, you've gained some shadow mage Xigua, but they lack the full insight to pass this magic on.

Meow: (Cooldown 0)
>>4589936
With great effort, the fire's progress is slowed, even fought back in some areas. The mines should be safe, having firefighters start organizing, figuring out which tactics work and which doesn't. Though even then, there are still fires, spreading along the rural areas. This wildfire is quite something, hard to stop, even in the swamp. Still, we're getting the hang of this.
How long has it been since our army doctrine was improved? The drills see far better cooperation between human and zombie elements, marching as one. In fact, the nobles like to have them march through the streets, demonstrating the discipline of our military.
>>
Sealand:
>>4589947
The new ships are powerful, expensive, but powerful. Still, this amount of ballistae cannot be used on wide-angle mounts like the deck-turrets, instead being setup as broadside batteries. Still, anyone who try to get up alongside us are in for a nasty surprise.
Our restored port capacity should let us build up our fleet faster, still, it will take time for these effects to be visible within the military.

Milestone reached: With the improvements to the lands, our economy and food and infrastructure has lead to so many living in the city that it's now a bustling metropolis. All services in the city are improved and it's better able to make use of things like the restored port.

Imperii: (Cooldown 1)
>>4590129
Our frontiersmen now cover a clear majority of the desert. Though pickings are rather meagre, the people of the desert are still able to grow, starting to tame these lands.
Our Heáhcásern surpasses not even our best generals can match her brilliance. They work in a team prodding at every strategy and every rule of the game, but even if they can make her do a mistake, they are never enough to win, and even so, she learns quickly. Though it makes you wonder how good the Shogun would be, with his millenium of experience.

RRFU: (Cooldown 0)
4590173
With the two new ports, we can produce many ships, though the size of them is limited, but ther should be plenty sufficient for patrol vessels.
Freshing up the training of our sailors, especially with Sea Dog veterans from the ILK, sees many outdated practices thrown aside in favor of newer and more effective ones. It'll take time for them to catch on fully, but the performance speaks for itself.

Milestone reached: With the land's wealth and development, despite it's breadth and the razing of Ava's Landing, Cleanerson Keep has gotten a steady influx of new people, enough for it to become a bustling metropolis. With this, we have a lot of people to call upon for duty.

Durmaign: (Cooldown +1)
>>4590202
The new combination elementals are walking contradictions. Steam elementals are both water and fire but exhibit the weaknesses of neither. Dust elementals are more substantial than air but also quicker than earth. These elementals are difficult to construct and require more power, but have greater combat potential than pure elementals, as they lack any obvious weakness. In fact, one way of making these elementals is in a humanoid form, elemental soldiers, magical soldiers. (2/3 progress)
Our people enjoy eating stew, a very thick one, for with the new farms setup, we have a surplus of food, sure to make our people grow big and strong. Still, the Shogun's demands are increasing because of this.

Event: With little to no native temples or religion, Shogun-worship is rising in the nation. People are going on pilgrimage to Shorino to serve the Shogun himself. People are also becoming quite attached to service to the Shogun.
>>
Wrangdan:
>>4590242
>>4590303
Our presence is secured, should any of the statues return. These new forts will also act as a place to recruit and garrison forces, able to secure your borders against any incursion.
While trying to push our frontier we run across the natives, Lo-hai, giant stone crabs. What skirmishes that follow clearly establish just how potent combatants they are. They are strong, they have a lot of people, well versed in war, and the worst thing: They wield water magic, and skillfully too. These are not to be trifled with. Still, we have siezed authority over a province, but are we prepared for a war with such an opponent?

Tavthalla:
>>4590329
Our wartrancers jump significantly in power, it's been so long so the final revelation also features the implementation of many new practices. Taurs in the wartrance feel perfect clarity yet endless determination. Able to make the best decision with the most vigor.
We have cut down on inefficiencies. The different fletchers make different length shafts and different length limbs for the boltcasters, while most of the time it just leads to less accuracy, sometimes they become simply incompatible. We have therefore standardized our designs, all shafts shall be of the same length, no exceptions. This saves us a lot of money, but even so, this does nothing to stop the decline brought about by the lack of civilian production, but it should help end the war quicker, so we can resume the civilian production. You simply can't till a field with a sword.

Next turn's event cooldowns: Imperii 0-1, Durmaign 0-1.

[Main update posted. NPC Events, war update and map to come later. Feel free to post for Turn 65 now.]
>>
Seeing the combined horrors of these lands and so close to our own borders a decision is quickly made by the Warmaster.
In spite of many concerned voices claiming the area is a lost cause and should be left to destroy itself, even the Chieftains claim that they cannot remain blind to such dysfunction. It will not be War, but a purge with no quarter given and no risks taken.

Action 1
New Warbands are needed, draw them from the slave stocks if necessary. Warriors are needed if this hellscape is to be saved

Action 2
Hunting parties are formed and sent out. They are advised not to concern themselves with the environment too much this time. They must return with abundance. Without food the upcoming purge will certainly fail

Action 3
Attempt to get the forges fully operational.
Offer to provide assistance if needs be and allow regional authorities to pay their tributes in weapons and armor
>>
>>4590976
>>4590346
action 1:
go in, eradicate the plague
action 2:
see action 1
>>
>>4590974

Actions:

-The Xigua that acquired the Iperii's secrets to the their shadowy arts must first come to practice these new found abilities before they can be of much use. Knowledge is valuable, but pales in comparison to actual experience, and so they begin dipping into what they've stolen to enrich their understanding. As they come to better terms with these new powers, the seers study their developments to see what can be used to enhance the dark mist.
>Attempt to turn a secluded community in Libertandoc.
- It has been a very long time that the Realm has spent on their island fixated on their own development, and it was only a matter of time before their ambitions reached out once again into the wider world. They had a lot of distant history with the nations surrounding the inner oceans, but what was of interest were the places and nations yet unseen. What potential did they hold? What value could they offer the Realm? And most importantly, are they worthy to serve the pantheon? The Realm sent forth their agents to explore a land the East they've heard of long ago: The Libertandoc Citystates.

At first their expeditionary forces observed from a distance, noting what appeared to be their cities were like. The watchers casually observed and studied their way of life and eventually began expanding their examination outwards, the small villages. Eventually they noticed a handful of coastal villages that were rather secluded, some appearing to have seen much better days. One of these seemingly struggling communities would become the first candidate for first contact from the Realm. The Xigua would visit the small town every so often and build a small relation ship with them, offering them their trinkets and resources as long as the town kept their encounters to themselves.

>Lore: A close encounter

. As their fishermen went out to sea, some would catch glimpses of large creatures they'd never before. Rumors circulated in the town as to what they could be until one crew had a close encounter. While fishing, they were shocked when a hulking fish darkened the waters beneath them. Shortly after Strange creatures breached the surface as well, simply looking at the panicked fishermen as they frantically tried getting their ship to move again. With their hulk preventing their escape, the crew continued panicking until one of the creatures called out to them. It explained that they meant no harm and were only here to observe, and with those words it offered them nets filled with fish as well as some strange trinkets as gifts. Before being sent on their way, the fishermen were told that they may share their experience with the rest of the townsfolk and to assure them they were in no danger. If the town kept the Xigua's visitations a secret, they would offer them food, riches, and secrets. Otherwise, if word got out, they would be considered untrustworthy and lose all the riches the Realm had to offer.
>>
Action 1: Invent Shapecloth (2/3 progress).
Paint is a no-go, but... what if we used paint to treat the cloth. You can boil leather to make it hard, but boiling other things can make them soft, maybe if we find the right temperature range and the right concoction, we can boil ourselves a stretchy and flexible material.

Action 2: Create roads.
We need to hook Uesugi no Kishi to the road network, so we can get the benefits of rapid transport, trade for some more food from the Kos'loh.

Action 3: Princess and Admiral bonding adventure. Search for the Fraternian Queen.
Akane Kyoday and Tsujiyo Yamauchi are going on an adventure on the eastern sea. They will wreck pirates and also look for the missing queen. They don't expect to find her, but it'll be a nice bonding activity, showing Tsujiyo that we're good people, and maybe the better fit for ruling Shorino once the Shogun's been beaten.
>>
>>4590976

Action 1 and 2: Ports

Upgrade the port of Rahak three times and the port of diamond island once.

Let the wealth flow, let the ships loose.
>>
1/2. Upgrade church in capital. We have discovered much in our sacred missionary work. Revealing universals amongst all the temples that had once gone unnoticed. Each also had their own character that while for their own refinement of their sphere the same principles could be adapted to our own. Filling in gaps left by the prophet's disappearance by harmonizing with such sacred truths.
>>
Actions:

1. Expand
2. Drill army
3. Firefighting
>>
>>4590976
> hand the region we just conquered to the Lo-hai of stone lord hrg‘gthn
We cannot defend all of this land, we simply cannot. We will have to temporarily retreat, but who says that we can’t make an ally meanwhile?

> build two forts in the farming region bordering the lo-hai
Yes, we will abandon one of our regions, as Leirut made us to be wise, but we were also made to be strong: we will hold our ground, for no overgrown magma mite can tell our families to abandon their farms, their holdings, and the lands we have given them to give to their children for generations to come.
Therefore, the region must be heavily fortified, lest we show weakness
>>
>>4590974
>navy action: knowing the anti-Shogun alliance naval forces has been taking losses Fraternian ships of the line are produced and crewed to begin making up the shortfalls being sent to aid in the war against the shogunate

>Character action Softpaw
Softpaw having literal centuries of experience in social situations propositions the pirates that meet her, telling them a prize hidden within Fraternitas one as valuable as a king's pardon. she would be willing to share this prize if they can get her back to the mainland. Of course, if they aren't interested she can always make her way over to the pirate settlement and hire a crew there. as able to convince them to work for her and have them take her back to Fraternitas. Once out on the open water hopefully she and her motley crew will be seen and found by friendly ships or failing that make it to Fraternitas so she can be reunited with her family.

[I know Happy make an action to find my queen, but softpaw isn't one to sit on her hands you could have them bump into one another before or after leaving pirate bay]
>>
File: 760AC.png (1.03 MB, 2048x2570)
1.03 MB
1.03 MB PNG
>>4590997
>Catual

Forming new warbands in order to fight off whatever causes or spreads these crystals is a task that is urgent. And while under more calm times such could be done with ease given enough time, time is not something that is had in abundance. As such, much effort would be done to expand and create new Warbands, and in this, a number of slaves would find freedom in this way, or at least, a sort of freedom. Some use this as an opportunity to escape, but those that do oft are caught, and their punishment most harsh. While this goes on, a number of new hunting parties are formed and sent in order to get food. And, food is something they are able to get easily. It turns out that a number of them managed to find some sort of strange, monstrous beast near the shores of the coast by chance one evening, and in a glorious fight brought it down with acceptable losses. It easily is enough to feed hundreds for seasons on end, provided the meat is stored and dealt with, and the hunters who survived have become quite skilled with the experience to say the least. Lastly, in an attempt to get more arms and armor, the city tributaries are given some assistance to rebuild their forges in order to pay their tribute in the material needed to keep the warbands fully armed and protected. There were a number of forges owned by the civilized folk that were quite built up, surprisingly untouched while their cities were burned, but a extremely small handful of the more tribal folk to the north east also seem to know smithing. Regardless, the forge facilities that exist are attempted to be brought back into proper working order.
>>
>>4590346
>>4591160
>Nothpuezkahn

With much effort done to eradicate the plague, and with no real bar in what methods should be done to remove it...We are able to purge the disease from our people swiftly...Mainly by making the infected explode...As the second magic is in contact with the disease, they seem to explode violently. Regardless, with a bit of cleanup of plenty of blood and gore, the people responsible were, with much joy, able to eagerly return their focus to other things...Then it came back, and they were forced to do so again...And again...and again...For some reason, the disease kept on going and this cycle of reinfection of the population endlessly continued. And, so, measures were taken into some's own hands to find out why...Then, it'd become clear what we are dealing with is so much worse then ever expected...Animals...It's infected animals. Those who brought the plague into the lands spread it to animals, or animals spread it to us...And worse, we hardly know what animals it is that are causing these reinfections...Regardless, those who can have gone to eating only plant life just to be safe, and many keep their distance from any sort of animal they come across in the hope doing so will protect them from getting infected...Regardless, this is...bad to say the least...This will take a lot more effort than desired, and in the process potentially devastate the local ecosystem...If the disease itself hasn't already.

>>4591441
>Al'qaye

Attempting to merge mist and darkness together is...a bit more complicated than it first seems. Especially with how limited the knowledge we had gained from that which was held by those who went to the Imperii and returned. Even so work goes on, and methods to enhance the mist does indeed come about, yet making it darker rather than thicker is something that is fairly difficult, as it comes to be believed the source of the Imperii's methods is a fair bit different. Even so, understanding has been made along with improvements, a combination that likely would not have been as successful as it was if it weren't for the knowledge we stole. Other than this, an attempt ot turn a small community in Liberdantoc goes well, and those of the small costal village we have taken seem quite the perfect fit. Not only do they not tell of our plans or work, but they also seem capable of breathing underwater, their bodies akin to half man and half some sort of lizard like creature, a salamander apparently. Regardless, they seem all too happy to take our gifts and remain silent about our own influence. A good starting off point, surely.
>>
>>4591573
>ILK

Work on shapecloth with the idea of utilizing paint in order to treat cloth is unique to say the least. Regardless, slowly the work seems to show some use. What we have so far is something fairly flexible, but not really stretchy, though with a large number of experiments, slowly but surely more that is wrong is crossed off the list, and the minor things that seem beneficial are noted down and expanded upon. Even so, this will take a while...And is quite frustrating for those involved. Perhaps we are looking in the right direction, yet are missing something? Regardless, there would be a decent effort to expand the road network so that the transport of goods would be much much easier for the people of the ILK, something that would be quite key considering the massive port right next to the city...Still, creating a path is simple work. What isn't simple work meanwhile is finding the Fraternian queen. It's a curios little adventure, dragging the captured admiral around, and it ends up being joined by actual RRFU ships, but it's a pleasant one, and quite important considering what resulted of it and what happened at the end of it with the two in Tavthallan lands.

>>4591639
>Tavthalla

The effort to expand the ports of Rahak and the diamond island is nothing difficult. Setting up new wooden ports for ships to dock, be repaired, and built is a simple task. With lumber from the nearby city of Rawl, the extension of the varying dock facilities is able to be done swiftly, and after, the rest transported to the Dimond island where they are used for the construction of the new port there. And a good thing too, given that the port back at Rahak...well...To put it simply, it's not there anymore...Along with the rest of the city, after such a...devastating raid...

>>4591660
>Nemean

There was much learned in the work of spreading the true nature of the world to the other nations to the south. And, the essence of the work that these other peoples put into the harmonization of their own sphere, and with the methods of which to grow closer to it, is able ot be taken and thought upon. There are some fundamental truths in their work. And with our better understanding of them, we ourselves can grow closer to our sphere. Naturally, a place worthy of properly recording this knowledge is needed, and while such exists, it is modest. Far too small and simple of a temple, yet with hard work this can and will change. And naturally, this hard work would be done, and the temple would indeed change, growing much more than before, standing tall and proud, deserving of our sphere. May all gaps in our understanding that were left when the prophet vanished be filled, and by our work, this will be so, with which we can bring further harmonization to all spheres.
>>
>>4591668
>Meoswilum

While there were not many lands left for Meoswilum to expand into, they still existed. And some had been near the empires borders for some time, yet never claimed. Naturally, this would be fixed now, and these lands properly colonized. Naturally, this was nothing too much or grand, but it was important work, as always. What was more important however, was the drilling of the Army and firefighting. The former for fighting off the Shogun once the war finally was able to be brought to his shores, and the latter simply for protecting the forests of Meoswilum and preventing anything important from getting burned. In the case of the former, drilling the army mainly applies to the troops which were of low status, and troops of very high status. Those who controlled the undead, and those who merely were cannon fodder with two lives. Naturally, this is important for cohesion and discipline, though such isn't that important when the majority of one's forces is mass undead. With regards to the firefighting however, the effort starts paying off quite a bit. As with water magic, the swamps are able to for the most part be reclaimed. However, the lands which were not covered in muddy ground and water were a bit more difficult to deal with. And as such, while for the most part dealt with the fire is still a problem. Ideally, we can just wait it out, or put it out.

>>4591697
>Wrangdan

handing over the land taken is an exchange that is quite upsetting to some, but it is a wise move, one that should in theory give quite a good ally for the foreseeable future. Ideally anyway, at least it will keep them off our backs for a time at worst. Still, just in case, the farmlands which we have will be fortified, just in case. The future is quite unpredictable, and giving up such farmland would not only be a devastating blow to the economy, but also the people who live there. And, unhappy people aren't good for a stable government. The fortifications in question are fairly simple for now, but they should be able to deal with any minor raids or bandits well enough. Though, for a proper army, they likely will only serve as a minor and very temporary stop.
>>
>>4591786
>RRFU

Given the fairly heavy losses at sea over the many years of the Shogun war, a new sort of ship begins to be produced and sent to battle, that of the RRFU. They would be some of the best and most numerous ships to be seen in the entire conflict, with the most skilled crews, and the best food and conditions for the sailors...At least, that's what we'll say...Sadly it is far more likely that said ships will serve only as a good way to make profit from selling them to the other nations once they get their economy back on it's feet what with their fairly damaged navy, as conflict at sea is likely to wind down far before the ships actually are able to be sent to combat. Still, it is important to have just in case, and at worst we end up with a stronger navy, so it's really not that bad. Especially considering the fair bit of damage recently taken...
>>
>Warposts

>The War for Vengeance (Shogun Naval Front, last turn.)

The battle at sea starts to seemingly slow down, battles far more infrequent as the control of the sea seems to go more and more in the favor of the coalition. While the Shores are still quite dangerous, and combat still happens, a nice little surprise that only further infects the sea floor with crystalline growths would further damage the Shogun's ability to wage war on the waves. On a related note, the entrance of Meoswilum into the war is one that is...not all that grand. The few boats they spare, with Rat emperors upon them and many blowers find themselves fairly ill suited, for they do terribly at sea combat with the massive weight of the emperors upon them, along side their ammo. And their aim is...not exactly spectacular. This combined with their prodigious size causes the few Meoswilum ships to often find their only real firepower dealt with swiftly before focus could be turned to other more important ships. Still, it's something, and given how the Shores of Shorino are in sight, it's quite nice for the coalition to know there is yet one more nation on it's side.
>>
>The Sacking of Rahak

The Shogun had enough. The biggest thorn in his side, at sea and on land remained strong. Sure, Sealand was a threat, with their anti magic and powerful ships, but that was all they had. They hardly had a proper military so much as they had hapless sell swords who wouldn't know how to properly hold one. Meoswilum had joined in, yet they were something that could be dealt with far easier on the Shoguns own land. Sure, the Lo-Hai were quite durable, but they were ruined by the war. And the ILK was heavily hit recently too, and their main gorilla tactics would hardly work in a land they were unfamiliar with. The muds also existed, and their forces were moderate, but they had become the muds for a reason, even if they changed to a proper system of royalty. No, there was one target that was a true threat that remained unharmed all this time. Tavthalla. And, the Shogun was going to do something about it, something that might just take them out of the war. And if not? Make them suffer as much as the other nations in this war. Using a small fleet of his remaining ships, he would amass a decent force of land troops and head off. As they neared the coast of his old theocratic vassal, he would send Shrine maidens out to find the gorilla elements in the nation, and inform them of their arrival. Upon landing, they would be provided transport and aid, and their ships hidden from both shore and sea. From there, they were given other ships, flying false flags, to sail across the inner sea. And, they would make their destination the Megalonodate. Shortly after landing, they would rally as many of the disgruntled people as they could, the Shogun involving himself a fair bit for once instead of relying upon chancellors and speakers. They would speak about how their masters had betrayed them, how Tavthalla simply was going to take their lands and slaughter their people once more, and how he could offer them something the muds never could...Revenge. Proper revenge. And, with this, a large number of angry Cuvier peasants, militia, and soldiers would eagerly steal ships from their port for use, or simply sail them to their rally point. And, before the government could do anything, they went off. A number of patrolling UFC ships would try and prevent the fleet from sailing, and amass a larger force, but they would easily find their ships sunk. Not from below, but above, as the Shogun used a few tricks that his best admiral once did, especially considering how the UFC was completely unprepared to deal with shrine maidens. Naturally, unable to take the ships all the way back to the Shogunate, they would be scuttled once taken.
>>
>The Sacking of Rahak Cont

Eventually, the fleet would arrive at Rahak and at first, it would be a slaughter for the raiding forces. Yet, even with the Taurs vastly outpreforming the Cuvier mob, they would envelop them with sheer numbers and surprisingly wise tactics...Then it soon became clear that they were not the only ones as the smithy went alight, and the palace was raided. The Taurs would fight on, but with the massive number of destractions, even if one cut down ten infront of them with one swing, the twenty behind them would be able to strike enough blows to bring them down. Naturally, one might think morale would shatter for the Cuvier as they suffered losses after losses, but for the soldiers who were among the mob and had dealt with Taur's before, they were doing shockingly well given their forces makeup, and for the peasant who heard but horror stories of the Taurs being unkillible monsters of combat being felled by mere numbers...And all this combined with their desire for revenge...It was only natural. By the end, many many of the raiding Cuvier would die, but hardly any of the Shoguns forces. The city of Rahak would burn, and soon the ships would start to leave, be they sailed by the shoguns forces, or by those Cuvier who had enough, be it too injured to keep fighting, or simply feeling their need for revenge had subsided. And slowly, those that remained would trickle out of the city or be dealt with. In the end, all that was left was a floor of corpses, and burning buildings...But worst of all, the royal family, and many important members, and even some entire noble houses would be taken alive, and the Admiral that was brought mere weeks ago would be back in Shorino hands. However, the ILK's princess would have survived and evaded capture. Not due to their own luck, but, shockingly, due to the very Admiral who had caused so many issues before, and the reason why was a simple fear of what might happen to her if the Shogun got his hands on her, for the time together really payed off...

Even so, a single simple message would be sent to Tavthalla. Surrender, or their prisoners would be executed. If they kept on fighting, the only of the royal family left would be Sybaael, and many noble houses devastated further than ever before, driven to the brink, if not outright destroyed...
>>
>The War for Vengeance (Shogun Naval Front, this turn.)

Shorino's forces would hardly be active at sea, only early on, and then once more as they brought their forces back. Naturally, upon the realization of the raid upon Rahak, forces would scramble everywhere to try and find the Shogun's fleet, where they were going, or how. Yet, their actions would be unsuccessful as the hardest part of the war came close, as while the Shogun was gone, practically the rest of the fleet with the exception of the ships hidden away for the trip back would be dealt with by the Coalition forces. And, swiftly the Shogun would use those few ships to return home, making sure to avoid combat at sea as best as possible. While Shorino had their admiral back, there was too much damage now for any real contest at sea. Perhaps one invasion could be stopped if they were as skilled as some believed they were, but it was likely such was not the case. Even so, with how painful the war at sea was, how much more death would be caused in the downfall of Shorino? It had taken this long, and to give up now would be a disgrace to the fallen. But, how many more had to die to slay the Shogun? How many?
>>
File: 760AC.png (1.03 MB, 2048x2570)
1.03 MB
1.03 MB PNG
(Apparently not all my changes saved to the file I can upload here.)
>>
1.
Our frontline soldiers need a weapon capable of facing the Shogun's elite troops. Our spears and cleave-chains have served us well, but something more destructive may be required. A fine shard of Scintelectrum with a thin capsule of ice, the spear no longer sharp, but blunted with its round capsule-like head. These Shatter-Spears are to not be used in deep melee, but to be thrown against enemy formations or heavy elites to scatter cannon fodder or cripple elite troops.
2.
To the north, a naval manufactory is constructed, great molds to create the ice scaffold, rig the iron plate into place, freeze it over, and bore out the cannon tubes- all occurring in an establish mandated pace, ensuring a steady production of the regular ice-panel sail ship.

>Waraction
Waiting to see how our naval trap has behaved, we ready our land armies with Shatter Spears and mythril plate. Soon we will have fresh ships to make the landing, we just need to get there. The current Lo-hai army is returned home for refiting after turning out the Statues, while the Navy is rebuilt to transport them for the invasion. In the mean time we will have our regrowing airforce support the Taurs if they wish to make the first strike, if not, they are to scout for any Shrine Maiden attacks.
>>
1 action: Upgrade Sealand's port once more to help finalize the rebuilding of it

1 action: Upgrade the marble mine as many nations have suffered losses due to the Shogun, so with the increase of marble mined, hopefully more can be distributed at a cheaper price to aid the rebuilding of damaged cities.

1 action: Increase the radius of Anti-Magic burst to 75ft

Fluff: With the great victory at Sea, Sealand would mark the date as a day of celebration as the day that the nation has finally conquered Shorino on the high Seas. The Day of Mythril Sails

War Action to come soon
(And if not soon enough, assist the Taurs in landfall and bring aid to the UFC to fight the Cuvier)
>>
[Posting for Viorp/QM1]

1. Army reform
2. Fight Fires
3. Fight fires

Warpost
Continue naval hit and run if it worked, if not relegate ships to transport duty.

If land war is on, have undead/blowers be flung onto Shorino land. Especially into densely populated areas.
>>
1. Elemental hybrids research
2 and 3. Build a monument of our own to bring interest back to our religion
>>
>>4592112
>action locate and arrest all Cuvier who aided in the raid against Tavthalla. we can not abide by shogunate agents and sempithisers in our state or client state. All found to have been part of the raid will be handed off to the Tavthallans. Any in the Northern sealund government found to be anything less than loyal to the RRFU will be removed. All Cuvier will be required to learn of the evils and atrocities that the shogunate is known to have committed.

>action Construct two Fraternitan manned Forts within Northern sealund, it has become painfully clear we have been to lacks with our vassal state something that will not happen again.

>Softpaw successfully reunites with Georgeo, and her crew is offered a kings pardon as long as they pledge to sail under the personal flag of GC. they will be allowed to be privateers in the employ of the crown
>>
>>4592105
This is... not good
drastic times call for drastic measures.
It is time for plan b.
>the journey of Doer Harkfer
From among the great Harkfer, trained by Mykearn himself a man leaves. His goal is to save Nothpuezkahn. He has heard that the marble golems are the ones responsible.
So he leaves for the island of golems.
Using the great spell which Mykearn invented - Scholarize Toxin - which allows for glimpses of a disease's past to be seen. Through this he wishes to discover the secrets of Plague magic, either from the last of the dark sorcerers of the marble golems or from their ruins.
He goes in secret, only Mykearn and a select few know that he left. Using what he can discern from the disease's aetheric history (but only glimpses, since it will self destruct while he uses his magics) to find them, and uses his magic to travel unknown. Using languages he has learned from imported books and his own poorly understood form of magic to avoid those who might attack him.
He shall search the ruins for as long as it takes, using his high perception and survival tactics to scavenge food (although using some things he brought he is able to obtain food from the black market to be kept in stashes) and trying to learn this lost and forbidden art.
>testing... testing... 123...
Mykearn experiments with worldtree wood in attempting to cure civilians and perhaps even the land itself
>>
>>4592105

Actions:

- It has taken the Realm a great deal to form the foundations of their mist, but finally they have gathered enough to form an idea on how to proceed. Much like how nightmares cannot exist without flesh to allow them into the world, they cannot simply conjure the mist from nothing. Something would be needed that contained the essence of darkness that could proliferate through the air. The seers looked to many things, but among the first ingredients that stood out to them was one that walked among them in abundance: Nightmares. They began practicing burning the flesh of deceased abyssians, and soon discovered that it as it burned it turned into a tarlike substance that released an inky vapor into the air as it boiled. Though it was rather receptive to their magic, it would soon dissipate and much of its potency would be lost. A focus would be required, and the seers looked to crafting specialized burners made of Cthilium believing the "blessed" metal would empower their magic and allow the vapor to create their mist.

- With their foot in the door, the ambassadors of the realm continue to educate the befriended townsfolk from the shadows. Showing themselves only to the initiated on special occassions, they mainly dealt with the village leader and his trusted advisors. Slowly they realm would begin teaching them about their religion and the mad language of Abura so they could understand the secrets the whispers had to offer. Yet, they were further cautioned against drawing attention. The Realm had learned from its days as the order. Blind zealots would draw eagle eyed scrutineers, and being discovered too soon would be detrimental to the effort. For now only they were to be enlightened, and soon they may come to understand the truth. As time went on and their acceptance of the Xigua grew, their new benefactors would share ever more riches, helping to grow the town into a far more prosperous community.
>>
>>4592106
An influx of new slaves from the megalodonate will accelerate our efforts to rebuild.

Action 1: Repair the port of Rahak, upgrade the port of Rahak

Action 2: Repair Rahak

Diplomacy: Shorino

The Shogun has demanded our surrender, threatening to kill the royal family if we do not comply, as well as many other noble houses.

He is a fool to attempt this on Taurs, and on a plate of mythril it is engraved that all who were kidnapped that day are dead, having died giving their lives for a glorious cause.

Victory or death, the shogun must be truly desperate to demand surrender in such a way, and will pay for it.
>>
>>4592123
> look for iron deposits
We need more iron, more resources for our army, lest we are erased from the map so early in our existence

> if we find iron deposits, build two iron mines
>>
>>4592865
> if there aren’t iron deposits, build a smithy to make weapons for our army
>>
Action 1: Invent Shapecloth (3/3 progress).
People yearn for the revolutionary leap of genius that redefines and transcends our knowledge, yet we must still acknowledge our debt to the methodical experimentation and categorization that has gradually extended our knowledge. We shall continue our steady improvement, include further treatment materials, we have many minerals to test out, like salt, sulphur and coal, thanks to our trade network.

Action 2: Rebuild Jade Mine, again.
Safe to say, we need money, and jade is a trade good. Simple as that, really. We're getting good at rebuilding this place, aren't we. Besides, the iron mine has taught us plenty of ways to keep tunnels stable.

Action 3: Invent Spirit Magic > Soul > Improved Infuse Spirit.
Previously we had trouble infusing sufficient spirit into our weapons. But we have since made Cold Iron, specifically made so that we can infuse more spirit energy into it. We shall also make the process all the more efficient, trying our best to make a large amount of spirit energy stay within the metal.
>>
Liron is the scholar/storyteller wife of the current caliph.

1. Research the Borevian Electrum antimagic rods with Liron. Liron is known as quite the philanthropist. She sees the devestation wrought by the mismanagement of the aurons who once led borevia and she feels compelled to bring them into harmony. She spends much of her time in Mammon'Aerie teaching prospects on how to be proper spherists and has turned out to be quite the intellectual. Sussing out many secrets regarding electrum and its influence over magic as questions regarding purity and magic were asked.

2. Research the Borevian catapults with Liron. During one of her discussions regarding physics one of the borevian students had constructed a catapult and showed how to build and operate one. Together they were able to put many of their theories to the test, but had also expanded the arsenal of the nemeans.
>>
>>4592843
The burning of Rahak, again, makes it in some ways hallowed to the taurs, having experienced simply so much war and carnage that it must be blessed by uesugi herself.

On a more practical standpoint, this is an unfortunate delay, but ultimately of no consequence.
It does highlight some issues in our defence though, such as the distinct lack of defence at Rahak and the lateness of the Relite to arrive as their base of operations is situated so far away.

Moving the Relite headquarters away from the mausoleum would of course be shameful, but developing new bases of operation for them would extend their reach greatly, and allow our greatest warriors to respond to any threat and stomp them into the dirt where they belong, beneath our feet.


Diplo extended, as my turn was rushed and lazy

The capture and likely execution to come of these key individuals Ao close to Sybaael are not hidden by Tavthallan authorities, but made clear as evidence of the taurs dedication to the shoguns defeat that not even this will stop them, made stronger by Sybaael herself thanking the remains of her family for their service, but knowing now they are to die and extinguishing any hope of their return by shogunate mercy by declaring that they be executed if seen returning alive.

What was to be a threat to break the taurs pride is instead a rallying call.

The shogun is dared to execute his captives, for he would prove to the world the taurs loyalty to the alliance.

War post, ish, sort of?

Not really sure what’s happening to be honest, no idea what the Zlon are doing and they’re really important to the whole thing, I cannot give you a complex and detailed strategy other than we probably attempt landing if there’s enough of us but if that isn’t happening then we recover losses I guess?
>>
>>4592792
War post
Outer navy
Armada Softpaw’s Retribution goes on the hunt for the remaining Shogunate ships to finish off the Shoguns navy supported by the 1st and 2nd fleets of Armada Mercy's grasp. Their goal is to locate the friendly port that the shogunate is using to keep his remaining ships functional and destroy it. if the enemy admiral should show themselves for capture, then they are to be taken, but the destruction of the enemy navy and port takes president.

The army, not sense the long night has Fraternitas needed to rally her armies yet it seems as tho the time has come again for them to march, they prepare within fraternitas for war
>>
File: 770AC.png (1.03 MB, 2048x2570)
1.03 MB
1.03 MB PNG
>>4592217
>Lo-Hai

The Shatter-Spears are a cruel and unusual weapon. Calling it a spear is not exactly accurate, nor a Javalin, yet both are the closest things to compare it to. In essence, it is naught but Scintelectrum that is covered with ice so that the one throwing it won't get infected, and it is made to be thrown at elites or formations in order to force them to flee, or cripple them in the long run. The weapon doesn't often kill outright unless it is a direct hit or extremely close to the target in question. However, even then many near it will still be injured in one way or another. If not in traditional ways, in a slow and insidious death made by the very nature of the weapon. For it can infect those near where it strikes. In it's current state, however, it's a bit dangerous to keep on ones person longer than they need to, and not just due to possible risk of infection. Other than this, work is done to better remake the navy of the Lo-Hai. The construction of a place made for the construction of many more ships is built. Now it is only a matter of time before it aids in the reconstruction of the Lo-Hai Navy and finishes it's first seagoing vessels.

>>4592242
>Sealand

With the war being so costly, effort is put into more domestic pursuits. Mainly due to the falling economies of the many other members of the coalition at war. In efforts to elevate this, a fair bit of work is done upon the marble mine. It isn't much, but ideally it will give a bit of a kick to the economy and allow it to aid Sealand in efforts of supplying her allies and own soldiers and sailors. Speaking of sailors, the rest of the construction work done recently is dedicated to the work of the varying port facilities of the capital, expanding them so that the merchant marine would have an easier time alongside the proper navy, acting as a double bladed advantage of sorts, even if the naval war is coming to a close. The last important thing done of late is work to further the radius of the burst caused by anti magic. It's important, given the nature of this war, but like in the past, it will take time for the changes in technique to be learned by most of the anti mages already in service. Lastly, with the Day of Mythril Sails, much of the population is filled now more than ever with confidence and a desire for victory, along with that of revenge for the loss of the past pride of the Sealandic navy. While certainly useful, they are rowdy, and undisciplined, though that's not necessarily a bad thing.
>>
>>4592677
>Meoswilum

Reform of the varying units in the army is done. The main use is of properly separating and giving roles to the peasant forces that exist in the army, especially important given the majority of the forces in Meoswilum being that of the undead. Even so, the reforms mainly push these peasants to a more auxiliary roll, aiding their betters and the more proper military men. Though, a slight issue comes up with these reforms. What is to be done if a peasant does well? Should there be another class of sorts, dedicated to war, but not of proper noble blood? Master of the blade or bow rather than their control over hoards of the undead? Regardless, the reformation of the army is not the main focus. Finally stomping out the fire for good is what is most important to the nation. And stopping it from ever causing any more harm to the nation or it's lands is something that is done with much time and effort, but still successfully done, and with one threat dealt with, Meoswilum can look to another...

>>4592695
>Durmaign

Hybrids are a curios thing, but one that's most certainly shown to be possible with a bit of research. Fire and water while traditionally opposed can make steam, meanwhile air and fire can create lightning, and so forth. How to successfully do this merge or create a hybrid like this is something else entirely. The process not being fully understood or even possible at this moment in time. Still, a ground work has been set, upon which greater things can be achieved in the future. Relating to great things, work would be done on a nice monument dedicated to faith, our faith. After all, it would be best for our people not to follow the shogun for...obvious reasons. Regardless the monument stands tall and quite nice. Certainly not the greatest structure, but far better than most, and it can always be improved further if such is not deemed satisfactory. Ideally it will remind some people about the true path... Other than this a comet is sighted, one different from the last...As usual, people believe it to be a omen, a bad one at that...
>>
>>4592792
>RRFU

The Northern Sealund Government would naturally aid in these efforts, as even if a sizable minority sympathize with the raiders, they did still steal a large number of ships and cause this mess for Sealund in the first place...That and said sizable minority would be purged by the RRFU's efforts. Some would openly state their participation in the raid, clearly filled with spite, and most of these people would resist their punishment. Many others though are much more difficult to find, for other than a few captains and sailors who's ships were too damaged to sail once more and willingly participated, there wouldn't be many other arrests. Mainly due to those in the raid either soon sailing off for other lands, or only returning temporarily to take their belongings and family, along with getting some supply before action could be done. Most of these who were sailors would later become pirates. Yet many more would simply head north as refugees. Still, with these methods, the chances of such a raid happening again are slim to none, and ideally, the Megalodonate would be wise to be sure of that with plenty of subtle reminders of what will happen if they forget, and this would further be enforces with the construction of forts specifically created by and for RRFU troops, so that they may keep an eye on things, and prevent anything from happening even if the local government fails in their duties a second time.

>>4592804
>Nothpuezkahn

Traveling and following the disease, the journey of Doer would be a long and tiering one. Sending him south to the lands of Arcadia, north to the lands of Sealand, south once more to the Curver nations, then to the UFC, before reaching Menzentia, only to find that their destination lie farther still, and in their travels had only been driven away from this destination. Even so, heading far to the north, they would come to a desolate island, a land destroyed and in ruins, with hardly a living thing in sight in the lands not clamed by the other forces on the island. Yet, in these ruins, knowledge may be found. For while the start of such a journey had come to an end, it's true and most turbulent beginning had only just arrived. Work at home on a cure meanwhile is a much less interesting tale, and one without such a clear sign of progress and destination. Even so, work would go slowly, but such work would not by its own come to have merit and success. However, words of a cure from another land have reached the ears of those working. Very important news if true...
>>
>>4592805
>Al'qaye

A key realization has made our work oh so much easier. The mist must come from something. And in this, with the usage of the corpses of Abyssians, slowly but surely a dark fog would envelope the land. The work having payed off. However, while it covered much, it was clear there would need to be more in the way of burnt bodies of Abyssians to cover the whole island. It was clear a more effective way would likely be needed if such was to become a reality. Yet, such was still possible, so long as enough were gathered, the mist maintained, and much in the way of ritual work done to maintain the shroud, it could be done, for a time at least... With this knowledge, efforts elsewhere in Liberdantoc would go well, with the village slowly but surely realizing the truth, or at least parts of it. It will take time until they are fully brought into the fold. But such won't take much longer...They already are starting to understand, and have diligently hidden their revelations from others outside their community.

>>4592843
>Tavthalla

Despite the heavy damage taken in such a large raid, work would be done to repair the capital city, and it's port facilities. In the case of the former, the city would be repaired, and slowly but surely much in the way of the damage would be repaired. However, the greatest cost would be to the port, aqueducts, and the forge. Even so, the many houses of the city have been rebuilt and repaired, yet now many remain empty. And empty they shall remain for some time. Likely until long after this war finally comes to its glorious end. In the case of the latter, the port grows swiftly back to an acceptable standard, becoming not too far off from what it once was. While reconstruction was the main focus of the nation, there would be a minor boon that seemed to come to the battered and bruised nation that just kept on surviving. And that would be a noticeable rise in those worthy and skilled combatants capable of the war trance...Nothing too major, but a slight tip in the balance after such a blow.
>>
>>4592865
>Wrangdan

Prospecting the land for iron is something that takes time, and results in more than just Iron being found, for there seems to be platinum and silver in these lands where riches seem to flow. Still, the iron is what is more important for now, as all the riches under the world mean nothing if one has no tools to actually extract them. And as such, the creation of a mine to extract said iron is created. The mine in question is then expanded slightly, as the only real source of iron currently is that which was found where the earth was struck and mine set up. Regardless, such work is nothing too major, and goes without any complaint or issue.

>>4592886
>ILK

Utilizing every material under the sun and under the earth that we possibly can, utilizing the varying trade networks that the ILK has access to, a breakthrough would finally be made. One that would make the shapecloth we desire...sort of. The material is able to hug quite tightly to whoever is wearing it, and is flexible enough to not hinder movement much, but it has two major weaknesses. First off, it's weak, and as such, it can be broken with enough force, even that of the one wearing it. This is made especially bad if it is too tight due to being too small for the one wearing it. It also can be quite bothersome to get on even when it's made for the person in question, which causes...well...see the above. The second issue is it's quite slow and hard to make, which given its general fragility is...not a good though. Still, better than not having it...Rebuilding the Jade Mine meanwhile goes easily without a hitch. Done for much the similar reason as some other members of the coalition, that being the repair of the economy. It's not much, but every little bit helps. Lastly, work has been done to better improve the ability to infuse spirits into weapons. With cold Iron, the process is a lot more effective. However, an issue arises with a handful of early swords that this is used upon. For, when a wealthy duelist with one of the first blades naturally got into a duel, one to the death due to some familial dispute far below our attention, the killing blow on their enemy was one that ripped the soul of the poor struck from their body, and absorbed it...While blacksmiths have easily found a way to make the blades without allowing them to do such, the older technique that allowed such still stands as viable...Though, there's potential consequences for such blades...
>>
>>4592908
>Nemean

Research into the Borevian equipment with Liron leading such endeavors is a task that is well suited to her talents. Even so, while the latter mechanism is a fairly easy to understand the mechanism by which it works to a good degree, the former is a much more difficult task. For while magic was not something foreign to the Nemans, the method by which this antimagic rod removed magic was something that was not in their expertise. Perhaps access to some writings or people well versed in such from Sealand would be useful in discovering how they work, but some understanding is made in that the material it's made out of itself is key to it's power, the silver and gold alloy amplifying the abilities of both. On the bright side, the Catapult they had only needs to have the knowledge taught to craftsmen that are needed to make the thing so that it can be utilized by the Nemeans for war.
>>
>The War for Vengeance, The last battle at sea.

There is but one port that the remaining shogunate ships are docked at. The port of Shorino itself. Finding the port is not a difficult thing, it's location having been known for some time. It's clear the few ships left were believed to be safe so close to the Shoguns city. They were wrong. Even so, this is not something that they are unprepared for, as anything coming so close would be spotted before it reached the city. Tsujiyo was once more in command, and she knew that such a fleet would be defeated. However, she believed that her own forces, consisting of a mere thirteen ships made up of a mix of ships both of Shorino and Coalition design, and herself would fall this day. A final last stand...She would prepare her fleet, and wait close to the shore as light rain fell from the sky. In time, the enemy fleet would come into visual sight. And, as this happened, the weather would turn more and more to the worse, and with it, vision. Carefully maneuvering, they would strike in a simple yet effective way, lifting wave after wave of water at any ship sighted, magic's of the water fighting as their own craft closed, either forcing their enemy to ram into the shore, or ramming them and boarding with the troops superior to sailors. And, such would work for a time, with such horrible weather. Through the rain, the battle would rage between the two forces for a time without interference from the Shogunate's own troops, the Miko potentially waiting for Tsujiyo to fall before they struck. Regardless, such weather would not last forever. And after a mere hour, a light drizzle would return. Tsujiyo would continue to use the shore to her advantage, and use it as a bottle neck, made worse now by a number of masts just below the surface from scuttled ships, and Tsujiyo's forces bolstered with ships that could be simply sent in a direction with the hopes of causing a distraction, or simply adding to the treachery of the entrance into the natural harbor. In time, had it not been for the magic of the UFC, this battle would have gone a lot worse. Yet, before the attack could be pressed further, shrine maidens started coming from Shorino itself, and with clear vision, scorpions on the land would also open fire, forcing the UFC fleet back.
>>
>The last battle at Sea cont

The battle was a decisive victory for Shorino, sending a single message. Landing at the capital would not be possible, not without the other members at least. However, Shorino's fleet of thirteen remained in this small craggy inlet. And while they lost naught a single ship to dozens of UFC vessels, in a sense, the victory went to the one with the bloodiest nose, for it would take quite some time for the wrecks to be cleared and shipping to be able to flow in and out of the port once more. And even if such was done, Shorino only had thirteen ships, the same number they started the battle with, perhaps a handful more now had some been captured, but not enough for a proper fleet even in the worst case scenario. It was clear that this small fleet would be incapable of leaving the protection of the capital itself, but even so, they would be able to make any landing directly at the city a nightmare at the least.
>>
>Celestial Family

A number of minor militant orders, along with a large number of Marcan Knights, Paladins and even Nobles have formed what is now known as The Order of the Twelve Crescent Stars. They follow the virtues and tenants of their faith devoutly, and dedicate themselves to the art of war in order to protect Marca and all the faithful from pagan attack, bolstered by the fall of Marca, and formed now that there has been time to recover and regain their bearings. More and more Marca becomes closer to the Church, and their influence over the nation grows without them even intending to do so. Oddly, the order is even willing to defend the heretical sect to the east, at least, if some sort of barbaric hoard of Infidels were to attack them. Regardless, when not at war, they act as virtuous knights and priests, aiding the peasantry generously in times of peace and prosperity. Partially as a result of this, a number of castles along Lower Marcia's northern border would be made, and controlled by the new order, which would stand vigilant.
>>
>>4590975

While the little conflict with Arcadia was short, it was a valueable learning experience, and with letters from home reporting on an attack on the nobility, along with that which the Heáhcásern herself had witnessed from the praetorian guard, they needed to be of much greater standard then what they currently were. She would work on making them better combatants and better guards through making them more alert and aware of their spatial sense, along with making it mandatory for them to spar with one another at for a hour a day at minimum when the guards change. There was more that was desired to be done to them, but such was not available until the Heáhcásern returned to the Imperii proper. Regardless, given where she was, she and her expidition force would go back north, into Meoswilum lands and prepare, as it was clear the Imperii had to join the war if the Heáhcásern desired to be able to exact the punishment she so desired on the shogun...

While in Meoswilum, they would try and get into contact with the best strategists of Meoswilum, along with that of Sealand and any other coalition member if possible. They planned on doing this as a somewhat a boon for both her and her allies. Not only would she become a better strategist on land, she also would help give some experience to others. Though her stay was likely not going to be too long. Once the proper dates were done, and a general appraisal of the forces needed finalized, she would return to the Imperii to prepare an army for the attack. But, that would take some time...Regardless, the Imperii would announce to the coalition members quietly that it will declare war on the Shogunate soon, once it had mustered a proper army of more than just a handful of professional soldiers, and said force was ready to march.

>Action One. Improve the Preatorian Guards combat skills.

>Action Two & Three. Improve the tactical skills of the Heáhcásern.
>>
The Iron King is listening to Moriko, who's explaining a hundred ways our economy is screwed. Still, there are ideas for how to improve it. Moriko doesn't support the Shapeweave proposal, saying it's too expensive and that we have no textile industry to make use of, but does suggest maybe making a textile industry is wise. Nonetheless, meditation is also to be focused on, so people don't go doing something stupid. We need to ensure we get the most bang for our buck, so we can thrive once more.

Action 1: Invent Derived Technology: Shapeweave from Shapecloth (1/2 progress).
Just like tin is weak and fragile on it's own, Shapecloth is weak on it's own. We will therefore combine regular cloth and shapecloth, weave them together, to get the plentifulness of cloth combined with the elasticity of Shapecloth. It may still be prone to tearing, as we don't want to sacrifice the elasticity, but we do want to make the most of our limited production.

Action 2: Invent Meditation (1/2 progess).
Our people are impatient, the researchers complained about a lack of immediate results. Therefore, we need to teach people to relax, to quiet the part agonizing over past failure and instead look for future success. Also, meditation is useful for other things, like getting in touch with your soul.

Action 3: Build Textile Farm.
To make Shapeweave we need something to weave, and we need a lot of it. Thus we will make a farm. It will also give some more jobs for our people, thus stimulating our economy, especially once we get Shapeweave up and going.
>>
>>4593731
> build a platinum mine and a gold mine
Platinum, not as good as gold for the worship of Leirut, that is most certain, but still fundamental for our weapons and armor smiths.
Our citizens, young and old and wealthy and poor must all cooperate for the creation of new mines to better feed the divine mountain, appease the hunger of Leirut. That is the flame-god’s will, our sole reason for existence

> expand further into the abandoned ithempeli lands

We have lost land in the south, and that is not good.
The divine mountain huffs and puffs, it is a clear sign of Leirut’s anger at our loss: we will not and must not disappoint him further, lest he shows us that we are but another pawn in his game
New lands must be settled, our usefulness proven through the might our axes and plows that will make those hostile lands inhabited again
>>
>>4593730
Actions:

- With the mists' development nearly complete, all that is left for the seers is to blanket the land fully so they may finally hide away from the dreaded light. As long as the great burners are fueled and lit, the miasma will choke the sky, yet it will disappear in just a few hours if they ever stopped. Further, its reach is limited, being able to cover the city but barely reaching its outskirts. For this, the seers begin working on Dark Pylons around which the miasma could gather instead of scattering towards the corners of the earth. Large stone obelisks covered in glyphs would be hollowed out and used to cover pylons made of Cthilium. Once erected and empowered by a ritual, the mist would hang in the air and cover a much wider area. Yet the ritual would need to be performed every so often at the base of the pylons in order to keep them filled with energies needed to sustain the proliferation.

- The befriended town has been receptive to the teaching of the Xigua, coming to accept their new friends and their beliefs overtime. Over the years the once dilapidated town had come to be filled once more with a sense of purpose and community. The people were energetic, driven, and above all: useful. It was time that they be made an example of, one that would show the value of accepting Xiguras and the dark pantheon. Guiding the townsfolk from the shadows, the Xigua deliver to them caches of precious gems dug from the Crescent isle. Over the years they would come to use these riches to create new businesses and draw in aspiring entrepreneurs and families hoping to start a new and better life. Each new arrival would slowly, and cautiously be introduced to the town's newfound beliefs. Overtime the once small village would come to grow into a sizable village and even a city of their own.
>>
>>4593730
Action 1: Improve the Tavthallors strategic abilities

Already one of the greatest generals Tavthalla has ever seen, the Warlord must reach new heights to outwit Shorino’s greatest.

Action 2: Continue rebuilding

Tools of war are still needed, two actions into repairing and upgrading the forge of Rahak, but in its rebuilding we will more properly dedicate it towards the creation of artillery.
>>
File: tyrant island landings.png (266 KB, 1004x869)
266 KB
266 KB PNG
>>4593729
>Action one colonize under military escort tyrant island see pic for details

>Action two build a fort and a port in the new tyrant island foothold province

Diplo all cuvier that aided the shogun that we captured are sent to tavthalla to face punishment for their crimes.

GC and Softpaw have a heartfelt reunion, with his rock back GC pulls away from the edge of the abyss that threatened to swallow him whole

War post
The Fraternian Army moves to the foothold province on Tryant Island to protect it and follow the Tavthallan battle plan.

The navy sends the bulk of its force to aid and defend the settlers as they sail for tyrant island.
>>
2 actions: Assist the RRFU in building their fort on the the Shoronian Island.

Warpoat: With the time to make landfall upon the alliance, Sealand would act as the vehicle to get people there. Anti-mages would make up a majority of the troops that land for the attack seeing as how many other troops aren’t as well equipped to handle combat on land. Anti-mages are to be guarded by Taurs during the assault, hopefully preventing their numbers from dropping too drastically. Lastly as they make the landing, Sealand will make sure the province isn’t randomly attacked by the remaining ships of Shorino, and that if they are that they’ll be ready to sink them.
>>
The Meoswilan War plan

As a major landing is initialised by the other powers we shall push full force on it while the Pulgasari is relocated to Enman by land redying for it to march into Shorino.

95% of our force shall attack with the main invasion using our ability to replenish numbers as we fight to our adventage.

Meanwhile 5% are relagted to trying to sneak into the nation of the Blue Men so they may be used to replenish the undead hordes. basically start an undead plague outbreak in Vesanti.
>>
>>4593729
>the search continues
rocks are overturn, the heavy metals in the soil itself are scanned for their history...
surely there must be plaguemancers somewhere. they must be found, and their craft learned...
>toxic runs
it seems the enviroment may be damaged irreparibly... toxins are thrown to the mists. And throughout the infected regions there is a mass dieoff of animals, while the mists uses itself to guide animals in regions outside of it so that they cannot wander into the infected regions
>>
1.
Training of remaining pilots are conducted in the interest of supporting fighters on the ground. Air dropping tubs of water golems makes for a good way of reinforcing our fighters in a melee and knocking over combatants. Troops on the ground are equipped with pitch soaked green leaves and copper powder for smoke beacons to designate targets.

2.
New spell:
Tidal Madness - expanding upon Tidal Wrath, Lo-hai mages summon a collassal wave from the deep, pouring the ocean out upon land. Shore is rendered into beachfloor, and higher land is now beachfront. Requiring a semi circle of arranged ships with mages to cooperate and cast the spell.
>>
Action 1
The plan to pacify the lands to the north goes forward.
Restart the initiative for new warriors

Action 2
Have several Warbands scout the territories to the south east for any settlements or locations of strategic interest.
Once done have the territory claimed by the regional vassal states.

Action 3
Send out Warbands to re-capture escaped slaves.
Once reclaimed they are to be impaled alive outside the camp as a warning to the others. Let it be known to the slaves that if they wish to be free they may do so by becoming warriors and fighting for that freedom
>>
1. Integrate the tech the taurs traded us. The taurs have given us much in return for our support in their war. With the secrets of their wartrance now available to us many aspirants are eager to learn. The most dreaded and promising of which are those of the bloody claw. Whose brutal initiation practices in many ways have already prepared one for such an ordeal. It is also of no surprise that it is their leader who seems to show the greatest potential for achieving the highest levels of such an art. To the fear of many of course. Nemean weapons have also received an overhaul. The reaping spears and the new variants based upon them combines well with the flowing motions of the nemean martial arts. Able to deftly transition between forms that sees numerous chaff fall before them. Even the number of tauric bows have increased for they are now able to acquire them at their source.

2. Integrate the tech the darsanans traded us. Our people have spent an increasing amount of time on the sea as they travel to ever more distant lands. Fortunately one of the closest nations near us shares this desire for adventure and they have taught us how to make ever finer and bigger ships. Now we can construct our own galleons making our voyages smoother and more expedient than ever.
>>
War Post:

The Nemeans will join the mass landing with the other nations. Their baseline units with hellstone weapons coordinating in particular with darsana due to their great ability with antimagic which will allow both of them to mutually protect the other. The elite units with mythril will be more aggressive in taking openings to strike at high value targets as their armor grants protection against the maidens' magic while also being greatly resistant to mundane forces. Lions will also be brought along and when the time is right they will be unleashed upon the enemy to break through their lines and allow the rest of the allied forces to follow through. Even without the armor their pelt alone is infamous for being unmarred by damage. Often requiring inflicting internal trauma to subdue the creatures.
>>
>>4594027
War post, ish:

Not really a proper warpost, just stating that we too are joining the landing against Shorino.

Due to the difficulty of contacting Ga’ga’ul I will also say that they’re joining me, as are the forces of Tavros Khan and Nemea, just recently recruited, the Tavthallor lending his strategic genius to the allies.

The Relite sail to Shorino now in full force, the true power of the wartrancers now being tested in a true battle for the first time.
>>
File: Turn 67.png (1.03 MB, 2048x2570)
1.03 MB
1.03 MB PNG
Imperii
>>4593756
The Combat skills of the Preatorian Guard grow exponentially. Sparing with one anoyther their training takes on an emphasis on personal greatness in duels. A skill most valuable if they come to face the fearsome Miko of Shorino.

As for the Telrac Empress, travaling to foreing nations she learns the optimal use of their forces. The nature of antimage and heatmage localisation alongside with elven warfare. As well as the surprising deapth and complexity of meoswilan undead-based warfare.

KIL
>>4593881
The new inbetween fabric looses it’s weakness to tearing, but with that also a big portion of it’s elasticity. On the other hand it’s much cheaper to make and after getting wet seems to dry nearly instantly even in cold weather.

Thanks to the mastery of Soul manipulation meditation is advancing rapidly. As for all intents and purposes it’s gaining a conscious awareness for mind, body and soul. The 3 pronged sworld becomes the symbol of medidation. The dot at the center of the swirl represents ascendance ne should strive for where mind soul and body become so attuned they become one.

A textile farm is built.

RRUF
>>4594091
The RRUF’ian plan to use the naval invassion as a way to snag some land is indeed smart, though reliant on luck. While the land is claimed on the map with lines drawn in sand, lack of any way to actually exert controll over it leads to it being ours in name only. (cont with Seland post)

Sealand
>>4594099
Trough Sealands help and stupid amounts of luck the fort is constructed. Rushed construction makes it impressivley grand for a temporary base shat out in war. Due to how it was constructed it’s known as the “Fort of the Fallen Republics” in refference to both RRUF and Elven history.

Nothpuezkahn
>>4594227
Plaguemancy as thanks to the actions of the Zlon seems to be a lost art though, a rummor crosses the elves long ears of “The Tongue of Aka” supposedly there reside those from among the Ithempeli which were among the higher societal castes. having sworn fealty to the God of a fallen civilisation they might hold the secrets you so desire.

The plan succeeds and with animal kept out, and all inside killed the plague slowly dies off. It seems to be on a slow path out.

EVENT: A small new culture pops up. Likely inspired by the meoswilans to your east. They were more orintal clothing and preffer to make their poisons out of mushrooms not plants.
>>
Lo-hai
>>4594274
The Lo-hai train for their plans. Their planes are speedy, but tiny. As such a bigger variant is created relegated to transport duties. it requires aid from smaller planes to not collapse. Soon Water Golems will raind down on the battlefield.

The new spell to wreck mass destruction is comming into being. Requiring hundrets of mages to perform and days to fire off it is a terrifying ritual. A form of indiscriminate death brought upon all deserving of it or not.

Tavos Khan
>>4594277
A few raids northward into the lands barely held in Arcadians controll happen. Your warriors recieve training and slaves are captured, but any further raids might ignite war with your northern neighbour. (If you want to declare war, write a war action with your battleplan)

The lands further south are Agrarian unlike the rest of former Marca still ovetrflowing in ancient wealth. under the Khans decree a vassal is formed, though unlike previous conquered territories it lacks specialisation. Maybe they could provide farming?

Slaves are recaptured and impaled alongside roadisdes as a reminder for any other slaves foolish enough to try.

Nemean
>>4594572
Technology is integrated. Our nations rapidly advances technologically. mainly on our naval front elevating our navy.

EVENT: Your nations ruler finally succumbs to his disease as his muscles and tendons and even skin all slowly turn to bone. He becomes a living statue… fears exist that said affliction might be one which all of his bloodline have. Trully chilling.

Tavthalla
>>4594027
The Tavthallors tactical abilities improve further. No longer shall the vile Shogun outsmart us!
Rebuilding efforts also proceed. our economy exhausted as it is, is chugging along.

Al’quaya
>>4593902
Tge mists slowly devour Crescent Moon island. The Koi’s protection being surpassed the island is shrouded in ture eternal nightly darkness and if one were to find their way into those trecherous water only a mist of pure black shall lay in their path.

The new city rises. With it’s own mayor it beneffits of Liberdantoci ligertarianism to quickly embrace the cults faith and openly practice it. Even forming their own Palladin Order the Shadow Tentacle. Liberdantoc is a nation long decayed from their former glory, but large and wealthy due to centuries of peace… they could make for a useful puppet. (your faith will now spread passively within Liberdantoc)

Amelia: The citystate of Amelia, gains cultural unity. Making ir more distict from both the native dryads and Liberdantoci ones. Ameliad culture emerges as it’s own distinct being and one.
>>
>>4594879
Landing Day
On landing day the forces of the Khan are the main contributor. Being close by, strong and fresh as well as an opponent the Shogun had never faced. The horses and winged birds of prey wash over the Shorino forces surprising them from the back and slaightering them. their advance only halted as what remained of the Miko confronted them downling many of their proud birds forcing their raiders to fight on foot, putting them on a disadventage and the frontline stagnating as now they were forced to fight Kitsune and Chromat infantry.

A secondary contribution came from the Meoswilans. Their endless undead hordes pushing trough Shogunate forces with raw numbers creating a spearhead for their living allies. Only trough their wall of flesh has the fort of Lost Republics remained standing.

Other nations in the war are pulling their weight be it the Lo-Hai, Nemeans, or Elves. To this oh very decisive battle only the ILK have not showed up. Shame on the other hand falls on the Taurs. One can understand their current weakness due to how long the war had lasted, but their contributions to this battle were near nonexistent and in fact have hindered the wareffort, some believe the Taurs are using foreign troops to fight the war for them.

The battle itself is a bloody one. Due to mages protecting the shores it was not a question if ships would be destroyed, but how close they could get before then. The battle was frankly ships exploding as soldiers jumped off swimming to get to the shore. Only to then run up a beack in mage-artillery and arrowfire in hopes of creating a beachhead. A wall of ships slowly formed on sea arround the landing area as vessels piled up cutting of reinforcements untill it was decided the only choice was to set said ships ablaze… with any survivors inside being a necessary savrifice. As the wall of ships burned and broke supplies once more flowed and the Raiders arrived swooping down on the enemy back line. Their Airforce overwhealming with numbers. Trough this as rivers of blood flowed the Alliance had scored a beachhead.
>>
File: Turn 67a.png (1.03 MB, 2048x2570)
1.03 MB
1.03 MB PNG
Wrangdan.
>>4593897
An expansion happens. the mines are constructed.
>>
>>4594879
Actions

>The wheel of fate
-Within the city of Nivoruq life is blissfully simple under the principle of Zobu. Life is an eternal feast, you eat until you are eaten and this is the way of things. For a while it has been relatively peaceful one could say, the infected having come to terms with this way of life and simply embracing it. This "orderly" way of life would soon come to an end, however. A group of devotees of Zobu set out to spread the feast as their kind usually did, however they traveled further west than any of their kind before. Eventually they approached an island that carried with it a familiar aura, one that drew them in like moths to flame. Shortly after scurrying unto the shores they encountered strange statues, yet unprepared were the Xigua for ones that could move and talk. The statues recognized their ailments and took them in, explaining to them that they were the ones that created it but in service to Ithempeli. Normally one would be furious to learn such a revelation, yet as they listened the Xigua felt only understanding, that they were but actors in the turning wheels of fortune and misfortune. That they were serving Ithempeli's will. They stayed a while, and learned about their new god before returning to Nivoruq. This was unprecedented, nobody ever returned, but curious onlookers gathered to listen to their message. Internally they understood, and even knew they spoke the truth, and though the ones that brought the message home would die mere months after delivering it, the citizens of Nivoruq continued to share the teachings of Ithempeli amongst themselves. After a few years, Ithempeli had become the new, true god of Nivoruq. Zobu would become a minor, outer god, as a handful of Xigua remained enthralled to the eternal feast, yet far too lazy and content with gorging themselves to ever bother resisting the change. (1/2)

>Be thy destiny manifested.
-The denizens of Mucigo, once humble and down to earth, now enjoy an elevated life of ever expanding luxuries and indulgences. Complacency, however as the Realm knows, is a stealthy murderer that kills one's future before they'd even realize. To prevent the city of Mucigo from failing, a culture of excellence is to be inspired. Those that are born there are not simply citizens of the nation, they are its destiny made manifest. The youth are taught that they are the heirs of this nation and to seize it for without them it would surely fall apart. Mediocrity is worthless, only the best is acceptable. As their children reach adulthood having internalized this message, they would be encouraged to not only advance Mucigo and make it a greater city, but to spread to other cities and work to take positions of influence and power there as well, sharing their culture and faith. Teachers, politicians, businesses, any path they could take to further advance the glory of the new Libertandoc order and open the door to the golden era they envision.
>>
>>4594878

While the Preatorian Guard's combat ability has grown a fair bit, there is improvement that can be done in other ways, and that can be expanded further with the Heáhcásern's temporary return home. As elite guards, enhancing their senses and abilities at detecting enemies is key. Especially given that if some sort of assassin comes after the one they are guarding at range it'd be best for them to be able to block the attack with their shield, or armor. Further, better visual attention would allow them to be better at discerning what an enemy is doing, be it the one they are facing in battle, or the entire force they are facing, which will allow better maneuvers in battle. Related to this, they are to be trained another way, at least with the initiate warriors who have been chosen for such an honor. They would be trained against the Lupus Legio, as to allow them to better deal with harassers, assassins, and thieves, crucial skills in war and peace. A guard has to be good at guarding, after all.

Meanwhile, the Lupus Legio would also get further training. Mainly in the form of dealing with the Preatorian. Naturally, given the nature of the Preatorian, they are required to become quite a bit more stealthy. Likewise, their strikes need to be swift as well as their speed, aiding in hit and run and ambushes that they are made for. Of course, it also would allow them to become more silent and skilled with regards to picking out when and were to strike, which is quite important for a heavy skirmisher, and likewise, it'd better aid in their skills relating to team based tactics. Part of the reason the Heáhcásern made her focus the Preatorian first was not just so that any raids on important people would fail in the future, but also so that members of the Lupus Legio couldn't brute force their way through and could be more specialized to the task of skirmishers. Naturally, there were many other ways they could be improved, but such would come in time, much like future improvements to the Preatorian.

Other than this, a strange game has happened in Gigantapis, brought into this world like most things. By the boredom of nobility. The game was a simple one, a large ball of sorts was filled with gold, and whoever had it by the end of the day kept it. The rules were simple. No killing the opponents. Everything else was fair game. Despite a number of quite bad injuries, including in one case a missing limb, the game is actually extremely fondly remembered, especially when someone brought the ball into their home and the mob kicked down their door...The winner of the first event was, surprisingly, a Servus, who spent the wealth on improving their little home, food, and their own land. As a result of this, the Servus in question jokingly has been called by some the only Civilis Kitsune in the Imperii. Though they are still a Servus despite all that. Regardless, while quite...chaotic, the game quickly becomes loved, both by players and it's watchers.
>>
>>4594960
(Didn't have enough of a character limit to fit, so, putting it here.)

>Action One. Improving the Preatorian Guard's guarding and anti Skermisher abiltiy.

>Action Two. Improving the Lupus Legio's stealth and tactical selection of targets, where to strike, and when.

>Action Three. A perfectly normal extremely violent ball game.
>>
> Name: Northern Clans
> Colour: purple/green

> Capital: Wu An
> Culture(s):
(pseudo-chinese culture)

the people of the northern clans live in a hostile region frequented by monster attack, with the worst of them occuring once every ten years. a wave of seemingly endless monsters lead by a beast kings. these occurences are called a beast tide by the northern clansman. these "beast tides" also bring with them many numbers of worm like insects called <<Gu>>

to cope with the hostile lands they live . the northern clans ancestor developed a set of cultivation techniques that allows them to tame and manipulate <<Gu>>. after being tamed, these <<Gu>> worms are absorbed into the individual aperture to live within his/her body and then the northern clansman will be able use the cultivation powers of the <<Gu>> worm.

theose who manages to successfully tame a <<Gu>> worm is called a <<Gu>> Master. they become the core foundation of every clans whether its because of their fighting prowess or wisdom granted to them by the <<Gu>> worm. a <<Gu>> masters can increase their cultivation rank by "evolving" their gu worms, these will require certain foods to be fed on the gu worms and other requirement depending on the cultivation paths.

there are unknown numbers of gu insect with various unexplored cultivation path in the northern borders with powers ranging from the mundane to the more powerful ones, with the common ones being sold on the market while the rare <<Gu>> worms and it cultivation path becoming a closely guarded secret for the clans that control it.
>>
>>4595168
> History:
the history of the northern clans begins with two mythical figures known as the two ancestor who discovered two different cultivation path to manipulate <<Gu>>. the first is the Spectral Soul Demon ancestor, his teaching places power and survival above all else, they believe flimsy things such as morals, ethics and familial bonds are nothing but shackles to achieve the true potential of <<Gu>> cultivation. as such they prefer to act alone without forming clans and routinely conduct taboo rituals in order to evolve their demonic <<Gu>> cultivation path.

the second ancestor is called the Paradise Earth ancestor. those who follow his teaching value morals, righteousness, family and loyalty above all else. they believe that forming clans and law and order is the best way to cultivate <<Gu>>. these two path fought bloody wars with each others for years until the legendary matriarch Wu Ji of the Wu clans formed a righteous path alliance with the Shang clan and the Tie clan. together they eliminated many leading figures of the demonic path and drove the rest into hiding, therefore achieving a period of peace and stability for the northern clans. meanwhile the remmnants of the demonic path bide their time and growe their strength in secret until they can finally overthrow the righteus path alliance.


> Religion(s):
ancestor worship, with the two largest religion being righteous path from the paradise earth immortal ancestors teaching and the demonic path from the spectral soul demonic ancestors teaching. the two ancestors have been dead for a long time, but their consciousness still remains and subtly manipulate both the righteous path and the demonic path.
>>
>>4595170
> Race(s):
human with minor physical variation depending on the individual's pathway.
a <<Gu>> master can create an aperture inside their body to create spiritual gardes where they slowly generate primeval essence(depending on their cultivation rank) and also as a place for their <<Gu>> worm to live.

> Writing System:
bone scipt

> Coinage:
->barter economy
->primeval essence, a glowing oval shaped stone condensed form spiritual energy extracted from a <<Gu>> masters aperture. can be used to feed <<Gu>> worm
-><<Gu>> Worm

> Government System:
the southern clans are governed by a loose tribal alliance led by Wu clan. the three big righthteous path (the Wu, Shang and Tie clans) keeps each other in check and compete with each other in the back, only uniting when under the threat of the beast tides, foreign invasion or when a strong demonic path <<Gu>> masters appears. there are also other minor clans with their own path way but their powers pales in comparison to those three and many of them choose to jpin and cooperate with the alliance.

> Micenaneous Lore:
it is said that a demonic path <<Gu>> masters is almost certain to be stronger than a righteus <<Gu>> Masters individually. but only a few managed to survive long enough attain high cultivation rank because they are hunted down by the more numerous, more organized righteus path <<Gu>> Master with the backing of their clans.

it is said that the two ancestors left their inheritances hidden somewhere, with it is the legendary <<Gu>> worms they use and their long lost cultivation path technique. the <<soul>> path and the <<earth>> path.
>>
>>4595171
> Hero:

Wu Yong of the Wu clan
Leaders of the Northern clans righteous path alliance who rule through military force, he and his clan specialise in enslavement path that allows them to manipulate numbers of beast and monster depending on their soul capacity. it is said that because of the enslavement path, the previous leaders of the Wu clan the matriarch Wu Ji alone is equal to ten thousands soldiers. while Wu yong is equal to five thousands soldiers. he still has a lot of things to prove to his clans to show that he is someone as competent as his mother.

>Other characters

Shang Xin Ci of the Shang clan
the shang clans is a merchant clans that have long been the economic centers of the northern clan because of their mercantile prowess and uncanny calculation and scheming ability. they follow the wisdom path that can predict disasters, misfortune and can calculate fate. not many are known about the current leader of the shang clans but it is said that it is a young lady with a genius mathematical ability.

Tie Mu of the Tie Clan
The tie clan is a clan with the closest lineage to the paradise earth heavenly ancestor and accordingly, their people have zero tolerance towards the demonic path <<Gu>> masters. they practice the the Law path and they routinely sends patrols to other clans to work as police and detectives. the young masters of the Tie Clan, Tie Mu is feared all across the northern clans because of his ruthlessness in torturing and interogatibg suspects, all in the name of rooting out the remmnant demonic path <<Gu>> Masters.
>>
>>4594878
>Action: Consolidate control over thee foothold territories

>Action: build a port in the Foothold Territories
>>
>>4594878
> 1st action: colonize even further into ithempeli lands
The conquest of this land is almost complete, our grip upon the remnants of the statues' lands shall soon be complete.
All that remains now is to fully colonize their lands, prove our strength to the eternal city's mysterious inhabitants

> 2nd action: repair the "c" mine and build a foundry
Our mines are many and productive, fruit of our endless toil and devotion to the one lord of flames, yet we lack everything but gold. What will we use for our weapons? What will we use for our tools? Foundries must be built, to increase our strength, and these pitiful wrecked left behind by the hated statue people repurposed to bring about the final glory of Leirut
>>
>>4595172
0. Found Wu an
1. Build a government center and paradise earth immortal temple in Wu an
2-4. Control resource:
-Enslavement path <<Gu>> worms
-Wisdom path <<Gu>> worms
-Law Path <<Gu>> worms
5-7. Invent enslavement path: can use <<Gu>> worms to manipulate a large number of monster
8-10. Invent wisdom path : can use <<Gu>> worms to calculate fate
11-13. Invent Law path : can use <<Gu>> Worms to create laws and bind someone accordingly
14. Build a <<Gu>> market and <<Gu>> cultivation academy in in Wu An
15. Build a hunting camp and a mining camp near Wu An
>>
>>4594878
Action 1:
Learning of his new goal, Doer heads off to the land of the snake god.
Action 2:
General infastructure improvements:
iron mine, copper mine improvements
>>
1.
The Lo-hai upgrade their airplane manufactory once more, and build a farm near Ju'gul'agi.

2.
Upgrade ship manufactory and battery manufactory.
>>
File: Turn 67b.png (1.03 MB, 2048x2570)
1.03 MB
1.03 MB PNG
As the New Mandate expires out of the nations ashes the Northen Clans Emerge. Born of the nations martial artists, they become the spiritual and political leaders of the nation. Their tradition which were always present now dictating the course of the nation.

Their land is a desert and forrest ravaged by ravines making the land akin to mountains. In the caverns the <<Gu>> were originally found and gifted us power we learn to harness and cultivate.

The followers of the Demonic path are tied to Oceanic Gate, while the Paradise Earth controll all the other cities. Though inner Sanctum the old imperial Capital is split between the two factions.

Martial Arts based ancestor worship faith is not very different to the Faith of your Southern neighbour. The Lo-Hai, colonies. Your hero is Wu Yong of the Wu clan (he has event immunity, fine to have other characters.

Actions implemented. You otherwise take over a player who quit, feel free to rename his cities.

Your martial arts counts a magic:

School: <<Gu>> martial arts
Branches:
> -Enslavement path <<Gu>> worms
-Wolf Enslavement : allows a Gu Master to manipulate Wolf packs (numbers and wolf type depends on individual cultivation rank). or manipulate a indvidual wolf while sharing its sight, smell and taste
-Wolf Howl : once activated, a Gu Master will let out a loud howl that damages the enemy and turn the controlled wolves into frenzy, increasing their battle strength. -Soul explosion : a gu masters can suicide controlled wolves to create souls explosion.
> -Wisdom path <<Gu>> worms
- light of wisdom : gain inspiration and accelerate the time needed for deductions,planning or researching
- calculation : used to pinpoint a rough location of an object, resource or creatures
- fate manipulation: can divine the future and roughly guess what will happen to someone.
> -Law Path <<Gu>> worms
- Verdict: can issue commands and rules that will force people to follow them.
- Prohibit: They can prohibit certain actions of the target.
- Imprison: The target is surrounded by a transparent wall, as if he were trapped in a sticky liquid.
>>
Action 1
Remove crystals from blighted areas and deliver them to our southern neighbor in exchange for the bio-mods. Have the affected areas burned to scour the areas of growing more crystals

Action 2
Find skilled famers to begin cultivating the fertile lands in the east. If successful offer the land as a gift for the food production and allow them to join the local vassal as a citizen

Action 3
The men must make ready for war. Declare an official fighting pit and tournaments for the men to test themselves against one another
>>
1. Create Spell of the First Moon (astrology, name pending based on discovery). With the sun's mysteries resolved we move onto the moons. Compared to the sun there has been much more dispute all over the world regarding their nature. However we shall divine the truth.

2. Create Spell of the Second Moon (astrology, name pending based on discovery).
>>
1 action: Assist in building the RRFU port in the foothold territories

1 action: Explore one of the areas of Unreality near Sealand.
With this war, something would need to be done to make elves effective outside of their anti-magic. A forge would need to come later, but for now, exploring the unknown is what they will take part in in hopes of finding something that could assist their allies either magically or physically

War post:
Sealand's job has changed from active combat to providing support to its allies. Primarily as the suppliers be it to assist in transporting troops, food, or materials. There is still a steady flow of anti-mages to help the fort both in and out as needed. They also focus on assisting the build efforts to cement the beachhead in their control despite the odds against them, as a new port would greatly assist the transportation of both troops and supplies.
>>
1. Form unified command
with the threats of the demonic path still persisting in the east, Wu Yong proposed to form a standing army made up of talented youth <<Gu>> masters from the Wu clan, Shang Clan and Tie clans. this army will be under the command of the alliance leader separate from the clan armies. those chosen will receive favorable treatment and after serving for some time, they will be able to choose whether they want to return to their clans or stay and become high ranked officers in the allied army.

2. use fate manipulation of the shang clans to predict the movement and plans of the demonic path
>>
>>4594879
Note, fix my forge, this was forgotten last turn.

Action 1: Terrain adaptation

There is no creature more adaptable than a taur, and no terrain will slow our advance on land.
Be it snowy wastes, blistering deserts, swampy marshes or the tallest peaks.

The Tavthallor prides our military doctrine on adaptation to land no matter what it is, combined with a healthy amount of consuming the local fauna.

Action 2: Meritocracy

In Tavthallan society the army draws exclusively from citizen Taurs, however not all Taurs in Tavthalla are citizens, a large amount of the tauric population is not due to economic issues, having their families being outcast in ages past, or simply because they run around being savages in the countryside.

It is the will of Sybaael and her regent the Tavthallor that this be rectified, both due to a need for more manpower and because it is more economically viable for all Taurs to be citizens, less we blur the line between Taurs and out non-tauric slaves.

With the upper echelons of the nobility taken out of the picture by the shogun, there is scant little resistance.

WARPOST:

Tavthalla barely participated in the landing, for mysterious reasons, perhaps to avoid infection from the meoswilans, in a stroke of genius being absent when that happened and fighting further away from them when we began arriving properly anyway.

What is known is that the Tavthallor descended upon an administrative building in eastern Rahak late last month and slaughtered everyone inside, before burning the entire structure to the ground.

Waging war on the other side of the world is a difficult endeavour, but that is no excuse for mistakes in shipping that cause the entire war effort to come to a halt.

This Tyrn however Tavthalla will descend on Shorino in full force, the Relite are fresh and have seen incredibly little combat save the second raid on rahak but can now prove themselves against the shrine maidens, while our land cavalry are second to none.

Brilliant tauric battle lines form, armed with reaping spears, with purebloods and centaurs armed with the worlds finest bows and the worlds finest training to use said bows.

Most feared are our centaur archers, able to run and fire at the same time with far greater ease than a man on a horse.

Perhaps one of our most lethal assets however are our Bolt Casters, rapidly firing with a single hit on a foe enough to guarantee death, an eleventh of our army are artillery crews.

Our most lethal asset however is that we are Taurs. Throw thirty spears into our chests and we will fight on, and slay one hundred men before succumbing to blood loss, only to get back up later and kill another sixty out of spite.

Glory to Tavthalla, death to the shogun.
>>
> Action1&2: Branch of Myconic Soulcircuttry

based of Arcadian/wolfkin Soulmagic, our own understanding of litches souls and mycelium based information transfer as well as Lo-Hai magic Circuttry magic. (all got traded and implemented)

We create the branch Myconic Soulcircuttry. the goal is to create Instant communication devices mased on the ability of Mycelium to transfer soul information. (basically the internet, on biocomputers)

> Action 3: lessons from the war
In the Arcadian war we faced Wind mages which banned our use of Blowers. We shall create a Spell called "Spore control" it let's us bend spores themselves like we controll mushrooms and they do air. Not just being deffensive it can be used offensviely.

> WARPOST
Keep my army under controll and away from antimages. Blowers are used away from the living and on specially selected targets. With Watermages using films of water to capture any spores which enemy wind mages might try to use on us or our allies.

We continue a strategy of an aggressive push forward, we comply with the Tavthallor and follow his grand plan though.

In Versani we have our undead plague keep spreading and overwhealming the Merchant republic. Undead then can be funneled out oft he city to replenish our troops.
>>
File: Map Turn 68.png (1.36 MB, 2048x2570)
1.36 MB
1.36 MB PNG
Event cooldowns: Nothpuez 1-0, Nemea 1-0.

Al'qaye:
>>4594929
The integrated Ithempeli all display magical prowess instead of the 1-in-10 of most, their output is mediocre but with so many mages, their magical arts are well developed. They are quick to experiment with the crystal blight, uncovering levitative qualities.
The Mucigo's culture of excellence for now seems to give them prosperity, as there are plenty of people to do the menial jobs the Mucigoans refuse to do. Influence in learning institutions should help spread this mentality.

Imperii: (Cooldown +2)
>>4594960
>>4594961
The Praetorians get good in all-or-nothing defense, where they will not leave any half-defended areas, while the Legios get good at striking half-defended areas. Furthermore there's the strength of Praetorian formations against barrages while the Legios tease them by striking anyone who's made a weak formation.
People think the new ballgame is a bloody good time. That most of the participants regrow lost limbs just lets them engage all the more fervently. People don't care too much for the prize, it's the bragging rights they like.

Event: An endless wine bottle is found, it's crimson content tastes better than blood, yet slakes bloodthirst. It gets referred to as The Blood by some of the nobles. Non-Telrac who imbibe The Blood gain partial vampirism, they dislike the sun's light but aren't killed by it, they also age slower and have additional strength. Though if bloodstarved they can revert back to mortality.

Fraternitas:
>>4595231
With further Fraternians sent over, the foothold colony starts to solidify it's presence. But some frontiersmen go astray, expanding the territory as well.
The newly established port gives the troops some much needed relief, now that their supply has started to restore.

Wrangdan: (Cooldown +3)
>>4595236
Spreading further into the lands you come across an empty city in which the Ithempeli would have lived. There are collapsed mines for Quartz, Granite and Obsidian, there's also a trench which not only diverts magma, but also acts as an obsidian deposit.
The copper mine is rebuilt and a forge constructed, near, allowing the metal to be worked into more easily transportable ingots before being transported.

Event: As the miners dig for copper, they come across an underground cave, within which is a dragon. The scent of gold rouses it from it's slumber and it breaks out of the mine, ruining it and the nearby fort who tried to help. It then took residence in one of our gold mines, making it it's Dragon's Lair.

Nothpuez: (Cooldown 0)
>>4595240
Venturing to the lands of Aka, you come across a land of ruins, one of which is settled, it calls itself Heaven't Gate. The Ithempeli within are dedicated to the god of discord, not the most comforting of prospects.
With the expansion of our mines, we bring further wealth from deep below. Copper has limited use now that iron is popular, but it doesn't rust the same way iron does.
>>
Lo-hai:
>>4595244
The added Aerosmith capacity helps fill the airfields, while a different field fills up at Ju'gul'agi.
The new port sees many new ships be made, with batteries of ice cannons and other batteries courtesy of the battery smith.

Catual:
>>4595379
(You only get 2 actions per turn, 3 actions is if you missed a previous turn. Cancelling third action.)
The crystals are cleared, clearing efforts even pass into the crystal-zone, and plantlife grows back, slowly.
The new farms to the south brings in a bountiful harvest, so much so that it's quite the workout to transport it.

Nemea: (Cooldown 0)
>>4595455
The first moon's spell, the incantation of Viz, is gleamed through half-slumber, it resists agitation and disquiet, allowing one to relax. It finds use in relieving insomnia, even in those with chronic pain.
The second moon's spell, the incantaton of Ovam, is gleamed through warmth and family, it is a refreshing embrace though it keeps one from falling asleep. It is required to not fall asleep amid Viz' incantation, but also has use in bringing light to those in dark times.

Sealand:
>>4595710
Though the influx of supplies cause trouble in the Fraternian port, they are put to good use improving the port, it's not the prettiest but it's definitely effective.
The exploration through the mountains of madness, through the timeless time, you spot Zlon appearing and unappearing, the passage is safe, for now. Though you can spot some Dryads in here, in flickering existence, Tarnatos have or will send expeditions here at some point.

Northern Clans:
>>4596118
With a unified command established, there are no questioning their authority, requisitions and recruitment is streamlined now that there's no need to confirm orders.
All's quiet on the demonic front. The demonic path wont be up to much in the immediate future, perhaps they're biding their time.

Tavthalla: (Cooldown +1)
>>4596282
(Removed (-) from forge next to Rahak.)
This cold adaptation is some hairy business. The resulting abominable Snow-Taurs become quite furry, but some who feast on larger prey become quite strong as well. The one most Taurs want to become is the polar bear. Not to mention the ones from the forest, growing even larger.
In the fight agains the Shogun, the lines between the Taur and non-Taur blur, for against this most vile foe, we all fight together. In fact, a number of slaves quickly prove their worth, though mainly because a large chunk of the Taur competition is fighting abroad.

Event: Your people has expanded your land on their own, colonising some forestland, it is good for hunting and woodcutting, but it happens at the worst time, as this saps away manpower needed for the war.
>>
Meow:
>>4596287
With a glimpse into our souls, we manage to figure out how our own magic works, much more intricately how a Lich manipulates so many undead at once. The resulting school and formulas are basically a unification and extension of our work in myconic magic.
The new spells see spores expand and contract, so it can float and catch the wind or sink to the ground. But Mycomancers are worried that possessing such an effective counter to our most powerful weapon could be unwise.

Next turn's event cooldowns: Imperii 2-1, Wrangdan 3-2, Tavthalla 1-0.

[Almost got the main body in just 2 posts.]
[War post and NPC events to follow later, NPCs only got minor events, so it's nothing major. Feel free to post for Turn 69 (nice).]
>>
>>4597047

With the current state of war, just before the Imperii forces head off to battle, work would be done on armor for the Imperii. For some time, the Armor of the Imperii had been lacking, the designs ages old and best utilized bronze rather than iron, steel, or anything else. As such, this would be worked upon. While some of the work in question wouldn't be done before the Imperii headed off to war, some of it would, and ideally, the better armor would increase survivability and by extension the retention of military experience. Further, proper heavy armor would do well to better protect against light should shadow magic for some reason fade or fail. Regardless, the work would come to be seperated into two separate projects in the method of protecting the wearer. Lorica Squamata and Lorica Hamata.

Lorica Squamata would be made with leather and 'scales' of metal in order to provide far greater protection than leather, while still being fairly flexible, even if not to such an extent as Lorica Hamata. Of course there are area's that aren't able to be easily protected with this method, but it offers far greater piercing resistance than Lorica Hamata, and by extension more protection from projectiles. Further, due to the construct, it should provide greater protection from magical strikes as well, with the leather behind the scales offering a layer of insulation and protection from such things as fire or electricity. Needless to say, it's a good deal of protection for the material that it uses. And as such, it is likely to become quite the staple for most forces in the near future.

Lorica Hamata meanwhile is far different. In essence, it is many small rings hocked into each other that make a layer of protective material. This can be worn over a light layer of cloth, or over proper leather, but it's main advantage is that it provides far greater mobility and coverage than Lorica Squamata. Though, naturally, it isn't able to protect as well against such things as spears and arrows, or magic. Naturally, the material in question would be useful for flying troops, as it is also lighter, although not by too much, and as such those flying units who wish to wear it need to train a fair bit to fly with the extra weight. Still, it has its advantages and disadvantages, just like Lorica Squamata, though given the enemy that the Imperii is facing, the former armor is prioritized over the latter.

>Action One and Two. Scale Armor (Lorica squamata 2/2?)

>Action Three. Chainmail (Lorica hamata 1/2?)
>>
File: Map Turn 68+War.png (1.35 MB, 2048x2570)
1.35 MB
1.35 MB PNG
Celeste:
The bishopry in Shay no longer pays tribute to the Celestial Family Church, keeping all the funds for themselves.
MSU:
A party of Miyagi have rekindled ill feelings toward Fraternitas, insisting it's time to reclaim lost territory.
Waking:
A surge of bandit activity in Borevia has caused several tendrils of the cult to be severed and ruins cleared. Ironically enough it was the cult's activities that lead to this surge.
Stripeland:
The Tigerkin has seen fit to rebuild the old city ruin that was in the Borevian colony, there's no official name but locals are calling it New Stripe. It's position alongside the road going from Tarn to Golyemat is beneficial as it allows them to tap into the trade route.
Heaven's Gate:
Though delayed, further statues trickle in, and eventually they decide to make a new Golem Factory, so they can start making more of themselves, and also make some more stone dust.

--

Tyrant's Isle War:
>>4595710
>>4596282
>>4596287
On the Meoswilian front, having to transport all the bodies over does make the swarm tactic a bit sluggish, often requiring critical mass to break through the Shorino spearline. Worse yet is the Mikos of the wind, who use the spores against their enemies, by blowing them away, forcing the Mycomancers to use water screens to curb the infectivity. Yet despite this, breakthrough are made, as the ashigaru spear line can pierce as many vital organs as they want, the zombies will just keep pushing. But then winter arrives.

On the Tavthallan front, the combined forces are a sight to behold, but also a mess to manage. Restricted to certain times of day, requiring certain escorts, one unit being incapable of fighting alongside another for magical or political reasons. At least they fight primarily on plains, where one can put distance between incompatible units and maneuver it around. The ashigaru fare poorly when the enemy has space to move in the right counters. But the Miko are a pain to deal with, during daytime their only counter is the ballistae, and during nighttime Telrac have to fly in formation to have a strong enough shadow-shroud to resist Wisp sun-magic. Still, gains are made, especially at night, thanks to so many methods of nighttime illumination thanks to the Ashen Times. But then winter arrives.

During winter, it's hell on ice, people have to hunker down to hopefully not lose everything they gained during summer. The Meoswilian zombies become sluggish or even freeze solid, while the living have to contend with snow and cold and the Mikos have a laugh while doing everything in their power to make the temperature even colder, battering the forces with freezing winds. Meanwhile the ashigaru, they have thick fur coats and the Mikos even clear a path for them. This also leads to people simply abandoning the front whenever winter rolls around, only returning once things have warmed up again.

(That's the war post and NPC events updated, please post actions sooner than later.)
>>
>>4597206
>Warplan Aliquam

The Imperii forces would set off on mass to the landing site, by sea or by air. The Imperii's forces are devided into Two forces. Percutientibus and Incessu. Percutientibus are made up mainly of flying forces and the Lupus Legio. They mainly are to disrupt enemy logistics as best as possible, cause chaos, and strike at important leaders, Miko, and Wisps away from the front line. Primarily, they strike at summer, though, as time goes on, the Lupus Legio would come to acclimate better to the cold than any other, and their ability of striking and stealth would go a long way to better deal with the enemy. Mainly, these forces are to weaken the enemies elites and forces before a battle begins, so as to strike deeper and with a much more force. Meanwhile Incessu are the main battle force, made up of the Preatorian Guard and the rest of the Imperii's forces, including the Heáhcásern herself leading and fighting alongside them, using her strategic ability, flight, and combat ability to outmaneuver the enemy, fall on their flanks, and strike at their important targets herself. Further, given the training giving the Imperii's forces a good deal of pride and morale in their units, along with discipline, it is likely that the Imperii's forces will not break in any battle and refuse to withdraw unless the Heáhcásern orders such, or it gets far too cold.
>>
>>4597047

Actions:

>The Master of Fate.
- The arrival of the statues in Nivuroq sparked a swift response from the realm. Given their numbers it was clear that this was no invasion force, and after a few overseers met with some of the initial arrivals they came to understanding. Their presence sparked a fierce debate among the authorities of the Realm. Some wanted to punish them for ever daring to create their disease in the first place, some wanted to make use of their talents. Finally it was decided that they would be allowed to stay, but only within the confines of Nivuroq, for it was only fitting they lived with the results of their creation. In exchange they offered their expertise leading to the discovery of the crystal blights unique properties. At first this mutual relationship was tolerated, but over the years the citizens of Nivuroq came to worship Ithempeli and the same unease reared its head during the rise of the Mother started to make itself known again. There were those in the capital that believed this foreign faith to be an infection worse than the blight that needed to be stamped out. At the same time, some of Nivuroq's teachings had spread beyond its limits, gaining them supporters in the capital. Looking to avoid a civil conflict similar to the one of the past but lacking the theological weight of Ix'thula, Aku'Othar led a host of overseers and theologists seeking Xiguras' guidance (see lore below).

They spent weeks within the confines of their temples before emerging once again to the world with fresh revelations of what they saw. They started sharing the new truth with the realm, that Ithempeli had been accepted into the pantheon by the great mother and father. He was the wheel of fate, the force that drove order into chaos, and chaos into order and played a crucial role in the purpose of their masters. Overtime this too became an accepted teaching among the realm, and those devoted to the way of fate developed an interesting relationship with their kin. Where Xiguras and Orijana were singular in their purpose, Ithempeli was divided into the aspects of fortune and misfortune. As such his followers embodied one of these, either becoming fortunate optimists or misfortunate pessimists. Yet this difference strangely drew these apposing followers together, and they would merge their bodies into one. These devotees of Ithempeli would be diverse in form, but no matter the shape they took they would always have two faces, one always being optimistic and looking to bring fortune to the misfortunate, while the other would always be pessimistic and looking to bring misfortune to the fortunate. Together they would strive to keep the wheels of fate turning as their masters desired, so the world may remain in perpetual chaos so that order may be ever evolving. (2/2)

- At long last the time has come. The flesheers finally have the mastery and knowledge required and begin crafting a new horrific body for Ivnis to be revived.
>>
1 action: With all of the holes in reality seemingly stabilizing the last one may. As well be attempted to be stabilized as well... or perhaps something else unbeknownst to them yet.

1 action: And because the Fort is in Shorino, it’s going to need some extra defense as to not fall, more work being put into it

Warpost:
Once again, the Elves fall to support and Anti-mages, but this time Heat mages are also sent seeing as how winter debilitates Tripp’s with the freezing cold, small blocks of iron are put in rooms for the mages to cast Half-heat on to flood rooms with warmth during those cold months.
>>
>>4597266
>Lore: The grand vision, the eternal purpose.

In their meditation the entire group was seized by an unknowable force and thrusted into the same vision. There they stood inside fog, only able to see each other hazily through the mist. The only thing that was clear was the sky, or rather, ocean? Above them was a what appeared to be a vast, dark ocean. After gazing for a while something finally breached the waters surface. It was a giant wheel, within which was the world divided into two halfs. One was constantly shifting, changing, and evolving. The other was barren, charred and reduced to a wasteland. As the wheel turned, the world did as well and the sides of order and chaos bled into each other in an eternal cycle. As the wastes entered order, it would sprout and grow ever grander and complicated designs than before, and as order entered devastation, it would make room for new and greater creations.

This was the truth behind the pantheon. Ithempeli drove the fates of mortals into fortune, where they would be guided by Xiguras into grand and elaborate purposes. He would eventually visit misfortune as well, handing the mortals over to the torment and devastation of Orijana, to strengthen their character and evolve their understanding. Together the pantheon worked in concert to keep the world always evolving, ever changing, and never stale. For they knew, to be ordered was to be dead, and without chaos nothing could ever grow, be renewed, or undergo change. This was the purpose of the gods, and the fate of all creation.
>>
>>4597047
action 1:
(is lux not snaking anymore?)
Try to convince the snake god to give over the secrets of plague magic (specifics may be done via diplo)
action 2:
expand the library by adding a portion that also holds all known toxins within it, organized by type inside of containers designed to hold them
also expand the forge, as more metal enters the markets the demand for refined metal goods and especially tools grows
>>
>>4597233
> sacrifice as much gold as possible to Leirut in order to get him to help us with the dragon problem
The priesthood didn’t flinch when the beast of fire and flesh ate their citizens. It didn’t move when soldiers died, burned alive in their forts.
But when the dragon touched the mountain God’s sacred mine, the temples of all the villages and cities of the sovereignty requested a tithe even greater than normal, essentially bringing all of the country’s gold to the god-mountain, so that it may be thrown into the volcano to awaken Leirut and obtain his aid.

> build a heavy fort north of the dragon’s nest
>>
>>4597047
>Action The RRFU spends time, money, and manpower Improving and reminding the bonds of friendship and brotherhood between the RRFU and the MSU. Spreading not only goodwill but Pro Fraternian cultural ideas and body image, man those Fraternians sure are good looking.

>Action Biomancy development, as agreed with the Khan we will increase the strength of his men, with "Strengthen" this Biomancy spell unlocks a person's full strength potential allowing them to do what would normally be feats of superhuman strength with ease. The Bio mod will be applied to the khan's men when the crystals are sent to us as agreed in our trade deal

>GC and softpaw spend time with one another, slowly it seems that softpaw is beginning to help GC find his way out of the darkness that haunts his soul.
>>
>>4597233
Action 1: Peerless Archers (2/2)
Self explanatory, every tavthallan with a bow will become accurate beyond their peers, we are to be renowned as the worlds most foremost ranged warriors.

Action 2: Champion Warfare (1/3)

We are not them. And we will no longer fight like them either.
All this focus on archery, bolt casters, machines, we act as if we have nothing to learn in melee.

We line up in our lines of battle and weather the enemies attacks, and return fire, and we do it because it is the way we know how to fight.

But this is how thinbloods fight, because they cannot throw their enemies into the sky, or run like lightning, or take sixty sword slices to the chest and still stand. We are Taurs, the gods most powerful creations, and we are ones of war.

This method of waging war is a waste of our abilities, and the Tavthallor knows it.

The shrine maidens way of fighting, small unit tactics, single individuals slaughtering hundreds on their own, thousands even.

That is how we once fought, but now there are so many Taurs we have perhaps taken ourselves for granted, relying on just strength.

The beginning of a new land warfare doctrine emerges, one of countless small units of Taurs that shatter enemy hordes, rather than act as one bulky and vulnerable unit they make full use of their fortitude, speed and strength to manoeuvre and outmanoeuvre their foes, rout their armies, shatter their resolve and slaughter any who cowardly remain in their mob hordes or defensive lines.
>>
The Iron King has her face in her palms. She's just heard of Akane having a wardrobe malfunction in front of the Imperii Heáhcásern. It just emphasizes the need to strengthen it, but Moriko then protests, saying that strength compromises on it's core feature, elasticity. Besides, Akane wore a suit that was simply too small for her. Yuri says this suit is lewd and ponder if we'll make boobplates next. Tomoko then suggests just that, to distract our foes, when life or death is concerned, some underhanded tricks are fair game. Kenshin meanwhile confirms that meditation will also be worked on.

Action 1: Invent Derived Technology: Shapeweave from Shapecloth (2/2 progress).
It is good that it's cheaper to produce, but the loss of elasticity kind of removes the best feature. Therefore we will try to find a way to keep as much of the elasticity as possible while keeping it cheap. If it ends up being on the fragile side... that just means people will have to buy spares. Yes, we can make repeat customers of our Shapeweave.

Action 2: Invent Meditation (2/2 progress).
The meditation is working well, but it's something intended for everyone, so we will make sure it becomes something enjoyed by mages and non-mages alike. Perhaps even foreigners would like to try.

Action 3: Invent Breastsplate (1/2 progress).
A piece of metal armor for one's breasts, also called a Boobplate. These shall not only protect a woman's assets, but also provide support so they don't move around as much. They will also provide a distraction to our foes.
>>
>>4597316
>war post, support the allied Offensive
>>
Action 1
Make sure Crystals are delivered within RRFU borders. Have a small warband of warriors accompany the shipments to make sure none are mishandled. (Kill and burn anyone showing signs of being infected)

Action 2
Move the Hordes current camp outside the nearest coastal city to await transportation to Arcadia
>>
1. Create Spell of the Third Moon (astrology, name pending based on discovery).

2. Create Spell of the Fourth Moon (astrology, name pending based on discovery).
>>
>>4597325
Warpost:

The Tavthallan army and their allies will be overseen by the Tavthallors own strategic genius to organise them from their currently incredibly disorganised state into an ordered and organised force that can fight and push all year around
>>
> posting for willie
1.
Our first naval armada after the previous destruction of the Lo-hai navy stands ready, and new improvements have been noted with the surplus of batteries that can fuel our mages death dealing. As part of the Tidal Madness Spell, our ships primarily carry either shells, batteries, or spears in these days of battle.

>desu the action is just, our ships are rgood at making battery racks to give our mages power, yadda yadda.

2.
Our new ships are gathered in Grsthld, and pilots scrambled for duty, the Stone Crabs are coming to finish this fight. The fast Shell Screamers and their larger cousins the "Water Ships" (Lo-hai humor at it's best) are to merely serve a supporting role in this waraction to ensure the ships survival.

>War Action

Our ships follow a planned route, nearing the northern shore of Shorino, it is from here our fleet lays anchor and gets into position, the mages drawing power from the batteries and combining their strength. From here they batter sites 1. And 2. with Tidal Waves, seeking to send kitsune to the watery depths. The pilots are to defend the ships from enemy naval or aerial retaliation, either by shelling, or using tubs of water golems to support fighters on deck, or have the golems be doused upon a flying shrine maidens, and pull the maidens to the unforgiving sea below.
>>
>>4597233
1.
>Make more grid parts
A greater stockpile of grid parts is built up to ensure a constant supply for the war.

2.
>Upgrade fortification
The fortification upon the road is improved to hold against potential counterstrikes.

3.
>Upgrade farms
Farming infrastructure is improved to sustain us for longer.

Warpost
Durmaign has been waiting for the day when their neighbour would fall for a long time, the Shorinese are chased out of the cities and armed forces are sent to wipe out Shorinese forces within our borders, first the fire magicians and elementals are used to wipe out resistance and a temporary defence line is assembled out of grid parts.
>>
1-2. Ceeate a Wolf totem
Create Wolf Totem , a talisman that allows a Gu Master to store wolf packs in a Gu Master's skin.
>>
File: Turn 69.png (1.01 MB, 2048x2570)
1.01 MB
1.01 MB PNG
Imperii (cooldown 1)
>>4597206
Work on armor is getting done, but slowly a simple yet obvious issue arises. It’s too heavy. Few Telrac are able to fly at all if fully armored and even those who can preffer to use their agility. We could always use armor for our Servus Troops, but that seems not viable as we lack an iron deposit and bronze is too expensive for purposes of mass armament.

The scale armor if made would be likely light enough for flying troops, but it is something which would require Steel to make which we lack. iron is to brittle and bronze is too soft.

Al’qaye
>>4597266
As the statues are taken in they form their own small ethnic enclaves. Out of stone grand buildings rise forged by their magic. Having lost their home, pride and been betrayed by their old leadership their mood is somber, but soon the statues take to the cults teachings. maybe their nightmares too have a purpose.

Ithempeli is introduced into the teachings of the dark pantheon. The laughing God of Art (gory kind, statues out of corpses) and the Crying god of Plague.

In other news: Liberdantoc is rapidly taking on your faith. Slow civil strife is starting between the new faith and palladins of old, which might culminate in civil war.

EVENT: Your economy is booming as yout Cthlithium mines are bringing out more of the maddening metal than originally expected. Good news all arround.

Sealand
>>4597269
The Gape. The new place in reality has found itself collapse. A grand hole in unreality formed. A giant round hole the sze of a small nation. Going seemingly down indeffinetly. Wonder what’d happen if we climbed down alongside the walls?

Your explorers on the other hand didn’t find themselves in no lack of room. there was no throne in which N’l did not sit. The explorers didn’t see themselves forced to not kneel. They couldn’t now speak to the one who isn’t N’l. (continue in IC chat)

The fort is upgraded.

EVENT: Out of the sea a new bit of land rises right of your coast! And the best part? it’s in your teritorial waters so you own it. Worship of the old Cuvier deity Cordero appers in your nation.
>>
>>4598400
Nothpuezkahn
>>4597290
(for Lux to handle)
The library is expanded to hold more knowlege than it did before. The forge to grows allowing us to produce more armor and arms.
Wrangdan Sovereignity (cooldown 2)
>>4597312
As sacrifices are brought your priests recieve vissions claiming the Dragon is a servant of Leirut. By divine right the mine it has taken shall forevermore belong to it and further sacrifices of giold shall be brought to it. Let us hope the dragon is happy with just said one mine… now that we can’t get rid of it let us keep it pleased.

A fort is built north of the Dragons nest. the Dragon sees it as a gift deciding to use it as a nest from which he can see his mine and surrounding terrotories.

RRUF
>>4597316
The RRUF manages to somewhat cowtow the MSU. Though efforts at cultural influence are seen as a threat to their independance as such curtailed. The MSU wishes for continued coexistance as allies not for being influenced into a puppet or annexed.

The Khan’s people go in 1 by 1 for biomatic augmentation treatments. many fear magic thus reject it, but the results speak for themselves. They are stronger, with seemingly no drawbacks! While only a small portion of the poppulation is augmented trough natural breeding the physical prowace they hold is sure to spread in time.

Tavthalla (cooldown 0)
>>4597325
Your Archer quality improves. The new form of warfare is slowly being worked on and it is a good idea. use the raw power of taurs to shatter enemy formations for allied infantry to do the rest with their numbers. This tactic of course will only work as long as we have allies, with the other method prefferable otherwise. (1/3)
>>
>>4598401
KIL
>>4597435
The two first inventions go well. Boobplate will be vetoed though. You’re going a bit too much into blatant coomer territory here. Feel free to reuse your action in a different way next turn, it’s going a bit too far.

Both meditation and Shaphecloth are slowly becomming an icon of ILK culture and craftsmanship the exotic practice of meditation does not catch on abroad, but Shapecloth becomes a south after commodity among foreign nobles. Right now due to the war it is not aviable, but hiopefully it’ll be eventually.

EVENT: As she meditates your princess dreams of a grand swamp full of odd creatures. When meditating she finds herself able to return to that place. What could it be?

Khan
>>4597448
The transportations of crystals on mass goes well and they are safely deposited in metal boxes as they arrive in Fraternitas. Relocating your main camp near the Arcadian border also goes well and is sure to aid the wareffort, though the Arcadians themselves a nation of mages is warry of those known to hate mages setting up shop right at their border with their armies ready.

EVENT: A group of undisciplined raiders has launched a Raid on the Kingdom of Southern Marca upsetting both them and the CCF.

Nemean
>>4597463
The two new spells are created and work as intended.

EVENT: From an odd Kitsune you gain clues that it might be a good idea to explore the “terra incognita” on Tyrants island while your forces are there.

Lo-Hai
>>4597494
The new ships are made and fleet reconstructed soon they will be ready to sail out to war. Our vessels of war and supply may serve bringing supplies to troops and bombarding Shorino’s Shores. (in 2 turns)
>>
>>4598401
RoD
>>4597502
Forts, farms and the grid are updated. We are now ready to finally rid ourselves of the Shoguns influence. At first rebbelio9ns of shogunist loyalists are crushed within our borders. Then our army shall march:
> War
The Shogun has expected us to rebell, but has no troops to spare to stop us. Between him and us lies though: The temple of the Shrine maides, the sea and unexplored land. Fighting up a mountain and besieging the world’s greatest military fortress is proving itself futile as it has been laid with traps.

As such we turned to the sea invading across the strait. The landing was hard and many good men died. The area baing covered in pitfalls. Poison spikes and other vile tactics with no honour. We made a beachhead and can start the siege of the City of Victory soon.

Northern Clans
>>4597596
The totem is created and allows Gu masters to store wolves in their skin. Funnily enough though the amoutn stored depends on amount of skin. Making very tall and fat people able to store most. More skin, more wolves… old people too because of wrinckles.
>>
WARPOST
From the north the Ga’ga’ul ships arrive. With the Shogun’s navy gone the men of stone can finally join the invassion propper not merely in economic support. Comming in the dead of winter their heated blades melt the ice as the men of stone set foot on the Tyrants isle. With shields of mythrill they ocunter magic and hack trough Shorino infantry with magical precission. it’s the conflict of raw willpower and mathematical perfection and the northern front stagnates. Laying for to Fort Shina in the north they prepare for a siege.

On the front of the alliance it is the Sea Elves which do well this time. Their heat Mages using a gentle form of heat magic to keep allied armor and weapons warm so they may fight on in the bitter cold. While their antimages assisted by the Khans airforce hunt down the Miko… as their magic is shut off they fall on the ground splattering like mere mortals. Slowly the Shoguns elite force whittles down and retreats into the City of victory itself. Leaving foottroops to fight on their own without airsupport.

Sensing an opportunity the Lo-hai would send their own airforce to bombard the enemy… though never underastimate your enemy. The Miko would keep close to Lo-Hai aircraft using them as cover forcing antimages to either down both or neither. Collapsing aircraft once more turned the battlein the air bloody andt he Miko hid safely with the area of battle turned into a hell covered in Scinelectrum.

The Alliance pushes on faster and faster one last fort to take remains before the siege can be brought to Shorino, but more and more forces need to be relegated to deffending the occupied land from internal rebellion taking away from the power of the push.
>>
>>4598401
Action 1 and 2: Champion Warfare (2/3 and 3/3)

It is time to master our fight on the land, and magnify a hundredfold the damage we can inflict on our foes, and minimise the damage we take in turn.

This is not a war doctrine that will terrify our enemies as they witness our glittering legions massed wide, or one that will make them surrender or suffer exhaustion, but one that will simply slaughter them where they stand.

Small units working together, some extraordinarily capable Taurs working as invididuals and using their speed and strength to overwhelm their enemies.

There is no use for patrols against such a force as ours, for our small squads are without number, and easily able to take on ten times their amount with the odds still in their favour.

Against massed lines we bring our full power about and shatter our foes

This war doctrine is the brainchild of the Tavthallor in his prime, all his battlefield knowledge from overseeing and directing allied armies, finding their faults, finding the shoguns faults, and devising a method of war suited to exploit each and every one.

WAR:

We come close to the eve of the siege of Shorino.
The Tavthallor focuses on gathering his forces together and refreshing them for the battle, so that they may be fully ready to slay the shogun.

The Relite are gathered also, and given the task of ensuring the shoguns execution, every last one receiving the edict to support Sybaael in the endurance of the shoguns death.

The warrior Princess now heads the single most powerful military institution in Tavthalla, possible capable of taking over the country on its own, all for the shoguns death to be confirmed and his head severed.

An ancient cultural ritual of taur hunters from the days when Tavthalla was a dream on a far away island, when Taurs were nomads and raiders still, is performed. The rite of headhunting, as the entirety of the Relite are sworn to their task on their honour.
>>
>>4598400

It would be a bit surprising to learn that the more flexible of the armors was the one that was actually heavy, further it would be annoying to hear that some lower level nonsense caused the work to be swapped in terms of what was desired to be worked upon more. Still, the effort had shown two things to the Imperii. Firstly, that better metalworking was required. They had some knowledge from the Marcans giving them some teachings, but it was clear that such has become a bit outdated now. Even so this was a important learning experience, although the thought of giving the armor to the Servus troops and not, say the half of the Telrac Population that couldn't fly was one that Æðelgifu, with her metalic like wings incapable of flight, surely found amusing...

>Warpost/Action post
Despite this, there was much happening on the front. With much in the way of war, the Imperii forces continue forward with the rest of the army. The Heáhcásern however, during all of this, would get annoyed at the constant interference of the Tavthallors 'strategic genius' as he called it, and would start pouring over everything he did and find as many flaws as possible in his tactics, and skilled maneuvers the Shogunate forces did as to learn from someone elses mistakes, and as an excuse to do something different. They would do things that would be risky, and depending on how tightly the Tavthallors control was over the forces of the alliance, potentially quite annoying to him and his plans. Even so, it would still turn out fairly well. Mainly in this, she would draw most forces back into the Incessu forces, and mainly attempt to make her forces appear to be weak, drained and lacking in number, or ensure a small garrison a fair ways up ahead of a main camp of their allies. Early on, she'd use the former, though as she took losses she'd do the former. These all would be traps, where a main force remained hidden to strike and ambush what foolish strike was done, and similarly, major efforts by the Heáhcásern would be done to ensure that she could force a large number of small but key battles that would weaken the enemies ability to fight. She also would utilize fake retreats to surprise the enemy and strike them down when they thought they had routed the enemy. Additionally, she herself along with a number of skilled Praetorians would attempt to deal with the remaining fortification themselves in the night, utilizing flight, stealth, and the rest of her forces the second they got the gates open. Regardless, all of this does quite a bit to hone her skills. If she was a terror of a duelist and a skilled tactician before, she'd certainly be a terrifyingly effective warrior and strategist.

>Action One, Two, and Three. Lessons of War for Æðelþryð
>>
>>4598401
action 1:
>pilgrimage
A pawn set to death, sacrificed for a false god... for the amusement of a dark god...
Doer learns the spells of plague magic. All that the stone men have to offer, once he has done so in full he shall leave on pilgrimage to develop the worship he has set to spread
Action 2:
This time of isolation, even against our enemies in the druids has left our warriors, those who are still here with an age where they are slowly losing their martial culture.
Taking a page from Meoswilium warrior lodges are founded, places where fighting people can participate in intense games, debate complex topics and most importantly drink while learning of the exploits of the great expansion. Of its heros whose songs are sung of their greatness, their cunning and ferocity.
This should help maintain at least the veneer of a warrior culture, as even if its not that strong of a warrior culture it could be built up if need be, to be turned into a mirror of what it was during and just after the great expansion
>>
> Action1&2
The information strings. Strings of concentrated mycelium are created. trough them 2 Mycomancers can over long distances merge their souls to quickly exchange information. Said lines need to be always be set up between 2 mycomancers meaning that you can't "call" someone.

Action 3: Myconic Servers 1/2
To manage "calls" we shall create servers operated by litch-spirits declocalised within the myconic construct. multiple lines shall connect to them allowing the local string to connect to any other which is connected to the Server.
>>
>>4598758
> War Action
Retire blowers from frontline duty and focus them fully on the Vesanti front. Poison the River going upstream. Meaning unless they have water filtering systems their water supply is full of spores which will zombiefy them. Have Ape Emperors fling blowers over their walls etc.

the standard undead shall follow the tavthallors command. To prevent them from freezing over aid from Sealand and UFC heat/fire mages is requested.
>>
>>4598762
P.S. My undead also don't take naps on Scinelectrum. The Spore-controll spell also should start working by now so pls no friendly fire.
>>
>>4598437
War post continued, stating the obvious edition.

No, my army is not resting on top of scintelectrum corruption.
No, my army is not abstaining from combat. We are resting to prepare for the siege of Shorino, as will be required, but given the duration of this war we are able to both fight and rest in preparation for the siege in the same timespan.
>>
>>4598401
> 1st action: bring the dragon golden statues fashioned in his image
> 2nd action: try to teach the dragon our language
Blessed are we oh blessed are we! Our one and true lord has deemed us fit to be visited upon by his most holy servant! Truly, truly we are chosen by Leirut in ways our ancestors would fire up at, to be graced by the visage of this scaled angel of the mountain god.
Idols shall be built in this prophet’s image, so that all may bask in its glory and that the dragon itself may see how much we consider it kin.

Then, our priests shall try to teach it our lowly language (while showing the utmost reverence lest they be drowned in the sea of course) by doing the process of: point at a thing and say a word repeatedly to explain what that is.
If we can bring ourselves in the wyrm’s good grades, we might score ourselves a mighty ally in the times to come
>>
>>4598403
1 and 2.
>Drum up support with propaganda and financial incentives for new recruits
Loyalty is bought with faith and gold, promises of pay and plunder will bring flesh blood in to sustain the war effort.

Warpost
The position on the shore is held while waiting for fresh reinforcements to be shipped in, the advance will be slow as priority is put on holding ground and retaining numbers.
>>
>>4598401
>With the help of Sealander anti magic mages the RRFU sets about the task of removing and destroying these corrupting chrystals with our water magic we cut them into pieces using water spike, with our fire magic we heat them till they are molten slag, and then we take the refuse and throw it into shorino lands for good measure. the land that the crystals were on will have the topsoil removed the first 10 feet of it scourged from the earth and with a combination of fire magic and water magic purified of any potential remaining crystal fragments. throughout this Process, anti-magic mages are using their abilities to nullify the natural abilities of the crystal. Anyone found to have been infected is to have the infected limb removed as quickly as possible, better to need a night in a bio pod to regrow what was lost then to die by Chrystal.

>Action: With the crystal situation in hand, the RRFU moves to Consolidate control over the foothold territories, with the war still raging and possibly entering its final days it is more important than ever that the Foothold or New Fraternia as the locals have come to call it is protected and all her holding secured.

>war post the RRFU military continues to provide support for the invasion into shorino, but has diverted most of its resources into aiding in removing/containing these crystals as well as providing relief to local citizens that may have been affected by the crystal blight.

The RRFU also help Meoswilum with keeping the undead forces from frosting over.

No, my army is not resting on top of scintelectrum corruption.
No, my army is not abstaining from combat. We are just aiding in crystal containment/removal given the duration of this war we are able to both fight and remove Chrystal.
>>
The new land that has risen out of the water is seen as a trap and an order is put out to not colonize the land lest it suddenly sink and return to Leviathan’s domain.

2 actions: Seeing as the whole war thing is going on and Sealand elves aren’t exactly the best combatants in general, a new form of magic to alleviate this issue is put into development. This one being outright Time magic. Being it speeding up time for the caster, slowing down the aging process, or outright stopping time around a person with them as the only ones moving in that stopped time, definitely taking note of how the Void Zlon use and think of time.

War action:
Once again the supporting role, Sealand assists in clearing the battlefield of the deadly crystals. Using their anti-magic they go in to help stabilize them from a distance before closing in and containing them in an anti-magic fortress (4 anti-magic walls around a chunk or more if the piece is bigger.) As for the offensive front, heat mages are there to make the weapons a bit hotter, or a lot hotter allowing other units to go into battle with blades that could slice through the armor of weaker enemies, or slow them down by slamming molten arrows onto them forcing enemies to abandon their armor.
>>
War action addendum:
If removing the waste from the battle field isn’t applicable, load chunks up into catapults and have anti-mages shoot the chunks mid air to have slightly more effective rocks to lob at the enemy.
>>
File: ivnis.jpg (428 KB, 1920x1344)
428 KB
428 KB JPG
>>4598400

Actions:
- 2x The return of the devourer

It has been an extensive journey the fleshseers have undergone over these last few decades. From the initial ignorance that allowed them to merely summon forth nightmares under the guidance of Xiguras, they have painstakingly expanded their understanding that eventually allowed them to graft the massive Hulks of today. Yet all of this, these past decades, were merely the foundations being laid out for one particular task the Realm aimed to achieve: The resurrection of Ivnis, the grand champion of the Taurs.

For months their forces hunted for only the finest grafting material, seeking only the choicest of prizes that would be deserving of forming Ivnis' new body. The fleshseers labored hour after hour, day after day, producing their finest master piece ever yet conceived. A grand ritual site had been prepared, the scale of which seconded only by the great seal that was used to lock the door to the pit during the long night itself. There at its center it stood, an hulking mass comprised of the flesh from powerful beasts and nightmares alike. It was a terrifying spectacle, one that the zealots of the pantheon could hardly keep themselves from gawking at, gathering in masses around the gargantuan husk and singing mad songs and hymns in honor of their gods.

At its core the remains of Ivnis had been imbedded, his dark aura faintly presenting itself, almost as if he was eagerly trying to break through on his own. Everything was ready, all that was needed were the sparks. None other than the Taurs could be used to bring back their champion, their bodies, cursed as it might be, were the only ones powerful enough to draw and house Ivnis' essence. Multiple of them were prepared and implanted into the husk around the champion's remains. Among them was a familiar face, one that belonged to Pavlom. He had grown exceedingly old, even among the Taurs, and ultimately he offered himself in this, his final hours, so he may issue one last, selfless act to his kin in restoring their pride. Aku was reluctant to say farewell to his oldest friend, but could not deny him his final wish, and so somberly rejoiced with the crowd at his sacrifice.

With all the pieces in place, the ritual began. Mother moon hang in the sky, her passionate light piercing even through the thick mist. The ocean crashed against the island, ringing the approval of Father deep across the land. The slaves of Fate had even gathered, announcing all the horrible and great deeds he would fulfil in his return, the hope and despair his presence would bring. The whole nation sang, and a demented cacophony rang out across the island. The eldritch powers gathered by the flesheers were so thick in the air they were partially visible, and slowly they wormed their way into Ivnis' body until finally a grand flash appeared. As everyone recovered, they saw that before them stood the great champion himself in all his horror. Ivnis had been reborn.
>>
1.
Create Spell of Water Evocation Branch
>Aqualung - a mage blesses and infuses magic into a pool of water, this material may be drank or swam in to bestow the ability to breath water upon the user. Drinking the substance from a bottle results in a shorter duration of the effect, while baptism and full submersion causes the effects to last longer. Typically bottles are sold, and mages will perform baptism rituals for armies to make sure they are ready.

2.
>The Scintelectrum Question The point to stop has long since passed

We knew that for every plane they fell, the Shorinese were falling upon their own blades, but to think warspawn in Grsthld would have been able to see the aquamarine blaze of the magic rich yasei lands fueling the reactions of the burning Scintelectrum.

We have done such amazing things with this material, reached the skies, driven back the nightmares, and will soon break the Shogun.

Un'kltn the Whiteshell ponders the small capsule of ice with the miniscule crystal shard inside, suspended from a thin chain, before turning back to his notes on the False Sun of the wisps. The crystal has been treated as tech that interacts with magic, and the Lo-hai use their magic to control and utilize the resource- but it is a magic in of itself.

The ideas that dominate the Stone Crab's understanding (ie add Scintelectrum to empty battery, crystal breaks and battery is charged, add crystal to full battery = levitation) of the crystal inherently control the means by which they control it.

Unk'kltn demands the construction of an upgraded facility to be called the "Occulo-haima" or plainly "Our [Lo-hai] Hidden Place"
a bugger that's not all of it
>>
1. Build amethyst and marble mine. In order to better support the war effort mines are finally built to exploit the resources discovered beforehand.

2. Explore the ti near shorino with menachem. The mysterious tip from the wolfkin is intriguing. Menachem and his order has also always been more of a collection of diplomats and explorers then true warriors like the rest of their peers. Deciding that it would be more productive to act as scouts then fight on the front lines menachem takes his forces to investigate this mysterious tip. At the very least he will be able to give far more detailed information regarding enemy movements then what the allied forces would otherwise have.
>>
Action 1
Have the vassal city states shore up their defences against the raiders untill the Horde returns home (I do not trust them to be capable of anything on their own)

Action 2
Reactivate the Mythril Mine and get have the material sent to an artisan to see if it can be made use of

WARPOST
As soon as the Horde arrives they are to find a suitable campsite to act as the base of operations. The plan is decided to target the Shogunates civil society in the hopes of collapsing the military support base.

Warriors will be sent out immediatly, primary targets are civic. Civilian casualties are a non issue, tear up roads, burn farms, and steal every resource necessary to survive off the land. Warriors are free to take slave captives only where convienient. Once done scour the ruins for any useful technology.

Any encounter with the enemy is to be met with ambush, guerilla assault tactics. Captive civilians are to be nailed to the Chieftain war banners in attempt to demoralize the enemy.
If any of the Shogunates Mages are encountered they will be dealt with by the Warmaster and his elite retinue.

While this is going on the warlords will deploy agents to probe the Shogunate's defences for any exploit or opportunity for infiltration.
>>
>>4599094
2/2
An insulated laboratory for our hero to work his magic with our beloved Scintelectrum, and still maintain the purity of the mainland.
>>
File: Map Turn 70.png (1.33 MB, 2048x2570)
1.33 MB
1.33 MB PNG
Event cooldowns: Imperii 1-0, Wrangdan 2-1, Al'qaye 1-0, Sealand 2-1, ILK 1-0, Tarvos 1-0, Nemea 1-0.

Tavthalla: Cooldown +1.
>>4598437
Through rigorous training which not even all Taurs are capable of, our champions achieve near-untouchability. They don't slaughter as we hoped, they simply cannot match the statistical output of an army, but they do stay in combat for hours at a time, instead of getting worn out within minutes. Champions are very good at holding up the enemy, disrupting formations so advance is impossible until the champion is dealt with. This is actually very beneficial to the army, who can use this time to maneuver, get in the best position and then wipe out the disrupted formation. As the army simply cannot defeat the champion until fatigue sets in, though one concern is artillery, as a single ballista hit will kill the champion as quickly as any other Taur, even if it's statistically unlikely to hit singular champions compared to massed formations.

Event: As the Tavthallor rests for the evening, he feels watched, then he's slashed across the face, he recognizes his assailant as one of those ninjas who cleared entire ships of their crew. His personal guard cuts down the ninja, but more appear. It turns into a bloody battle with guards and ninjas killed, or chokeslammed by the Tavthallor. The Tavthallor is heavily wounded, but it takes more than that to kill a Taur of his caliber.

Viri Sánguinum Imperii (Imperii/QM3): Cooldown 0.
>>4598442
While Æthelthryth studies, she does find an oddity regarding armor. At first it goes like expected, unskilled warriors have light armor while skilled warriors have heavy armor, because they simply get acclimated to it's use. But then highly skilled warriors step down to medium armor. They say it's due to martial enlightenment, they no longer block, they parry, they no longer get hit, they dodge. They do still wear armor to protect against stray hits, but they know which areas are most likely to be hit.

Nothpuezkahn (Nothpuez): Cooldown +1.
>>4598564
The knowledge Doer is imparted is enough to unsettle anyone, plagues that make the body fight itself, bind to the essence of your being, incurable. Was the pilgrimage to familiarise himself with his religion, or to calm his existential dread?
The warrior lodges are rowdy places, filled with many a boast and brawl, but it's all in good spirit. The top warriors don't improve much, but rookies get to learn many a sage advice, lowering rookie casualty rates.

Event: Crops grow plentiful this year, people rejoice, morale is high now the warriors know their family will not go hungry.
>>
Meoswilum (Meow/QM1):
>>4518758
Through trial, error, and a couple of deaths, the Mycomantic telecommunication is finished. Though some things may be better done through letters. Namely, messages have to be emotionally encoded, which means the more emotional the message, the easier it is to send. Conversely, complex observation and data are next to impossible to transmit.
A series of servers, or as the locals call them, call-centers, are made, they do not have many calls going on as few people are connected to the servers, and not all servers are yet connected, but at least a select few nobles get to test drive it for a bit.

Wrangdan Society (Wrangdan): Cooldown 1.
>>4598825
The dragon likes the statues, but quickly gets a taste for better craftsmanship. Though with so many statues created, some of our people have taken to using them as home decoration, usually the ones the dragon got tired of.
Teaching starts simple, with gold, learning how to demand more gold in our language. But soon more advanced words and structures are taught, like discussing the time at which gold is to be given and in what amounts. Though, the dragon also becomes more agreeable, starting to read some of the golden tablets we've given him.

Republic of Durmaign (Durmaign):
>>4598864
The Shogun's domination of us and with our people becoming Shrine Maidens makes our people reluctant. Though eventually we manage to coax them out of this by reiterating their crimes and the force of how many oppose him. The most effective thing though, is the fate of Kuroi Mori, where they experienced a civil war, zombie invasion and crystal blight all under the Shogun's watchful eye. It is clear the Shogun wont bother defending us, thus more and more volunteer for the military, so we can seize the means of protection.

Restored Royal Fraternian Union (RRFU):
>>4598865
The crystal blight is removed from much of your colony, some not quite reachable due to the presence of Shorino forces. But then comes the blight in the forest. The crystals grow fast in this area, if this is not dealt with, Shorino could become overwhelmed with the blight.
The colony meanwhile is fully consolidated, comfortably hugging the border of the occupied territories. The frontiersmen learn much in how to deal with the cold. The beastmen adapt better than humans, thanks to their fur, with the caninefolk handling it best.
>>
Republic of Sealand (Sealand):
>>4598946
At first there were next to no results, manipulating time is no simple feat, but soon enough, they figure out how magic can be used to interact with time, unfortunately several of the mages have died in this pursuit. To manipulate time you need a visualisation of time, some people use their heartbeat for that, but ends up accelerating time for their heart, which starts pumping so fast the increased pressure starts popping veins, but that makes them panic and the heart pumps even faster. Others visualise it mentally, ending up desynchronising parts of their mind, which makes them go a bit mad, though they can still work and even exceed the progress of the sane mages. Maybe messing with time isn't suited for the sane. (2/3 progress)

Al'qaye:
>>4599076
With a great sacrifice, nightmarish flesh spewed forth, eagerly consuming flesh of the sacrifices before consuming itself until it was naught but a marble's size, then another bout of nightmarish flesh ushered forth, consuming yet more flesh, becoming larger than the previous nightmare, before consuming itself. The third bout of nightmarish flesh had what looked to be hands and teeth, with which to grab and consume. This continued for an hour before the final bout of flesh, the flesh of Ivnis, appeared, it's body reshuffling, arms split open to rearrange before closing again. Ivnis forces the formless nightmare to assume his form, further sacrifices help stabilize his form, letting him stay in his preferred form with focus to spare.

Pleocyemata (Lo-hai): Cooldown +1.
>>4599094
The Aqualung ritual isn't as reliable as initially expected, to alter breathing to such an extent is no easy feat. There is a risk of it failing at unexpected times, usually correlated with the experience of the caster and the exertion of the target. But there are a bunch of fishermen and even salvagers who take a liking to it, even devising some countermeasures should the spell fail at a bad time. But the military don't feel safe using it in it's current state.
The laboratory is setup, away from prying eyes but also in the sea. Some contamination in the waters had people concerned if it sprung a leak, but it turns out it was just debris from the war. Still, the spread is concerning, will it ever stop?

Event: A tsunami struck near Grhsthdl, destroying the port. But it also beached a bunch of fish, even a whale. The extra food was a slight help against the war exhaustion, as people aren't as worried if they can afford to eat for at least a little bit.
>>
Nemean Caliphate (Nemea):
>>4599096
While the marble's use requires some work, making them into statues, the amethysts immediately catch on. It's verily vibrant violet visage is a feast for the eyes.
The trek into the unknown land brings a sight of giant beasts and even more gianter beasts. A beast that flickers in and out of reality is one that looks strikingly similar to the Pulgasari of Meoswilum. Then there's one thing glimpsed, a nest of giant monsters that move the earth with but a flick of their pincers. The exploration beyond reveals just snowy lands filled with giant monsters, but nothing like the unreal that was in the first land you explored.

Wrangdan Sovereignty (Tarvos):
>>4599105
Defensive forces are drilled, fortifications cleaned, armouries inspected and agreements confirmed. They are primed and ready should war or disaster occur.
Made use of? Mithril is the most wonderous metal of them all. Light as a feather, strong as dragonscale. It's virtually indestructible and reflects magic. Our greatest blacksmiths deal extensively in this material for arms, armor and they even have tools made from it.

Next turn's event cooldowns: Wrangdan 1-0, Sealand 1-0, Tavthalla 1-0, Nothpuez 1-0, Lo-hai 1-0.

[This is the main body of the update, War update and NPC events to follow later, feel free to post for Turn 71 now.]
>>
>>4599765
action 1:
>pilgrimage
(for real this time, last turns action was supposed to be the actual pilgrimage but i needed to use an action to learn plague magic)
Doer goes on a journey along the southern continent, acting as a nothpuez healer of notable power but never revealing his true powers
on this journey he learns about the essentially dead nation of the wolfkin, about their god solaria. Through this he develops the narrative he will use about solaria, turning her from a literal god to a combination of divine concepts which through the power of a divine pattern acts as though it were alive, despite not being a god in the literal sense. These beings, known to him as "forms" create the basis of his new cult.
On his way he spreads an experimental version of the golem plague, which instead of exploding when magic touches it instead absorbs it. This plague is a failure however, as its unstable when its brother plague touches it. Overall it probably only causes any noticeable damage in isolated areas.
He makes sure to hide his tracks, changing names and clothes many times while traveling on occasion using his immense skills of stealth
action 2:
improve the system of food preservation so that food can last for even longer. Using cleanses of toxins it can be preserved when dried. We must have patience for when many of our warriors shall return and a new age of expansion begins.
>>
File: Map Turn 70+War.png (1.33 MB, 2048x2570)
1.33 MB
1.33 MB PNG
(Made a mistake earlier with the Catuan Reavers, the last update is meant to say "Catuan Reavers (Tarvos):", not "Wrangdan Sovereignty (Tarvos):".)

Celeste:
A new Bishopric has sprung up in what used to be the KMT. They feel betrayed by the Shogun, who didn't stop the civil war, zombie plague, crystal blight or Arcadian invasion. They cherish what scant rays of celestial light bleeds through the tortured skies.

Borevia:
An Auron has committed several murders, the Auron is normally indistinguishable from most, but then changes into a nightmarish shape with a hole for a face. However, most striking is it's sheer size and the crown atop it's head, causing lead to slowly melt away. Whatever it is, it seems to strengthen the Auron. But after a while, it just goes back into hiding again, looking for it's next target.

MSU:
A new sect has arisen, spreading among the folk of Scivin, calling itself the Merciful Sky Order, it is a union of the Celestial Family and Skyblue Sun faiths. They think Halistra is a good friend of the Celestial Family, often drinking wine with them.

Golyemat:
Due to good relations, Golyemat and Stripeland has started to work with each other more, blurring the lines between the two nations, as they consider each complementary to the other.

--

World War Shorino:
>>4598437
>>4598762
>>4598768
>>4598810
>>4598864
>>4598865
>>4598903
>>4598946
>>4599105
In the North, the Zlon make good progress against the Shorino military, dividing their attention, but also being a bit slow with all their heavy equipment. Still, they join up with the alliance's army and siege down one fort by themselves. Winter does nothing to deter them and they just march forth without a care in the world. Ashigaru weaponry is insufficient to pierce their iron carapace, though black bronze does leave it's mark. Ultimately, they're slow but steady.
>>
World War Shorino Part 2:
>>4600035
The Main Alliance front trudges through the forest, fortunately for the Imperii forces, the thick canopies does not allow much light in, unfortunately it limits the flight, but that goes for the Mikos as well. The ground battle goes well, with the Miko numbers dwindling, it's up to the Ashigaru to fight against the combined might of the alliance. They are familiar with the lay of the land and can flank and ambush, but with our superior numbers it goes well... or rather... it went well. Then the Marauders from Catuan started slaughtering the captured populace, burning their villages and nailing their corpses to their warbanners. Combine this with the deliberate spread of blue crystal by the Lo-hai, and you start seeing enemy soldiers engage with ferocious zeal, such strong zeal they even start doing suicide attacks, screaming "Banzai!" before detonating the blue crystal within their bodies. Come winter and these suicide bombers start hiding in the snow and generally causing a living hell for any living soldiers in the area. Meanwhile the trees are getting covered in blue crystal and many soldiers accidentally inhale it, becoming ill.

Meanwhile downriver, the Meoswilian invasion is going rather well, they've captured a large chunk of Vesanti territory and are poisoning the river with spores. Unfortunately the cold climate isn't too kind on the spores, so the effectiveness isn't too great, also there's two rivers feeding into the city. Still, plague runs rampant within, districts are overrun with zombies, but soon the guard starts burning down that district and cracking down, taking control of the situation. Still, the walls of the city holds, these are very strong walls, it's going to take a while to whittle it down with thrown stones, even if they're thrown hard. Also, they have ballistae on the walls. Also, it isn't as easy to find rock in wetlands.

On the Durmaign front, minor gains are made, they don't take any infrastructure, instead just taking more defensible positions, making them a thorn that's difficult to remove. A few Mikos harrass the Durmagin forces, only to be struck by lightning. Eventually they just try to slow them down with ice and wind, but the people of Durmaign are hardy folk, yet humble, and will hold onto what they have.

(And that's the war post and NPC actions done. Yeah, the atrocities backfired, hard. You just Generalplan Ost'd yourself.)
>>
> Action 1
Finish Myconic servers

> Action 2&3: Avatars
To allow for communication as well as lying. (direct soul connection conveys only truth) Avatars are introduced. Basically you create a virtual body which then meets other virtual bodies inside the server.

Imagine it like net-running. Information transfer being tied to the emotional state is a big problem. Maybe it can be rectified by training people to control their emotions precisely?

> WARPOST
For many decades the Pulgasari the Divine beast of destruction had been waiting within Enman for it's involvement in the war. With the Miko few and focused on the north. The Mountain Sized beast shall come for Versani. On board as extra fighting power are Queenmother Ryllhae and the Hteceren's 4th Daughter. As the Pulgasari also doubbles as the nations capital. Having a large castle grafted onto it's back.

For a duration of 5 days the beast shall stand just outside of firing range of Versani magic and Balista. A peace offer shall be sent then "you shall surrender or the beast shall be let loose to trample in you city until you do surrender"

The therms of surrender include a military occupation by Meoswilum as well as sending Versani resources instead of to the Shogun to the alliance.

If they refuse an all out attack is launched. With Rat Emperors the living siege endines they are trying to tackle their way trough the versani walls. The Pulgasari too shall charge at full speed into the city. It could easily just walk over the walls, but it is to crush them under it's feet so the Undead hordes may enter. We shall then fight until the Versani surrender.
>>
>Lo-hai Turn
1.
Grsthld's port is repaired, as it is vital to the war effort. The Scintelectrum laboratory is upgraded again, equipped with pumping pipes for the rooms, and great cauldrons amid the ice coated subterranean caverns.

2.
Un'kltn constructs a series of experiments.

EXPERIMENT A.
Scintelectrum crystals are used in conjunction mana empty battery fluid. Small portions of the crystal are added to the fluid to break the crystal, and drain it of magic. The crystal shards are strained out, as fresh liquid is added until a sufficient amount of "de-natured" Scintelectrum is acquired. This material is cataloged for properties. It is hoped that the removal of magic from the crystal wil allow it to be used with more stability.

EXPERIMENT B
>An egg half way to hatching is coated in the "denatured" Scintelectrum crystal dust.

EXPERIMENT C
An attempt to make a "liquid Scintelectrum" is done by trying to added enough denatured Scintelectrum with a light acid like vinegar to form a "crystalline slurry". The potential of Bending Scintelectrum suspended in liquid is one that may prove valuable.
>>
>>4600035
> repair the ithempeli city and foundry
The statues seemed to like their foundries and mines, and they had a god-mountain just like us... perhaps we will find reasons for these similarities after our priests have properly blessed their pagan lands

> try further communication with the dragon
We have to know many things: why is he here? What are Leirut’s plans for him and for us? And why did it attack our mines and people if he is our ally?
>>
1 action: Finish the school of time magic, hopefully with the knowledge of Bardic magic and unreality test physics, it goes a bit better for finishing it. A few ideas of using a special song that can be used as a measure of time, singing it slower or faster to adjust speed. Or someone who threw a dagger and thought about that instantaneous moment of when it was flying through the air and it turned to just be almost a constant as if you could see each individual moment the blade was flying through the air and clattering to the ground. Touching it reportedly felt like touching an immovable wall of events that have already happened. Lastly during testing, some Mythril was used and as Mythril isn’t exactly affected by magic, they weren’t subject to the same stipulations the people were such as water being like a solid wall no matter how much they cut, only for the Mythril to cut through cleanly.

1 action: They actually saw the last bit as they were developing the branch of Eternity. Time being incredibly slow as if having to count a minute going by, or how long eternity would be. Essentially slowing and stopping entirely.

War post: Finish helping the REFU units clear up the random grav-stones that littered the field. Continue helping how other units be it through acting as field medics or making it so blades melted through armor. Even acting as a midline with their bows occasionally as their equipment was made for longer range combat.
>>
>>4599767

Actions:

- Libertandoc's conversion had been progressing smoothly for the most part, but as expected there would be resistance to the movement that the Realm had cultivated. Yet the Xigua could not directly intervene in this development without risking any goodwill the the Citystates might have towards them. This provided them with a reason to finally begin emerging from the shadows of Libertandoc society and begin positioning themselves within the spotlight. Leveraging the connections they've established over the years, they meet with influential members of Libertandoc society in an attempt to establish more public and formal diplomatic relations so they may open the path to trade and further education in their religion.

-The mist had brought bliss to the Xigua. For years the blighted light had been erased from their land, so much so that some of the newest generation won't even know of the accursed son until they leave the island for the first time. But where this was a gift to some, the other races that called the island home suffered under its shade. Slowly they became incredibly sickly, their bodies seemingly degrading without the light. The flesheers would have many questions, yet none could be answered with the Realm's current understanding. As such an initiative was launched to further extend the glory of the Realm beyond the crescent island at long last. Those aside from the Xigua and Statues are inspired to colonize new lands to the west so they may bring these wild lands under the influence of their dark masters. Here they would create the new city of Zovnir, and though it took them a while to readjust once again to the sun they had shunned for so long, the mortal races would overtime come to regain their former strength, and need it they would to tame these new lands.

>>4598400
>Development: Tavthalla
Not even a full day after his ressurection and the champion had already gained control over his new form. He wasted no time, gathering the Tavlonians and announcing that the time had come to retake the pride of the Taurs. Honoring his agreement with the pantheon, he embarked on his journey to retake the ancient city of Tavlon, but he needed the rest of his kin first. Assisted by the Realm, the champion would be brought to the lands of the Tavthalla where he would attempt to rally the rest of the Taurs under his banner.
>>
>>4599765
Tavthalla, look at >>4600265.
>>
Previous turn's Action 3: Upgrade Textile Farm.
To sell Shapeweave we must make Shapeweave. So having more farms for selling it will be nice. We can also just make regular cloth, as everyone wants clothes.

The Iron King enjoys a herself the new Shapeweave, and finds it very cozy, and not too tear-able, she could get used to this. Still, we don't do this for comfort, we do it to support our war effort. A strong economy is the backbone of any military endeavor. Anyway, first we shall skip all that private development and just figure out a good clothing design right off the bat, so we can have it flying off the shelves in an instant. Then we need more farms to make more of that stuff. Finally... you know what, more cultural manipulation would be good, this time, strategy. Stimulating the minds of our people, so they may think ahead instead of only doing things for immediate results.

Action 1: Invent Derived Technology: Shapeweave Leotard from Shapeweave and iron age clothing (1/2 progress).
To best sell our product, we must make clothing nobody else has made, and clothes tend to be all loose and obfuscates the underlying physique, so we will make one that's tight and follows the shape of our physique.

Action 2: Invent Board Game: Jump (1/2 progress).
A 2 or 4 player board game where you try to jump your pieces to the opposite player's side before them. You do not eliminate pieces, instead you either move or jump over a piece, but you can jump consecutively in the same turn if it's with the same piece. Thus it is a game about positioning, maybe even sabotaging the opponent.

Action 3: Upgrade Textile Farm.
We need more clothes, we will become the chief textile producer in the world. Everyone wants clothes, but everyone is making their own tiny textile farms, we will make one giant textile farm, where people will buy their cloth from, freeing up farm space for other produce, which we can then trade our cloth for, at a premium. We will become rich!
>>
>>4599766
>action: Continue our influence and relationship-building efforts in the MSU, offer to aid them by rebuilding some of the damaged infrastructure they seem to have let to sit. [we will rebuild them and 'give' them back over to the government, but in reality, we will have through our acts of kindness and monetary assistance turned the local people to our side.]

>action: with the help of sealands anti-magic mages we continue the process of removing the Chrystal corruption that plagues the landing zone. using the same tactics as before.

>fluff: GC and softpaw have spent much time bonding he is no longer on the brink of the abyss, but he is still close.

>War post
The RRFU military is disgusted with the khan's actions against civilians wanton slaughter is unacceptable. The military shifts its focus to beating khan's military elements to town and taking them before the khan can raze them and sluaghter/enslave the locals.
>>
>>4600035
Action 1 and 2: Laws of Conquest (1/2 and 2/2)

Seeing the recent devastation wrought by the Khan gives the taurs some pause, as even they aren’t this ruthlessly chaotic.

War isn’t meant to be like this, it is meant to be a demonstration of ideology, of national strength, not blind slaughter and annihilation.

Composed by the Tavthallor is a new edict and ethos of war to restore the morality of the sacred affair.

It has many advantages, soldiers often get distracted by looting, butchering, taking slaves, instead of doing their jobs.
All that can wait until the dust has settled.
Moreover a code of conduct gives Tavthalla an honour about them that can endear conquered populations towards liking them over their other allies.

Conquest by Tavthalla does not mean extinction of your species, you know exactly what you will get, and can trust them to keep their word exactly.

This will mean less resistance in enemy lands, as small cities and towns surrender easier, and our armies will be more focussed on war instead of getting distracted.
>>
>>4600035
1 and 2.
>Upgrade the mines
The mines are upgraded to allow for better production.

Warpost:

Permission is given to attack with deadly fire spells, enemy land is bombarded with fire to prepare for serious assaults and to test out the enemy's ability to respond.
>>
1. Build hellstone mine and upgrade farm.

2. Upgrade church in ur. The sacred geometry of the church begins to extend outwards. The city becoming increasingly harmonized itself to the music of the spheres.
>>
File: 820AC.png (1 MB, 2048x2570)
1 MB
1 MB PNG
>>4600074
>Meoswilum

With work on the myconic servers soon coming to a mostly successful close, work would be done at trying to get over the one major issue that the servers had in the first place. Emotion. Emotion wasn't able to convey much in solid information. It could give quite a bit, yes, but it didn't convey, say, how exactly one casts a certain spell, or the calendar for the moons and their cycles. With the Avatars, one enters a sort of 'connected' state and in this state, communication becomes far easier. The exact reason for it isn't entirely understood, but in essence, when properly hooked in with this virtual body, the physical one seemingly enters a dormant state where the one in the server wouldn't be able to feel their own normal body, or know what's happening outside the server. They can leave at any time of course, and break the trance, though this takes some effort and likewise, takes some time. But it most certainly is doable. Regardless, when hooked in like this, one is far one in tune with their emotions and because of this, is better able to communicate. However, there are still issues, especially when it comes to complex information, but major progress has been made, though it might be best to try and just cut out the middle man that was emotion simply so it would be easier and more effective for everyone who actually used the thing in the first place.

>>4600120
>Lo-Hai

The port at Grsthld would be built once more and made to a respectable size, and the laboratory secluded away on it's island would gain further work as well, work that would be important for the coming tests that the Lo-Hai would conduct on the strange material. Speaking of tests, the results would be...interesting. The first experiment would show that the scintelectrum crystals that were drained of magic would seem to in fact be more stable until removed from the fluid in question and dried provided there is a slightly above average amount of ambient magical energy around, after being removed from the fluid however, it becomes much more unstable, though explodes with less force and power than before. Adding the denatured Scintelectrum crystal dust carefully to a egg however would find no results for some time. Long after the egg hatched, crystals would start to grow from the poor thing, however they appeared different, and testing would show that they retained the instability of the Denatured that was in a magical area, yet had even more explosive power. Interestingly, the crystal in question took on a purplish hue. Lastly, the liquid test would be the most disappointing, with little in the way of results coming from it. It was capable of conducting magic, and it burned badly when it was conducting magic to the point it actually burst into flames, but otherwise it didn't seem too useful, other than simply how hot the material got...
>>
>>4600149
>Wrangdan

Repairing the old Ithempethi city and the foundry that was a part of it would be a task that, quite simply put, is an easy one. Though, oddly, in the ruins, a number of statues seem to move about at times, watching from a distance...Likely the few that remain and didn't get captured...They seem to leave you be, though some report some sort of speaking from them, mainly talking about deities, retribution, and joy oddly enough. Meanwhile communicating with the dragon itself is a difficult thing, it is not the most talkative thing, at least when it comes to languages we understand. However, a priest claims that the can commune with the divine beast, and has stated that it desires weapons made of the rarest materials, and encrusted with the finest of gems, along with goblets, crowns, scepters and more baubles. They specifically request no statuettes though, and nothing with Mythril or Jade in it...Picky creature, isn't it?

>>4600219
>Sealand

Much in the way of magic would be worked upon this season, with a lot of work dedicated to the understanding of the methods of magic that allow time to slow to a crawl and be manipulated. The work in question goes fairly well for getting things done, though at this stage most people who are working on the project are...eccentric to put it nicely, and more or stark raving mad to be honest. Luckily, their madness seems not to effect their intelligence, just their judgement, social interactions, and ability to say anything that makes sense and doesn't need at least a few seconds to get what they are saying when not being cryptic... Other than this, something strange would happen, strange and concerning. Reports would come in that soldiers are taking after the Khan's forces and have been butchering bodies for war trophies, and in some cases making bones, teeth, and other such trinkets. This apparently started with a grand song started by a commander, a song dedicated to revenge. The lyrics would actually be written down too, though the commander in question doesn't exist on any record, and the only mention of them is simply the creation of this little tune. The song itself is...concerning, the idea's in it potentially far to destructive for our own good, though it is quite a good song, good enough to make all those soldiers oh so eager for revenge against the Shogunate to desecrate their dead. In fact, a letter opener made out of the bone of a unfortunate Shogunate soldier would have even been sent as a gift to the monarch himself, from who is the more important question however...
>>
>>4600265
>Al'qaye

With some clever use of the connections that exist currently, and meetings with influential members of Liberdantoc society, proper diplomacy and relations may be created, along with trade. Naturally, this is a very delicate thing to manage. There are many in Liberdantoc who are not knowledgeable of the truth, and will likely shun it, but by ensuring that we trade with those who already are faithful, we can negate most worries of anything getting out. As for their false faith, they follow a god of freedom who is opposed to slavery, Stakh, though while there are militant orders dedicated to this false god, their are many opportunities to continue and further tighten our grip...We just need time. Other than this, a new land would be claimed and built, far from the shores of our home. A place for those faithful who have yet to be deemed worthy enough to ascend to something greater than the flesh of their current forms. Their current dwellings are modest, but that is all that is needed. (I'll put it on the map next turn, don't know where you want it exactly considering you said west and not east...)

>>4600293
>ILK

Efforts to expand the types of clothing that exist in the ILK is something that goes quite easily given the material in question being quite well understood. Really, the clothing in question would be made quite swiftly and easily, the issue is in actually making it popular and well known rather than making it itself. Still, this can be done with time and with it, we can ideally get at leas the upper class utilizing such clothing, and by extension buying it from us. At the very least in the worst case scenario where it doesn't catch on for other nations, it will at least certainly become moderately common in our own nation. On a related note, a new board game would come into existence. While the original exists as desired, there's a number of similar games with minor differences, such as one where if a player has a piece that has a enemy piece in front of it and behind it, it is forced back to the beginning, or a variant that has extra pieces and a larger board. At the moment, the real issue is simply standardizing the game itself, and similarly to the clothing, needs to be made popular. Though, the game most certainly will catch on faster and easier than the clothing, if only due to the simple nature of access more than anything else. Lastly, the textile mills and farms are once more looked at and expanded, making sure to increase the output of the ILK even further. The King of Iron is swiftly becoming the King of Cotton and Hemp as well, provided things continue at this rate anyawy.
>>
>>4600294
>RRFU

Naturally, if there was ever a way to more easily influence another nation, it would have to be some sort of infrastructure project mixed in with relief. And as such, the RRFU would do exactly that in the effort of making the MSU come closer in line to the desires of the RRFU. Of course, efforts in rebuilding take time but such is plentiful. Somewhat related to this, efforts would be made to aid in Sealands anti magic effort, specifically in removing the crystals that are growing quite a bit near the landing site. With Sealand focusing their efforts on other things for the time being, this is a task that once again falls to have the RRFU do most of the work. But this is fine, for even if it takes a while, as long as it eventually gets done, or is cleared enough that it gets away from the landing zone. The task is quite monotonous though, and often times there are small patches left behind that are missed due to crystals under ground or elsewhere. In other news, Cleanerson would find himself to learn the news that sometime during the time spent with his wife she was with child, and soon he would find himself to have three new children, two daughters, and a son.

>>4600314
>Tavthalla

With the wanton destruction and devastation on levels not seen before even by Taur standards, something clearly was needed to be done about this, least some of the most chaotic get any ideas. A rule of conduct and order in the manner in which war is waged would be set up, dictating when, where and how one may loot, or more specifically when, where, or how they may not loot, which is basically at all times until the war is over and reparation's can properly be gathered. While some might be upset at this, due to the law being tied to honor, it is quite likely not a single taur will dare try and break the rules. Regardless, this actually would effect performance of the Tavthallan military. Mainly in that they aren't busy looting and pillaging when the time could better be spent marching to the next target on the warpath.

>>4600323
>Durmaign

The efforts of the Durmaign would be solidly be directed to that of digging out resources. Many, many resources. And by resources, we mean gold. It's only natural for something that brings so much wealth to be desired and dug out, with effort dedicated to further expanding the mines to grant yet more of the riches from under the earth to the surface and by extension to the coffers. Other than this, things are quite quiet, well, with the exception of the war anyway, but that's another matter entirely.
>>
>>4600338
>Nemean

For the Caliphate, things go slowly yet calmly, with much work being dedicated to construction for the forseeable future. The hellstone mine would slowly be dug and added to the growing list of varying mines that were a part of the Nemean's mainland. Once more in this case it is a mine dedicated to the extraction of yet more hellstone. This isn't the only bit of work done naturally, as efforts to expand and extend the currently limited farmlands that were able to grow thanks to the life giving river. Other than this, further harmonization would occur, with the church being expanded yet further and made all the more grand in the efforts of further harmonization of the city and the surrounding